Index: vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/ChangeLog =================================================================== --- vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/ChangeLog (revision 361953) +++ vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/ChangeLog (revision 361954) @@ -1,2378 +1,2400 @@ +2020-06-06 Simon J Gerraty + + * VERSION (_MAKE_VERSION): 20200606 + Merge with NetBSD make, pick up + o make.1: cleanup + + * Makefile: fix depends for main.o which broke MAKE_VERSION + +2020-06-05 Simon J Gerraty + + * VERSION (_MAKE_VERSION): 20200605 + Merge with NetBSD make, pick up + o dir.c: cached_stats - don't confuse stat and lstat results. + o var.c: add :Or for reverse sort. + +2020-05-24 Simon J Gerraty + + * configure.in: add AC_PROG_CC_C99 for mipspro compiler + also if --with-filemon= specifies path to filemon.h + set use_filemon=dev + * dirname.c: remove include of namespace.h + 2020-05-17 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION (_MAKE_VERSION): 20200517 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o modified dollar tests to avoid shell dependencies o new tests for .INCLUDEFROM 2020-05-16 Simon J Gerraty * unit-tests/dollar.mk: tweak '1 dollar literal' test to not depend so much on shell behavior 2020-05-10 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION (_MAKE_VERSION): 20200510 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o unit test for dollar handling 2020-05-06 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION (_MAKE_VERSION): 20200506 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o str.c: empty string does not match % pattern plus unit-test changes 2020-05-04 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION (_MAKE_VERSION): 20200504 May the 4th be with you Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: import handling of old sysV style modifier using '%' o str.c: refactor brk_string o unit-tests: add test case for lazy conditions 2020-04-18 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION (_MAKE_VERSION): 20200418 * configure.in: use_makefile=no for cygwin et al. case insensitive filesystems just don't work if both makefile and Makefile exist. NOTE: bmake does not support cygwin and likely never will, but if brave souls want to try it - help them out. 2020-04-02 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION (_MAKE_VERSION): 20200402 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: meta_oodate, CHECK_VALID_META is too aggressive for CMD a blank command is perfectly valid. 2020-03-30 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION (_MAKE_VERSION): 20200330 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o make.h: extern debug_file 2020-03-18 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION (_MAKE_VERSION): 20200318 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: meta_oodate, check for corrupted meta file earlier and more often. 2020-02-20 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION (_MAKE_VERSION): 20200220 2020-02-19 Simon J Gerraty * boot-strap: unset MAKEFLAGS 2020-02-12 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION (_MAKE_VERSION): 20200212 * meta.c: meta_compat_parent check for USE_FILEMON patch from Soeren Tempel 2020-02-05 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION: 20200205 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: fix compat mode, need to call meta_job_output() o job.c: extra fds for meta mode not needed if using filemon_dev 2020-01-22 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION: 20200122 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: avoid passing NULL to filemon_*() when meta_needed() returns FALSE. 2020-01-21 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION: 20200121 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o filemon/filemon_{dev,ktrace}.c: allow selection of filemon implementation. filemon_dev.c uses the kernel module while filemon_ktrace.c leverages the fktrace api available in NetBSD. filemon_ktrace.c can hopefully form the basis for adding support for other tracing mechanisms such as strace on Linux. o meta.c: when target is out-of-date per normal make rules record value of .OODATE in meta file. 2019-09-26 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION: 20190926 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o parse.c: don't pass NULL to realpath(3) some versions cannot handle it. 2019-04-09 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION: 20190409 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o parse.c: ParseDoDependency: free paths rather than assert 2018-12-22 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION: 20181222 * configure.in: add --without-makefile to avoid generating makefile and make-bootstrap.sh * include Makefile.inc if it exists * Use Makefile and Makefile.config.in in unit-tests so we can use just: make obj && make && make test when bmake is already available. We add --without-makefile to CONFIGURE_ARGS in this case. * tweak bsd.after-import.mk (captures Makefile.config etc after import to FreeBSD for example) to cope with all the above. 2018-12-21 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION: 20181221 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o parse.c: ParseVErrorInternal use .PARSEDIR and apply if relative, and then use .PARSEFILE for consistent result. 2018-12-20 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION: 20181220 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o parse.c: ParseVErrorInternal use .CURDIR if .PARSEDIR is relative o var.c: avoid SEGFAULT in .unexport-env when MAKELEVEL is not set 2018-12-16 Simon J Gerraty * VERSION: 20181216 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for unit-tests/varquote.mk on Debian 2018-09-21 Simon J. Gerraty * VERSION: 20180919 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: add :q o dir.c: cleanup caching of stats 2018-09-21 Simon J Gerraty * Makefile.config.in: use += where it makes sense. 2018-05-12 Simon J. Gerraty * VERSION: 20180512 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o job.c: skip polling job token pipe 2018-04-05 Simon J. Gerraty * VERSION: 20180405 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o parse.c: be more cautious about detecting depenency line rather than sysV style include. 2018-02-22 Simon J. Gerraty * VERSION: 20180222 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o parse.c: avoid calling sysconf for every call to loadfile 2018-02-18 Simon J. Gerraty * VERSION: 20180218 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: Var_Set handle NULL value anytime. 2018-02-12 Simon J. Gerraty * VERSION: 20180212 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o parse.c: do not treat .info as warning with -W 2017-12-07 Simon J. Gerraty * VERSION: 20171207 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: Var_Append use Var_Set if var not previously set so that VAR_CMD is handled correctly. Add a suitable unit-test. 2017-11-26 Simon J. Gerraty * VERSION (_MAKE_VERSION): 20171126 * aclocal.m4: use AC_LINK_IFELSE for AC_C___ATTRIBUTE__ since AC_TRY_COMPILE puts input inside main() which upsets modern compilers. 2017-11-18 Simon J. Gerraty * VERSION: 20171118 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: do not append to variable set on command line add unit-test to catch this. 2017-10-28 Simon J. Gerraty * VERSION: 20171028 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: ignore empty MAKEOBJDIR * Makefile.config.in: make @prefix@ @machine*@ and @default_sys_path@ defaults. 2017-10-05 Simon J. Gerraty * VERSION: 20171005 * unit-tests/dotwait.mk: redirect stderr through pipe for more consistent result on some platforms. 2017-08-13 Simon J. Gerraty * machine.sh: entry for AIX 2017-08-12 Simon J. Gerraty * VERSION (_MAKE_VERSION): Move the setting of _MAKE_VERSION to a file that can be included by configure as well as make. This allows configure to set set _MAKE_VERSION in make-bootstrap.sh 2017-08-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170810 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: if target is in subdir we only need subdir name in meta_name. 2017-07-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170720 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o compat.c: pass SIGINT etc onto child and wait for it to exit before we self-terminate. 2017-07-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170711 forgot to update after merge on 20170708 ;-) o main.c: refactor to reduce size of main function. add -v option to always fully expand values. o meta.c: ensure command output in meta file has ending newline even when filemon not being used. When matching ${.MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATTERNS} do not use pathname via ':L' since any ':' in pathname breaks that. Instead set a '${.p.}' to pathname in the target context and use that. 2017-05-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170510 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: Main_SetObjdir: ensure buf2 is in scope 2017-05-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170505 see mk/ChangeLog 2017-05-05 Simon J. Gerraty * parse.c: not everyone has stdint.h 2017-05-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170501 see mk/ChangeLog 2017-04-21 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170421 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o str.c: Str_Match: fix closure tests for [^] and add unit-test. 2017-04-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170420 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: only use -C arg "as is" if it contains no relative component. 2017-04-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170418 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: fix Main_SetObjdir() for relative paths (eg obj). 2017-04-17 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170417 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fixes a number of coverity complaints - check return value of fseek, fcntl - plug memory leak in Dir_FindFile, Var_LoopExpand, JobPrintCommand, ParseTraditionalInclude - use bmake_malloc() where NULL is not tollerated - use MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED rather that kludges like return(unused ? 0 : 0) - use purge_cached_realpaths() rather than abuse cached_realpath() 2017-04-13 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170413 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: when setting .OBJDIR ignore '$' in paths. * job.c: use MALLOC_OPTIONS to set malloc_options. 2017-04-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170411 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o str.c: Str_Match: allow [^a-z] to behave as expected. 2017-03-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170326 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: purge relative paths from realpath cache when .OBJDIR is changed. 2017-03-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170311 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: only use -C arg "as is" if it starts with '/'. 2017-03-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170301 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: use -C arg "as is" rather than getcwd() if they identify the same directory. o parse.c: ensure loadfile buffer is \n terminated in non-mmap case 2017-02-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170201 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: allow :_=var and avoid use of special context. 2017-01-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170130 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: add :range and :_ o main.c: partially initialize Dir_* before MainParseArgs() can be called. If -V, skip Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS() 2017-01-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170114 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: allow specifying the utc value used by :{gm,local}time 2016-12-12 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20161212 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: look for obj.${MACHINE}-${MACHINE_ARCH} too. 2016-12-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20161209 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: cleanup setting of .OBJDIR o parse.c: avoid coredump from (var)=val 2016-11-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20161126 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o make.c: Make_OODate: report src node name if path not set 2016-09-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160926 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o support for .DELETE_ON_ERROR: (remove targets that fail) 2016-09-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile MAN: tweak .Dt to match ${PROG} 2016-08-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160818 its a neater number; pick up whitespace fixes to man page. 2016-08-17 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160817 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: move handling of .MAKE.META.IGNORE_* to meta_ignore() so we can call it before adding entries to missingFiles. Thus we do not track files we have been told to ignore. 2016-08-15 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160815 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta_oodate: apply .MAKE.META.IGNORE_FILTER (if defined) to pathnames, and skip if the expansion is empty. Useful for dirdeps.mk when checking DIRDEPS_CACHE. 2016-08-12 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160812 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: remove all missingFiles entries that match a deleted dir. o main.c: set .ERROR_CMD if possible. 2016-06-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160606 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o dir.c: extend mtimes cache to others via cached_stat() 2016-06-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160604 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: missing filemon data is only relevant if we read a meta file. Also do not return oodate for a missing metafile if gn->path points to .CURDIR 2016-06-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160602 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o cached_realpath(): avoid hitting filesystem more than necessary. o meta.c: refactor need_meta decision, add knobs for missing meta file and filemon data wrt out-of-datedness. 2016-05-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160528 * boot-strap, make-bootstrap.sh.in: Makefile now uses _MAKE_VERSION 2016-05-12 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160512 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: ignore paths that match .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATTERNS this is useful for gcov builds. o propagate errors from filemon(4). 2016-05-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160509 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o remove use of non-standard types u_int etc. o meta.c: apply realpath() before matching against metaIgnorePaths 2016-04-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160404 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o allow makefile to set .MAKE.JOBS * Makefile (PROG_NAME): use ${_MAKE_VERSION} 2016-03-15 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160315 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix handling of archive members 2016-03-13 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): rename variable to avoid interference with checks for ${MAKE_VERSION} 2016-03-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20160310 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: treat missing Read file same as Write, incase we Delete it. 2016-03-07 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20160307 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: fix :ts\nnn to be octal by default. o meta.c: meta_finish() to cleanup memory. 2016-02-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20160226 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: allow meta file for makeDepend if makefiles want it. 2016-02-19 Simon J. Gerraty * var.c: default .MAKE.SAVE_DOLLARS to FALSE for backwards compatability. * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20160220 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: add knob to control handling of '$$' in := 2016-02-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20160218 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: add .export-literal allows us to fix sys.clean-env.mk post the changes to Var_Subst. Var_Subst now takes flags, and does not consume '$$' in := 2016-02-17 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20160217 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: preserve '$$' in := o parse.c: add .dinclude for handling included makefile like .depend 2015-12-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20151220 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o suff.c: re-initialize suffNull when clearing suffixes. 2015-12-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20151201 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o cond.c: CondCvtArg: avoid access beyond end of empty buffer. o meta.c: meta_oodate: use lstat(2) for checking link target in case it is a symlink. o var.c: avoid calling brk_string and Var_Export1 with empty strings. 2015-11-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20151126 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o parse.c: ParseTrackInput don't access beyond end of old value. 2015-10-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20151022 * Add support for BSD/OS which lacks inttypes.h and really needs sys/param.h for sys/sysctl.h also 'type' is not a shell builtin. * var.c: eliminate uint32_t and need for inttypes.h * main.c: PrintOnError flush stdout before run .ERROR * parse.c: cope with _SC_PAGESIZE not being defined. 2015-10-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20151020 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: fix uninitialized var 2015-10-12 Simon J. Gerraty * var.c: the conditional expressions used with ':?' can be expensive, if already discarding do not evaluate or expand anything. 2015-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20151010 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Add Boolean wantit flag to Var_Subst and Var_Parse when FALSE we know we are discarding the result and can skip operations like Cmd_Exec. 2015-10-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20151009 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: don't check for NULL before free() o meta.c: meta_oodate, do not hard code ignore of makeDependfile 2015-09-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20150910 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: with -w print Enter/Leaving messages for objdir too if necessary. o centralize shell metachar handling * FILES: add metachar.[ch] 2015-06-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20150606 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o make.1: document .OBJDIR target 2015-05-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20150505 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o cond.c: be strict about lhs of comparison when evaluating .if but less so when called from variable expansion. o unit-tests/cond2.mk: test various error conditions 2015-05-04 Simon J. Gerraty * machine.sh (MACHINE): Add Bitrig patch from joerg@netbsd.org 2015-04-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20150418 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o job.c: use memmove() rather than memcpy() * unit-tests/varshell.mk: SunOS cannot handle the TERMINATED_BY_SIGNAL case, so skip it. 2015-04-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20150411 bump version - only mk/ changes. 2015-04-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20150410 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o document different handling of '-' in jobs mode vs compat o fix jobs mode so that '-' only applies to whole job when shell lacks hasErrCtl o meta.c: use separate vars to track lcwd and latestdir (read) per process 2015-04-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20150401 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: close meta file in child * Makefile: use BINDIR.bmake if set. Same for MANDIR and SHAREDIR Handy for testing release candidates in various environments. 2015-03-26 Simon J. Gerraty * move initialization of savederr to block where it is used to avoid spurious warning from gcc5 2014-11-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20141111 just a cooler number 2014-11-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20141105 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o revert major overhaul of suffix handling and POSIX compliance - too much breakage and impossible to make backwards compatible. o we still have the new unit test structure which is ok. o meta.c ensure "-- filemon" is at start of line. 2014-09-17 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: test that result of getconf PATH_MAX is numeric and discard if not. Apparently needed for Hurd. 2014-08-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20140830 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o major overhaul of suffix handling o improved POSIX compliance o overhauled unit-tests 2014-06-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20140620 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c return varNoError rather than var_Error for ::= modifiers. 2014-05-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20140522 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c detect some parse errors. 2014-04-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Fix spelling errors - patch from Pedro Giffuni 2014-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20140214 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o .INCLUDEFROM* o use Var_Value to get MAKEOBJDIR[PREFIX] o reduced realloc'ign in brk_string. * configure.in: add a check for compiler supporting __func__ 2014-01-03 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: ignore mksrc=none 2014-01-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (DEFAULT_SYS_PATH?): use just ${prefix}/share/mk 2014-01-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20140101 * configure.in: set bmake_path_max to min(_SC_PATH_MAX,1024) * Makefile.config: defined BMAKE_PATH_MAX to bmake_path_max * make.h: use BMAKE_PATH_MAX if MAXPATHLEN not defined (needed for Hurd) * configure.in: Add AC_PREREQ and check for sysctl; patch from Andrew Shadura andrewsh at debian.org 2013-10-16 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20131010 * lose the const from arg to systcl to avoid problems on older BSDs. 2013-10-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20131001 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: for NATIVE build sysctl to get MACHINE_ARCH from hw.machine_arch if necessary. o meta.c: meta_oodate - need to look at src of Link and target of Move as well. * main.c: check that CTL_HW and HW_MACHINE_ARCH exist. provide __arraycount() if needed. 2013-09-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130904 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Add VAR_INTERNAL context, so that internal setting of MAKEFILE does not override value set by makefiles. 2013-09-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130902 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o CompatRunCommand: only apply shellErrFlag when errCheck is true 2013-08-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130828 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Fix VAR :sh = syntax from Will Andrews at freebsd.org o Call Job_SetPrefix() from Job_Init() so makefiles have opportunity to set .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX 2013-07-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130730 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Allow suppression of --- job -- tokens by setting .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX empty. 2013-07-16 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130716 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o number of gmake compatibility tweaks -w for gmake style entering/leaving messages if .MAKE.LEVEL > 0 indicate it in progname "make[1]" etc. handle MAKEFLAGS containing only letters. o when overriding a GLOBAL variable on the command line, delete it from GLOBAL context so -V doesn't show the wrong value. 2013-07-06 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: We don't need MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE anymore. * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130706 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Shell_Init(): export shellErrFlag if commandShell hasErrCtl is true so that CompatRunCommand() can use it, to ensure consistent behavior with jobs mode. o use MAKE_LEVEL_ENV to define the variable to propagate .MAKE.LEVEL - currently set to MAKELEVEL (same as gmake). o meta.c: use .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS to allow customization of paths to ignore. 2013-06-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130604 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o job.c: JobCreatePipe: do fcntl() after any tweaking of fd's to avoid leaking descriptors. 2013-05-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130528 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: cleanup some left-overs in VarHash() 2013-05-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130520 generate manifest from component FILES rather than have to update FILES when mk/FILES changes. 2013-05-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130518 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o suff.c: don't skip all processsing for .PHONY targets else wildcard srcs do not get expanded. o var.c: expand name of variable to delete if necessary. 2013-03-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130330 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: refine the handling of .OODATE in commands. Rather than suppress command comparison for the entire script as though .NOMETA_CMP had been used, only suppress it for the one command line. This allows something like ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP} to be used to suppress comparison of a command without otherwise affecting it. o make.1: document that 2013-03-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130321 yes, not quite right but its a cooler number. Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o parse.c: fix ParseGmakeExport to be portable and add a unit-test. * meta.c: call meta_init() before makefiles are read and if built with filemon support set .MAKE.PATH_FILEMON to _PATH_FILEMON this let's makefiles test for support. Call meta_mode_init() to process .MAKE.MODE. 2013-03-13 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130305 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o run .STALE: target when a dependency from .depend is missing. o job.c: add Job_RunTarget() for the above and .BEGIN 2013-03-03 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130303 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: set .MAKE.OS to utsname.sysname o job.c: more checks for read and poll errors o var.c: lose VarChangeCase() saves 4% time 2013-03-02 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: remove MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX from environment since we want to use MAKEOBJDIR 2013-01-27 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o make.1: more info on how shell commands are handled. o job.c,main.c: detect write errors to job pipes. 2013-01-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130123 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: if script uses .OODATE and meta_oodate() decides rebuild is needed, .OODATE will be empty - set it to .ALLSRC. o var.c: in debug output indicate which variabale modifiers apply to. o remove Check_Cwd logic the makefiles have been fixed. 2012-12-12 Simon J. Gerraty * makefile.in: add a simple makefile for folk who insist on ./configure; make; make install it just runs boot-strap * include mk/* to accommodate the above * boot-strap: re-work to accommodate the above mksrc defaults to $Mydir/mk allow op={configure,build,install,clean,all} add options to facilitate install * Makefile.config.in: just the bits set by configure * Makefile: bump version to 20121212 abandon Makefile.in (NetBSD Makefile) leverage mk/* instead * configure.in: ensure srcdir is absolute 2012-11-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121111 fix generation of bmake.cat1 2012-11-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121109 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o make.c: MakeBuildChild: return 0 so search continues if a .ORDER dependency is detected. o unit-tests/order: test the above 2012-11-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121102 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o cond.c: allow cond_state[] to grow. In meta mode with a very large tree, we can hit the limit while processing dirdeps. 2012-10-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: we need to use ${srcdir} not ${.CURDIR} 2012-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121010 o protect syntax that only bmake parses correctly. o remove auto setting of FORCE_MACHINE, use configure's --with-force-machine=whatever if that is desired. 2012-10-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: do not lose history from make.1 when generating bmake.1 2012-10-07 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121007 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o compat.c: ignore empty commands - same as jobs mode. o make.1: document meta chars that cause use of shell 2012-09-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120911 * bsd.after-import.mk: include Makefile.inc early and allow it to override PROG 2012-08-31 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120831 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o cast sizeof() to int for comparison o minor make.1 tweak 2012-08-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120830 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES knob can control default behavior of -V o debug flag -dV causes -V to show raw value regardless. 2012-07-05 Simon J. Gerraty * bsd.after-import.mk (after-import): ensure unit-tests/Makefile gets SRCTOP set. 2012-07-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120704 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Job_ParseShell should call Shell_Init if it has been previously called. * Makefile.in: set USE_META based on configure result. also .PARSEDIR is safer indicator of bmake. 2012-06-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: bump version to 20120626 ensure CPPFLAGS is in CFLAGS * meta.c: avoid nested externs * bsd.after-import.mk: avoid ${.CURDIR}/Makefile as target 2012-06-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120620 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o make_malloc.c: avoid including make_malloc.h again * Makefile.in: avoid bmake only syntax or protect with .if defined(.MAKE.LEVEL) * bsd.after-import.mk: replace .-include with .sinclude ensure? SRCTOP gets a value * configure.in: look for filemon.h in /usr/include/dev/filemon first. 2012-06-19 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120612 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o use MAKE_ATTR_* rather than those defined by cdefs.h or compiler for greater portability. o unit-tests/forloop: check that .for works as expected wrt number of times and with "quoted strings". 2012-06-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120606 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o compat.c: use kill(2) rather than raise(3). * configure.in: look for sys/dev/filemon * bsd.after-import.mk: add a .-include "Makefile.inc" to Makefile and pass BOOTSTRAP_XTRAS to boot-strap. 2012-06-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120604 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o util.c and var.c share same var for tracking if environ has been reallocated. o util.c provide getenv with setenv. * Add MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE as an alternate means of passing MAKE_LEVEL when the shell actively strips .MAKE.* from the environment. We still refer to the variable always as .MAKE.LEVEL * util.c fix bug in findenv() was finding prefix of name. * compat.c: re-raising SIGINT etc after running .INTERRUPT results in more reliable termination of all activity on many platforms. 2012-06-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120602 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o for.c: handle quoted items in .for list 2012-05-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120530 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o compat.c: ignore empty command. 2012-05-24 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120524 * FILES: add bsd.after-import.mk: A simple means of integrating bmake into a BSD build system. 2012-05-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120520 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o increased limit for nested conditionals. 2012-05-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120518 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o use _exit(2) in signal hanlder o Don't use the [dir] cache when building nodes that might have changed since the last exec. o Avoid nested extern declaration warnings. 2012-04-27 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.c (fgetLine): avoid %z - not portable. * parse.c: Since we moved include of sys/mman.h and def's of MAP_COPY etc. we got dups from a merge. 2012-04-24 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120420 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o restore duplicate supression in .MAKE.MAKEFILES runtime saving can be significant. o Var_Subst() uses Buf_DestroyCompact() to reduce memory consumption up to 20%. 2012-04-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120420 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o remove duplicate supression in .MAKE.MAKEFILES o improved dir cache behavior o gmake'ish export command 2012-03-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120325 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix parsing of :[#] in conditionals. 2012-02-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: replace use of .Nx in bmake.1 with NetBSD since some systems cannot cope with .Nx 2011-11-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20111111 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o debug output for .PARSEDIR and .PARSEFILE 2011-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20111010 2011-10-09 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: check for an expected file in the dirs we look for. * make-bootstrap.sh: pass on LDSTATIC 2011-10-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20111001 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o ensure .PREFIX is set for .PHONY and .TARGET set for .PHONY run via .END o __dead used consistently 2011-09-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20110909 is a better number ;-) 2011-09-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110905 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta_oodate: ignore makeDependfile 2011-08-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110828 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o silent=yes in .MAKE.MODE causes meta mode to mark targets as SILENT if a .meta file is created 2011-08-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110818 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o in meta mode, if target flagged .META a missing .meta file means target is out-of-date o fixes for gcc 4.5 warnings o simplify job printing code 2011-08-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110808 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o do not touch OP_SPECIAL targets when doing make -t 2011-06-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110622 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta_oodate detect corrupted .meta file and declare oodate. * configure.in: add check for setsid 2011-06-07 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o unit-tests/modts now works on MirBSD 2011-06-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110606 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o ApplyModifiers: when we parse a variable which is not the entire modifier string, or not followed by ':', do not consider it as containing modifiers. o loadfile: ensure newline at end of mapped file. 2011-05-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110505 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o .MAKE.META.BAILIWICK - list of prefixes which define the scope of make's control. In meta mode, any generated file within said bailiwick, which is found to be missing, causes current target to be out-of-date. 2011-04-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110411 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o when long modifiers fail to match, check sysV style. - add a test case 2011-04-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110410 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o :hash - cheap 32bit hash of value o :localtime, :gmtime - use value as format string for strftime. 2011-03-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110330 mostly because its a cooler version. Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o NetBSD tags for meta.[ch] o job.c call meta_job_finish() after meta_job_error(). o meta_job_error() should call meta_job_finish() to ensure .meta file is closed, and safe to copy - if .ERROR target wants. meta_job_finish() is safe to call repeatedly. 2011-03-29 Simon J. Gerraty * unit-tests/modts: use printf if it is a builtin, to save us from MirBSD * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110329 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for use after free() in CondDoExists(). o meta_oodate() report extra commands and return earlier. 2011-03-27 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110327 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c, if .MAKE.MODE contains curdirOk=yes allow creating .meta files in .CURDIR * boot-strap (TOOL_DIFF): aparently at least on linux distro formats the output of 'type' differently - so eat any "()" 2011-03-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110306 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c, only do getcwd() once 2011-03-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110305 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o correct sysV substitution handling of empty lhs and variable o correct exists() check for dir with trailing / o correct handling of modifiers for non-existant variables during evaluation of conditionals. o ensure MAP_FILE is defined. o meta.c use curdir[] now exported by main.c 2011-02-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110225 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for incorrect .PARSEDIR when .OBJDIR is re-computed after makefiles have been read. o fix example of :? modifier in man page. 2011-02-13 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110214 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c handle realpath() failing when generating meta file name. * sigcompat.c: convert to ansi so we can use higher warning levels. 2011-02-07 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110207 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for bug in meta mode. 2011-01-03 Simon J. Gerraty * parse.c: SunOS 5.8 at least does not have MAP_FILE 2011-01-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110101 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o use mmap(2) if available, for reading makefiles 2010-12-15 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20101215 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o ensure meta_job_error() does not report a previous .meta file as being culprit. 2010-12-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20101210 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta_oodate: track cwd per process, and only consider target out-of-date if missing file is outside make's CWD. Ignore files in /tmp/ etc. o to ensure unit-tests results match, need to control LC_ALL as well as LANG. o fix for parsing bug in var.c 2010-11-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20101126 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o if stale dependency is an IMPSRC, search via .PATH o meta_oodate: if a referenced file is missing, target is out-of-date. o meta_oodate: if a target uses .OODATE in its commands, it (.OODATE) needs to be recomputed. o keep a pointer to youngest child node, rather than just its mtime. 2010-11-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20101101 2010-10-16 Simon J. Gerraty * machine.sh: like os.sh, allow for uname -p producing useless drivel 2010-09-13 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: document configure knobs for meta and filemon. * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100911 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c - meta mode * make-bootstrap.sh.in: handle meta.c * configure.in: add knobs for use_meta and filemon_h also, look for dirname, str[e]sep and strlcpy * util.c: add simple err[x] and warn[x] 2010-08-08 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap (TOOL_DIFF): set this to ensure tests use the same version of diff that configure tested * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100808 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o in jobs mode, when we discover we cannot make something, call PrintOnError before exit. 2010-08-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100806 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o formatting fixes for ignored errors o ensure jobs are cleaned up regardless of where wait() was called. 2010-06-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100618 * os.sh (MACHINE_ARCH): watch out for drivel from uname -p 2010-06-16 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100616 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o man page update o call PrintOnError from JobFinish when we detect an error we are not ignoring. 2010-06-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100606 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o man page update 2010-06-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100605 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o use bmake_signal() which is a wrapper around sigaction() in place of signal() o add .export-env to allow exporting variables to environment without tracking (so no re-export when the internal value is changed). 2010-05-24 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100524 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for .info et al being greedy. 2010-05-23 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100520 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o back to using realpath on argv[0] but only if contains '/' and does not start with '/'. 2010-05-10 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: use absolute path for bmake when running tests. * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100510 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o revert use of realpath on argv[0] too many corner cases. o print MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR before running .ERROR target. 2010-05-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100505 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for missed SIGCHLD when compiled with SunPRO actually for bmake, defining FORCE_POSIX_SIGNALS would have done the job. 2010-04-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100430 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fflush stdout before writing to stdout 2010-04-23 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100423 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o updated unit tests for Haiku (this time for sure). * boot-strap: based on patch from joerg honor --with-default-sys-path better. * boot-strap: remove mention of --with-prefix-sys-path 2010-04-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100422 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for vfork() on Darwin. o fix for bogus $TMPDIR. o set .MAKE.MODE=compat for -B o set .MAKE.JOBS=max_jobs for -j max_jobs o allow unit-tests to run without any *.mk o unit-tests/modmisc be more conservative in dirs presumed to exist. * boot-strap: ignore /usr/share/mk except on NetBSD. * unit-tests/Makefile.in: set LANG=C when running unit-tests to ensure sort(1) behaves as expected. 2010-04-21 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: add FindHereOrAbove so we can use -m .../mk 2010-04-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100420 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for variable realpath() behavior. we have to stat(2) the result to be sure. o fix for .export (all) when nested vars use :sh 2010-04-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100414 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o use realpath to resolve argv[0] (for .MAKE) if needed. o add realpath from libc. o add :tA to resolve variable via realpath(3) if possible. 2010-04-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100408 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o unit tests for .ERROR, .error o fix for .ERROR to ensure it cannot be default target. 2010-04-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100406 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for compat mode "Error code" going to debug_file. o fix for .ALLSRC being populated twice. o support for .info, .warning and .error directives o .MAKE.MODE to control make's operational mode o .MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE to control the preferred makefile name(s). o .MAKE.DEPENDFILE to control the name of the depend file o .ERROR target - run on failure. 2010-03-18 Simon J. Gerraty * make-bootstrap.sh.in: extract MAKE_VERSION from Makefile * os.sh,arch.c: patch for Haiku from joerg at netbsd 2010-03-17 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100222 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o better error msg for .for with mutiple inter vars * boot-strap: o use make-bootstrap.sh from joerg at netbsd to avoid the need for a native make when bootstrapping. o add "" everywhere ;-) o if /usr/share/tmac/andoc.tmac exists install nroff bmake.1 otherwise the pre-formated version. 2010-01-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100102 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for -m .../ 2009-11-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20091118 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o .unexport o report lines that start with '.' and should have ':' (catch typo's of .el*if). 2009-10-30 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: Ensure that srcdir and mksrc are absolute paths. 2009-10-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): fix version to 20091007 2009-10-07 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 200910007 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for parsing of :S;...;...; applied to .for loop iterator appearing in a dependency line. 2009-09-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090909 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for -C, .CURDIR and .OBJDIR * boot-strap: o allow share_dir to be set independent of prefix. o select default share_dir better when prefix ends in $HOST_TARGET o if FORCE_BSD_MK etc were set, include them in the suggested install-mk command. 2009-09-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090908 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o .MAKE.LEVEL for recursion tracking o fix for :M scanning \: 2009-09-03 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: Don't -D__EXTENSIONS__ if AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS says "no". 2009-08-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090826 Simplify MAKE_VERSION to just the bare date. * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o -C directory support. o support for SIGINFO o use $TMPDIR for temp files. o child of vfork should be careful about modifying parent's state. 2009-03-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Appy some patches for MiNT from David Brownlee 2009-02-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090222 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o Possible null pointer de-ref in Var_Set. 2009-02-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090204 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o bmake_malloc et al moved to their own .c o Count both () and {} when looking for the end of a :M pattern o Change 'Buffer' so that it is the actual struct, not a pointer to it. o strlist.c - functions for processing extendable arrays of pointers to strings. o ClientData replaced with void *, so const void * can be used. o New debug flag C for DEBUG_CWD 2008-11-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081111 Apply patch from Joerg Sonnenberge to configure.in: o remove some redundant checks o check for emlloc etc only in libutil and require the whole family. util.c: o remove [v]asprintf which is no longer used. 2008-11-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081101 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o util.c: avoid use of putenv() - christos 2008-10-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081030 pick up man page tweaks. 2008-10-29 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: move processing of LIBOBJS to after is definition! thus we'll have getenv.c in SRCS only if needed. * make.1: add examples of how to use :? * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081029 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for .END processing with -j o segfault from Parse_Error when no makefile is open o handle numeric expressions in any variable expansion o debug output now defaults to stderr, -dF to change it - apb o make now uses bmake_malloc etc so that it can build natively on A/UX - wasn't an issue for bmake, but we want to keep in sync. 2008-09-27 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080808 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for PR/38840: Pierre Pronchery: make crashes while parsing long lines in Makefiles o optimizations for VarQuote by joerg o fix for PR/38756: dominik: make dumps core on invalid makefile 2008-05-15 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080515 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix skip setting vars in VAR_GLOBAL context, to handle cases where VAR_CMD is used for other than command line vars. 2008-05-14 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap (make_version): we may need to look in $prefix/share/mk for sys.mk * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080514 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o skip setting vars in VAR_GLOBAL context, when already set in VAR_CMD which takes precedence. 2008-03-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080330 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for ?= when LHS contains variable reference. 2008-02-15 Simon J. Gerraty * merge some patches from NetBSD pkgsrc. * makefile.boot.in (BOOTSTRAP_SYS_PATH): Allow better control of the MAKSYSPATH used during bootstrap. * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080215 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o warn if non-space chars follow 'empty' in a conditional. 2008-01-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080118 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o consider dependencies read from .depend as optional - dsl o remember when buffer for reading makefile grows - dsl o add -dl (aka LOUD) - David O'Brien 2007-10-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20071022 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o Allow .PATH to be used for .include "" * boot-strap: source default settings from .bmake-boot-strap.rc 2007-10-16 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: fix maninstall on various systems provided that our man.mk is used. For non-BSD systems we install the preformatted page into $MANDIR/cat1 2007-10-15 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: make bmake.1 too, so maninstall works. 2007-10-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20071014 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o revamped handling of defshell - configure no longer needs to know the content of the shells array - apb o stop Var_Subst modifying its input - apb o avoid calling ParseTrackInput too often - dsl 2007-10-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20071011 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix Shell_Init for case that _BASENAME_DEFSHELL is absolute path. * sigcompat.c: some tweaks for HP-UX 11.x based on patch from Tobias Nygren * configure.in: update handling of --with-defshell to match new make behavior. --with-defshell=/usr/xpg4/bin/sh will now do what one might hope - provided the chosen shell behaves enough like sh. 2007-10-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20071008 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX - control the token output before jobs - sjg o .export/.MAKE.EXPORTED - export of variables - sjg o .MAKE.MAKEFILES - track all makefiles read - sjg o performance improvements - dsl o revamp parallel job scheduling - dsl 2006-07-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060728 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o extra debug info during variable and cond processing - sjg o shell definition now covers newline - rillig o minor mem leak in PrintOnError - sjg 2006-05-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060511 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o more memory leaks - coverity o possible overflow in ArchFindMember - coverity o extract variable modifier code out of Var_Parse() so it can be called recursively - sjg o unit-tests/moderrs - sjg 2006-04-12 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060412 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fixes for some memory leaks - coverity o only read first sys.mk etc when searching sysIncPath - sjg * main.c (ReadMakefile): remove hack for __INTERIX that prevented setting ${MAKEFILE} - OBATA Akio 2006-03-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060318 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o cleanup of job.c to remove remote handling, distcc is more useful and this code was likely bit-rotting - dsl o fix for :P modifier - sjg * boot-strap: set default prefix to something reasonable (for me anyway). 2006-03-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060301 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o make .WAIT apply recursively, document and test case - apb o allow variable modifiers in a variable appear anywhere in modifier list, document and test case - sjg 2006-02-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060222 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o improved job token handling - dsl o SIG_DFL the correct signal before exec - dsl o more debug info during parsing - dsl o allow variable modifiers to be specified via variable - sjg * boot-strap: explain why we died if no mksrc 2005-11-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051105 * configure.in: always set default_sys_path default is ${prefix}/share/mk - remove prefix_sys_path, anyone wanting more than above needs to set it manually. 2005-11-04 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: make this a bit easier for pkgsrc folk. bootstrap still fails on IRIX64 since MACHINE_ARCH gets set to 'mips' while pkgsrc wants 'mipseb' or 'mipsel' 2005-11-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051102 * job.c (JobFinish): fix likely ancient merge lossage fix from Todd Vierling. * boot-strap (srcdir): allow setting mksrc=none 2005-10-31 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051031 * ranlib.h: skip on OSF too. (NetBSD PR 31864) 2005-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051002 fix a silly typo 2005-10-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051001 support for UnixWare and some other systems, based on patches from pkgsrc/bootstrap 2005-09-03 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20050901 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o possible parse error causing us to wander off. 2005-06-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20050606 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o :0x modifier for randomizing a list o fixes for a number of -Wuninitialized issues. 2005-05-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20050530 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o Handle dependencies for .BEGIN, .END and .INTERRUPT * README: was seriously out of date. 2005-03-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Important to use .MAKE rather than MAKE. 2005-03-15 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20050315 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o don't mistake .elsefoo for .else o use suffix-specific search path correctly o bunch of style nits 2004-05-11 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: o ensure that args to --src and --with-mksrc are resolved before giving them to configure. o add -o "objdir" so that builder can control it, default is $OS as determined by os.sh o add -q to suppress all the install instructions. 2004-05-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Remove __IDSTRING() * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040508 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o posix fixes - remove '-e' from compat mode - add support for '+' command-line prefix. o fix for handling '--' on command-line. o fix include in lst.lib/lstInt.h to simplify '-I's o we also picked up replacement of MAKE_BOOTSTRAP with !MAKE_NATIVE which is a noop, but possibly confusing. 2004-04-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040414 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o allow quoted strings on lhs of conditionals o issue warning when extra .else is seen o print line numer when errors encountered during parsing from string. 2004-02-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040220 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for old :M parsing bug. o re-jigged unit-tests 2004-02-15 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (accept test): use ${.MAKE:S,^./,${.CURDIR}/,} so that './bmake -f Makefile test' works. 2004-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040214 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o search upwards for *.mk o fix for double free of var substitution buffers o use of getopt replaced with custom code, since the usage (re-scanning) isn't posix compatible. 2004-02-12 Simon J. Gerraty * arch.c: don't include ranlib.h on ELF systems (thanks to Chuck Cranor ). 2004-01-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040118 * boot-strap (while): export vars we assign to on cmdline * unit-test/Makefile.in: ternary is .PHONY 2004-01-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20040108 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for ternary modifier 2004-01-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20040105 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for cond.c to handle compound expressions better o variable expansion within sysV style replacements 2003-12-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Make portable snprintf safer - output to /dev/null first to check space needed. * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20031222 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o -dg3 to show input graph when things go wrong. o explicitly look for makefiles in objdir if not found in curdir so that errors in .depend etc will be reported accurarely. o avoid use of -e in shell scripts in jobs mode, use '|| exit $?' instead as it more accurately reflects the expected behavior and is more consistently implemented. o avoid use of asprintf. 2003-09-28 Simon J. Gerraty * util.c: Add asprintf and vasprintf. * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20030928 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: :[] modifier - allows picking words from a variable. :tW modifier - allows treating value as one big word. W flag for :C and :S - allows treating value as one big word. 2003-09-12 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make pick up -de flag to enable printing failed command. don't skip 1st two dir entries (normally . and ..) since coda does not have them. 2003-09-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20030909 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: - changes for -V '${VAR}' to print fully expanded value cf. -V VAR - CompatRunCommand now prints the command that failed. - several files got updated 3 clause Berkeley license. 2003-08-02 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: Allow setting configure args on command line. 2003-07-31 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: add --with-defshell to allow sh or ksh to be selected as default shell. * Makefile.in: bump version to 20030731 * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up .SHELL spec for ksh and associate man page changes. Also compat mode now uses the same shell specs. 2003-07-29 Simon J. Gerraty * var.c (Var_Parse): ensure delim is initialized. * unit-tests/Makefile.in: use single quotes to avoid problems from some shells. * makefile.boot.in: Run the unit-tests as part of the bootstrap procedure. 2003-07-28 Simon J. Gerraty * unit-tests/Makefile.in: always force complaints from ${TEST_MAKE} to be from 'make'. * configure.in: add check for 'diff -u' also fix some old autoconf'isms * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20030728. if using GCC add -Wno-cast-qual to CFLAGS for var.o * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up fix for :ts parsing error in some cases. Pick unit-tests. 2003-07-23 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20030723. * var.c (Var_Parse): fix bug in :ts modifier, after const correctness fixes, must pass nstr to VarModify. 2003-07-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: BMAKE_VERSION switch to a date based version. We'll generally use the date of last import from NetBSD. * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up fixes for const-correctness, now passes WARNS=3 on NetBSD. Pick up :ts modifier, allows controlling the separator used between words in variable expansion. 2003-07-11 Simon J. Gerraty * FILES: include boot-strap and os.sh * Makefile.in: only set WARNS if we are NetBSD, the effect on FreeBSD is known to be bad. * makefile.boot.in (bootstrap): make this the default target. * Makefile.in: bump version to 3.1.19 * machine.sh: avoid A-Z with tr as it is bound to lose. 2003-07-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up fix for PR/19781 - unhelpful error msg on unclosed ${var:foo Plus some doc fixes. 2003-04-27 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up fix for PR/1523 - don't count a library as built, if there is no way to build it * Bump version to 3.1.18 2003-03-23 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up fix for ParseDoSpecialSrc - we only use it if .WAIT appears in src list. 2003-03-21 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make (mmm 10th anniversary!) pick up fix for .WAIT in srcs that refer to $@ or $* (PR#20828) pick up -X which tells us to not export VAR=val via setenv if we are already doing so via MAKEFLAGS. This saves valuable env space on systems like Darwin. set MAKE_VERSION to 3.1.17 * parse.c: pix up fix for suffix rules 2003-03-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make. pick up fix for propagating -B via MAKEFLAGS. set MAKE_VERSION to 3.1.16 * Apply some patches from pkgsrc-bootstrap/bmake Originally by Grant Beattie I may have missed some - since they are based on bmake-3.1.12 2002-12-03 Simon J. Gerraty * makefile.boot.in (bmake): update install targets for those that use them, also clear MAKEFLAGS when invoking bmake.boot to avoid havoc from gmake -w. Thanks to Harlan Stenn . * bmake.cat1: update the pre-formatted man page! 2002-11-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make. pick up fix for premature free of pointer used in call to Dir_InitCur(). set MAKE_VERSION to 3.1.15 2002-11-26 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: determine suitable value for MKSRC. override using --with-mksrc=PATH. * machine.sh: use `uname -p` for MACHINE_ARCH on modern SunOS systems. configs(8) will use 'sun4' as an alias for 'sparc'. 2002-11-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make. pick up ${.PATH} pick up fix for finding ../cat.c via .PATH when .CURDIR=.. set MAKE_VERSION to 3.1.14 add configure checks for killpg and sys/socket.h 2002-09-16 Simon J. Gerraty * tag bmake-3-1-13 * makefile.boot.in (bmake): use install-mk Also setup ./mk before trying to invoke bmake.boot incase we needed install-mk to create a sys.mk for us. * configure.in: If we need to add -I${srcdir}/missing, make it an absolute path so that it works for lst.lib too. * make.h: always include sys/cdefs.h since we provide one if the host does not. * Makefile.in (install-mk): use MKSRC/install-mk which will do the right thing. use uname -p for ARCH if possible. since install-mk will setup links bsd.prog.mk -> prog.mk if needed, just .include bsd.prog.mk * Merge with NetBSD make (NetBSD-1.6) Code is ansi-C only now. Bug in handling of dotLast is fixed. Can now assign .OBJDIR and make will reset its notions of life. New modifiers :tu :tl for toUpper and toLower. Tue Oct 16 12:18:42 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make pick up fix for .END failure in compat mode. pick up fix for extra va_end() in ParseVErrorInternal. Thu Oct 11 13:20:06 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: for systems that have sys/cdefs.h check if it is compatible. If not, include the one under missing, but tell it to include the native one too - necessary on Linux. * missing/sys/cdefs.h: if NEED_HOST_CDEFS_H is defined, use include_next (for gcc) to get the native sys/cdefs.h Tue Aug 21 02:29:34 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * job.c (JobFinish): Fix an earlier merge bug that resulted in leaking descriptors when using -jN. * job.c (JobPrintCommand): See if "curdir" exists before attempting to chdir(). Doing the chdir directly in make (when in compat mode) fails silently, so let the -jN version do the same. This can happen when building kernels in an object tree and playing clever games to reset .CURDIR. * Merged with NetBSD make pick up .USEBEFORE Tue Jun 26 23:45:11 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * makefile.boot.in: Give bmake.boot a MAKESYSPATH that might work. Tue Jun 12 16:48:57 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * var.c (Var_Set): Add 4th (flags) arg so VarLoopExpand can tell us not to export the iterator variable when using VAR_CMD context. Sun Jun 10 21:55:21 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * job.c (Job_CatchChildren): don't call Job_CatchOutput() here, its the wrong "fix". Sat Jun 9 00:11:24 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * Redesigned export of VAR_CMD's via MAKEFLAGS. We now simply append the variable names to .MAKEOVERRIDES, and handle duplicate suppression and quoting in ExportMAKEFLAGS using: ${.MAKEOVERRIDES:O:u:@v@$v=${$v:Q}@} Apart from fixing quoting bugs in previous version, this allows us to export vars to the environment by simply doing: .MAKEOVERRIDES+= PATH Merged again with NetBSD make, but the above is the only change. * configure.in: added --disable-pwd-override disable $PWD overriding getcwd() --disable-check-make-chdir disable make trying to guess when it should automatically cd ${.CURDIR} * Merge with NetBSD make, changes include: parse.c (ParseDoDependency): Spot that the syntax error is caused by an unresolved cvs/rcs conflict and say so. var.c: most of Var* functions now take a ctxt as 1st arg. now does variable substituion on rhs of sysv style modifiers. * var.c (Var_Set): exporting of command line variables (VAR_CMD) is now done here. We append the name='value' to .MAKEOVERRIDES rather than directly into MAKEFLAGS as this allows a Makefile to use .MAKEOVERRIDES= to disable this behaviour. GNU make uses a very similar mechanism. Note that in adding name='value' to .MAKEOVERRIDES we do the moral equivalent of: .MAKEOVERRIDES:= ${.MAKEOVERRIDES:Nname=*} name='val' Fri Jun 1 14:08:02 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * make-conf.h (USE_IOVEC): make it conditional on HAVE_SYS_UIO_H * Merged with NetBSD make make -dx can now be used to run commands via sh -x better error messages on exec failures. Thu May 31 01:44:54 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (main.o): depends on ${SRCS} ${MAKEFILE} so that MAKE_VERSION gets updated. Also don't use ?= for MAKE_VERSION, MACHINE etc otherwise they propagate from the previous bmake. * configure.in (machine): allow --with-machine=generic to make configure use machine.sh to set MACHINE. * job.c (JobInterrupt): convert to using WAIT_T and friends. * Makefile.in: mention in bmake.1 that we use autoconf. * make.1: mention MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR. Wed May 30 23:17:18 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * main.c (ReadMakefile): don't set MAKEFILE if reading ".depend" as that rather defeats the usefulness of ${MAKEFILE}. * main.c (MainParseArgs): append command line variable assignments to MAKEFLAGS so that they get propagated to child make's. Apparently this is required POSIX behaviour? Its useful anyway. Tue May 29 02:20:07 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * compat.c (CompatRunCommand): don't use perror() since stdio may cause problems in child of vfork(). * compat.c, main.c: Call PrintOnError() when we are going to bail. This routine prints out the .curdir where we stopped and will also display any vars listed in ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR}. * main.c: add ${.newline} to hold a "\n" - sometimes handy in :@ expansion. * var.c: VarLoopExpand: ignore addSpace if a \n is present. * Added RCSid's for the files we've touched. Thu May 24 15:41:37 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: Thanks to some clues from mdb@juniper.net, added autoconf magic to control setting of MACHINE, MACHINE_ARCH as well as what ends up in _PATH_DEFSYSPATH. We now have: --with-machine=MACHINE explicitly set MACHINE --with-force-machine=MACHINE set FORCE_MACHINE --with-machine_arch=MACHINE_ARCH explicitly set MACHINE_ARCH --with-default-sys-path=PATH:DIR:LIST use an explicit _PATH_DEFSYSPATH --with-prefix-sys-path=PATH:DIR:LIST prefix _PATH_PREFIX_SYSPATH --with-path-objdirprefix=PATH override _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX If _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX is set to "no" we won't define it. * makefile: added a pathetically simple makefile to drive bootstrapping. Running configure by hand is more useful. * Makefile.in: added MAKE_VERSION, and reworked things to be less dependent on NetBSD bsd.*.mk * pathnames.h: allow NO_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX to stop us defining _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX for those that don't want a default. construct _PATH_DEFSYSPATH from the info we get from configure. * main.c: allow for no _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX, set ${MAKE_VERSION} if MAKE_VERSION is defined. * compat.c: when we bail, print out the .CURDIR we were in. Sat May 12 00:34:12 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make * var.c: fixed a bug in the handling of the modifier :P if the node as found but the path was null, we segfault trying to duplicate it. Mon Mar 5 16:20:33 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make * make.c: Make_OODate's test for a library out of date was using cmtime where it should have used mtime (my bug). * compat.c: Use perror() to tell us what really went wrong when we cannot exec a command. Fri Dec 15 10:11:08 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make Sat Jun 10 10:11:08 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make Thu Jun 1 10:11:08 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make Tue May 30 10:11:08 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make Thu Apr 27 00:07:47 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * util.c: don't provide signal() since we use sigcompat.c * Makefile.in: added a build target. * var.c (Var_Parse): added ODE modifiers :U, :D, :L, :P, :@ and :! These allow some quite clever magic. * main.c (main): added support for getenv(MAKESYSPATH). Mon Apr 2 16:25:13 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Disable $PWD overriding getcwd() if MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set. This avoids objdir having a different value depending on how a directory was reached (via command line, or subdir.mk). * If FORCE_MACHINE is defined, ignore getenv("MACHINE"). Mon Apr 2 23:15:31 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Do a chdir(${.CURDIR}) before invoking ${.MAKE} or ${.MAKE:T} if MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set and NOCHECKMAKECHDIR is not. I've been testing this in NetBSD's make for some weeks. * Turn Makefile into Makefile.in and make it useful. Tue Feb 29 22:08:00 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Imported NetBSD's -current make(1) and resolve conflicts. * Applied autoconf patches from bmake v2 * Imported clean code base from NetBSD-1.0 Index: vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/Makefile =================================================================== --- vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/Makefile (revision 361953) +++ vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/Makefile (revision 361954) @@ -1,241 +1,241 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.104 2020/02/06 01:33:54 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: Makefile,v 1.107 2020/06/07 21:18:46 sjg Exp $ PROG= bmake SRCS= \ arch.c \ buf.c \ compat.c \ cond.c \ dir.c \ for.c \ hash.c \ job.c \ main.c \ make.c \ make_malloc.c \ meta.c \ metachar.c \ parse.c \ str.c \ strlist.c \ suff.c \ targ.c \ trace.c \ util.c \ var.c # from lst.lib/ SRCS+= \ lstAppend.c \ lstAtEnd.c \ lstAtFront.c \ lstClose.c \ lstConcat.c \ lstDatum.c \ lstDeQueue.c \ lstDestroy.c \ lstDupl.c \ lstEnQueue.c \ lstFind.c \ lstFindFrom.c \ lstFirst.c \ lstForEach.c \ lstForEachFrom.c \ lstInit.c \ lstInsert.c \ lstIsAtEnd.c \ lstIsEmpty.c \ lstLast.c \ lstMember.c \ lstNext.c \ lstOpen.c \ lstPrev.c \ lstRemove.c \ lstReplace.c \ lstSucc.c .-include "VERSION" .-include "Makefile.inc" # this file gets generated by configure .-include "Makefile.config" .if !empty(LIBOBJS) SRCS+= ${LIBOBJS:T:.o=.c} .endif # just in case prefix?= /usr srcdir?= ${.CURDIR} DEFAULT_SYS_PATH?= ${prefix}/share/mk CPPFLAGS+= -DUSE_META CFLAGS+= ${CPPFLAGS} CFLAGS+= -D_PATH_DEFSYSPATH=\"${DEFAULT_SYS_PATH}\" CFLAGS+= -I. -I${srcdir} ${XDEFS} -DMAKE_NATIVE CFLAGS+= ${COPTS.${.ALLSRC:M*.c:T:u}} COPTS.main.c+= "-DMAKE_VERSION=\"${_MAKE_VERSION}\"" # meta mode can be useful even without filemon # should be set by now USE_FILEMON ?= no .if ${USE_FILEMON:tl} != "no" -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/filemon +.PATH: ${srcdir}/filemon SRCS+= filemon_${USE_FILEMON}.c COPTS.meta.c+= -DUSE_FILEMON -DUSE_FILEMON_${USE_FILEMON:tu} COPTS.job.c+= ${COPTS.meta.c} .if ${USE_FILEMON} == "dev" FILEMON_H ?= /usr/include/dev/filemon/filemon.h .if exists(${FILEMON_H}) && ${FILEMON_H:T} == "filemon.h" COPTS.filemon_dev.c += -DHAVE_FILEMON_H -I${FILEMON_H:H} .endif .endif # USE_FILEMON == dev .endif # USE_FILEMON .PATH: ${srcdir} .PATH: ${srcdir}/lst.lib .if make(obj) || make(clean) SUBDIR+= unit-tests .endif # start-delete1 for bsd.after-import.mk # we skip a lot of this when building as part of FreeBSD etc. # list of OS's which are derrived from BSD4.4 BSD44_LIST= NetBSD FreeBSD OpenBSD DragonFly MirBSD Bitrig # we are... OS!= uname -s # are we 4.4BSD ? isBSD44:=${BSD44_LIST:M${OS}} .if ${isBSD44} == "" MANTARGET= cat INSTALL?=${srcdir}/install-sh .if (${MACHINE} == "sun386") # even I don't have one of these anymore :-) CFLAGS+= -DPORTAR .elif (${MACHINE} != "sunos") SRCS+= sigcompat.c CFLAGS+= -DSIGNAL_FLAGS=SA_RESTART .endif .else MANTARGET?= man .endif # turn this on by default - ignored if we are root WITH_INSTALL_AS_USER= # suppress with -DWITHOUT_* OPTIONS_DEFAULT_YES+= \ AUTOCONF_MK \ INSTALL_MK \ PROG_LINK OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO+= \ PROG_VERSION # process options now .include .if ${MK_PROG_VERSION} == "yes" PROG_NAME= ${PROG}-${_MAKE_VERSION} .if ${MK_PROG_LINK} == "yes" SYMLINKS+= ${PROG_NAME} ${BINDIR}/${PROG} .endif .endif EXTRACT_MAN=no # end-delete1 MAN= ${PROG}.1 MAN1= ${MAN} .if (${PROG} != "make") CLEANFILES+= my.history .if make(${MAN}) || !exists(${srcdir}/${MAN}) -my.history: ${MAKEFILE} +my.history: @(echo ".Nm"; \ echo "is derived from NetBSD"; \ echo ".Xr make 1 ."; \ echo "It uses autoconf to facilitate portability to other platforms."; \ echo ".Pp") > $@ .NOPATH: ${MAN} ${MAN}: make.1 my.history @echo making $@ @sed \ -e '/^.Dt/s/MAKE/${PROG:tu}/' \ -e 's/^.Nx/NetBSD/' \ -e '/^.Nm/s/make/${PROG}/' \ -e '/^.Sh HISTORY/rmy.history' \ -e '/^.Sh HISTORY/,$$s,^.Nm,make,' ${srcdir}/make.1 > $@ all beforeinstall: ${MAN} _mfromdir=. .endif .endif MANTARGET?= cat MANDEST?= ${MANDIR}/${MANTARGET}1 .if ${MANTARGET} == "cat" _mfromdir=${srcdir} .endif .include CPPFLAGS+= -DMAKE_NATIVE -DHAVE_CONFIG_H COPTS.var.c += -Wno-cast-qual COPTS.job.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral COPTS.parse.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral COPTS.var.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral # Force these SHAREDIR= ${SHAREDIR.bmake:U${prefix}/share} BINDIR= ${BINDIR.bmake:U${prefix}/bin} MANDIR= ${MANDIR.bmake:U${SHAREDIR}/man} .if !exists(.depend) ${OBJS}: config.h .endif # start-delete2 for bsd.after-import.mk # make sure that MAKE_VERSION gets updated. -main.o: ${SRCS} ${.CURDIR}/VERSION +main.o: ${srcdir}/VERSION .if ${MK_AUTOCONF_MK} == "yes" CONFIGURE_DEPS += ${.CURDIR}/VERSION # we do not need or want the generated makefile CONFIGURE_ARGS += --without-makefile .include .endif SHARE_MK?=${SHAREDIR}/mk MKSRC=${srcdir}/mk INSTALL?=${srcdir}/install-sh .if ${MK_INSTALL_MK} == "yes" install: install-mk .endif beforeinstall: test -d ${DESTDIR}${BINDIR} || ${INSTALL} -m 775 -d ${DESTDIR}${BINDIR} test -d ${DESTDIR}${MANDEST} || ${INSTALL} -m 775 -d ${DESTDIR}${MANDEST} install-mk: .if exists(${MKSRC}/install-mk) test -d ${DESTDIR}${SHARE_MK} || ${INSTALL} -m 775 -d ${DESTDIR}${SHARE_MK} sh ${MKSRC}/install-mk -v -m 644 ${DESTDIR}${SHARE_MK} .else @echo need to unpack mk.tar.gz under ${srcdir} or set MKSRC; false .endif # end-delete2 # A simple unit-test driver to help catch regressions accept test: cd ${.CURDIR}/unit-tests && MAKEFLAGS= ${.MAKE} -r -m / TEST_MAKE=${TEST_MAKE:U${.OBJDIR}/${PROG:T}} ${.TARGET} Index: vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/VERSION =================================================================== --- vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/VERSION (revision 361953) +++ vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/VERSION (revision 361954) @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ # keep this compatible with sh and make -_MAKE_VERSION=20200517 +_MAKE_VERSION=20200606 Index: vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/bmake.1 =================================================================== --- vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/bmake.1 (revision 361953) +++ vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/bmake.1 (revision 361954) @@ -1,2419 +1,2445 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: make.1,v 1.273 2018/05/27 01:14:51 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: make.1,v 1.282 2020/06/06 20:28:42 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors .\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software .\" without specific prior written permission. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)make.1 8.4 (Berkeley) 3/19/94 .\" -.Dd May 26, 2018 +.Dd June 5, 2020 .Dt BMAKE 1 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm bmake .Nd maintain program dependencies .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm .Op Fl BeikNnqrstWwX .Op Fl C Ar directory .Op Fl D Ar variable .Op Fl d Ar flags .Op Fl f Ar makefile .Op Fl I Ar directory .Op Fl J Ar private .Op Fl j Ar max_jobs .Op Fl m Ar directory .Op Fl T Ar file .Op Fl V Ar variable .Op Fl v Ar variable .Op Ar variable=value .Op Ar target ... .Sh DESCRIPTION .Nm is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other programs. Its input is a list of specifications as to the files upon which programs and other files depend. If no .Fl f Ar makefile makefile option is given, .Nm will try to open .Ql Pa makefile then .Ql Pa Makefile in order to find the specifications. If the file .Ql Pa .depend exists, it is read (see .Xr mkdep 1 ) . .Pp This manual page is intended as a reference document only. For a more thorough description of .Nm and makefiles, please refer to .%T "PMake \- A Tutorial" . .Pp .Nm will prepend the contents of the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable to the command line arguments before parsing them. .Pp The options are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Fl B Try to be backwards compatible by executing a single shell per command and by executing the commands to make the sources of a dependency line in sequence. .It Fl C Ar directory Change to .Ar directory before reading the makefiles or doing anything else. If multiple .Fl C options are specified, each is interpreted relative to the previous one: .Fl C Pa / Fl C Pa etc is equivalent to .Fl C Pa /etc . .It Fl D Ar variable Define .Ar variable to be 1, in the global context. .It Fl d Ar [-]flags Turn on debugging, and specify which portions of .Nm are to print debugging information. Unless the flags are preceded by .Ql \- they are added to the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable and will be processed by any child make processes. By default, debugging information is printed to standard error, but this can be changed using the .Ar F debugging flag. The debugging output is always unbuffered; in addition, if debugging is enabled but debugging output is not directed to standard output, then the standard output is line buffered. .Ar Flags is one or more of the following: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ar A Print all possible debugging information; equivalent to specifying all of the debugging flags. .It Ar a Print debugging information about archive searching and caching. .It Ar C Print debugging information about current working directory. .It Ar c Print debugging information about conditional evaluation. .It Ar d Print debugging information about directory searching and caching. .It Ar e Print debugging information about failed commands and targets. .It Ar F Ns Oo Sy \&+ Oc Ns Ar filename Specify where debugging output is written. This must be the last flag, because it consumes the remainder of the argument. If the character immediately after the .Ql F flag is .Ql \&+ , then the file will be opened in append mode; otherwise the file will be overwritten. If the file name is .Ql stdout or .Ql stderr then debugging output will be written to the standard output or standard error output file descriptors respectively (and the .Ql \&+ option has no effect). Otherwise, the output will be written to the named file. If the file name ends .Ql .%d then the .Ql %d is replaced by the pid. .It Ar f Print debugging information about loop evaluation. .It Ar "g1" Print the input graph before making anything. .It Ar "g2" Print the input graph after making everything, or before exiting on error. .It Ar "g3" Print the input graph before exiting on error. .It Ar j Print debugging information about running multiple shells. .It Ar l Print commands in Makefiles regardless of whether or not they are prefixed by .Ql @ or other "quiet" flags. Also known as "loud" behavior. .It Ar M Print debugging information about "meta" mode decisions about targets. .It Ar m Print debugging information about making targets, including modification dates. .It Ar n Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when running commands. These temporary scripts are created in the directory referred to by the .Ev TMPDIR environment variable, or in .Pa /tmp if .Ev TMPDIR is unset or set to the empty string. The temporary scripts are created by .Xr mkstemp 3 , and have names of the form .Pa makeXXXXXX . .Em NOTE : This can create many files in .Ev TMPDIR or .Pa /tmp , so use with care. .It Ar p Print debugging information about makefile parsing. .It Ar s Print debugging information about suffix-transformation rules. .It Ar t Print debugging information about target list maintenance. .It Ar V Force the .Fl V option to print raw values of variables, overriding the default behavior set via .Va .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES . .It Ar v Print debugging information about variable assignment. .It Ar x Run shell commands with .Fl x so the actual commands are printed as they are executed. .El .It Fl e Specify that environment variables override macro assignments within makefiles. .It Fl f Ar makefile Specify a makefile to read instead of the default .Ql Pa makefile . If .Ar makefile is .Ql Fl , standard input is read. Multiple makefiles may be specified, and are read in the order specified. .It Fl I Ar directory Specify a directory in which to search for makefiles and included makefiles. The system makefile directory (or directories, see the .Fl m option) is automatically included as part of this list. .It Fl i Ignore non-zero exit of shell commands in the makefile. Equivalent to specifying .Ql Fl before each command line in the makefile. .It Fl J Ar private This option should .Em not be specified by the user. .Pp When the .Ar j option is in use in a recursive build, this option is passed by a make to child makes to allow all the make processes in the build to cooperate to avoid overloading the system. .It Fl j Ar max_jobs Specify the maximum number of jobs that .Nm may have running at any one time. The value is saved in .Va .MAKE.JOBS . Turns compatibility mode off, unless the .Ar B flag is also specified. When compatibility mode is off, all commands associated with a target are executed in a single shell invocation as opposed to the traditional one shell invocation per line. This can break traditional scripts which change directories on each command invocation and then expect to start with a fresh environment on the next line. It is more efficient to correct the scripts rather than turn backwards compatibility on. .It Fl k Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on those targets that do not depend on the target whose creation caused the error. .It Fl m Ar directory Specify a directory in which to search for sys.mk and makefiles included via the -.Ao Ar file Ac Ns -style +.Li \&< Ns Ar file Ns Li \&> Ns -style include statement. The .Fl m option can be used multiple times to form a search path. This path will override the default system include path: /usr/share/mk. Furthermore the system include path will be appended to the search path used for -.Qo Ar file Qc Ns -style +.Li \*q Ns Ar file Ns Li \*q Ns -style include statements (see the .Fl I option). .Pp If a file or directory name in the .Fl m argument (or the .Ev MAKESYSPATH environment variable) starts with the string .Qq \&.../ then .Nm will search for the specified file or directory named in the remaining part of the argument string. The search starts with the current directory of the Makefile and then works upward towards the root of the file system. If the search is successful, then the resulting directory replaces the .Qq \&.../ specification in the .Fl m argument. If used, this feature allows .Nm to easily search in the current source tree for customized sys.mk files (e.g., by using .Qq \&.../mk/sys.mk as an argument). .It Fl n Display the commands that would have been executed, but do not actually execute them unless the target depends on the .MAKE special source (see below). .It Fl N Display the commands which would have been executed, but do not actually execute any of them; useful for debugging top-level makefiles without descending into subdirectories. .It Fl q Do not execute any commands, but exit 0 if the specified targets are up-to-date and 1, otherwise. .It Fl r Do not use the built-in rules specified in the system makefile. .It Fl s Do not echo any commands as they are executed. Equivalent to specifying .Ql Ic @ before each command line in the makefile. .It Fl T Ar tracefile When used with the .Fl j flag, append a trace record to .Ar tracefile for each job started and completed. .It Fl t Rather than re-building a target as specified in the makefile, create it or update its modification time to make it appear up-to-date. .It Fl V Ar variable Print the value of .Ar variable . Do not build any targets. Multiple instances of this option may be specified; the variables will be printed one per line, with a blank line for each null or undefined variable. The value printed is extracted from the global context after all makefiles have been read. By default, the raw variable contents (which may include additional unexpanded variable references) are shown. If .Ar variable contains a .Ql \&$ then the value will be recursively expanded to its complete resultant text before printing. The expanded value will also be printed if .Va .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES is set to true and the .Fl dV option has not been used to override it. Note that loop-local and target-local variables, as well as values taken temporarily by global variables during makefile processing, are not accessible via this option. The .Fl dv debug mode can be used to see these at the cost of generating substantial extraneous output. .It Fl v Ar variable Like .Fl V but the variable is always expanded to its complete value. .It Fl W Treat any warnings during makefile parsing as errors. .It Fl w Print entering and leaving directory messages, pre and post processing. .It Fl X Don't export variables passed on the command line to the environment individually. Variables passed on the command line are still exported via the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable. This option may be useful on systems which have a small limit on the size of command arguments. .It Ar variable=value Set the value of the variable .Ar variable to .Ar value . Normally, all values passed on the command line are also exported to sub-makes in the environment. The .Fl X flag disables this behavior. Variable assignments should follow options for POSIX compatibility but no ordering is enforced. .El .Pp There are seven different types of lines in a makefile: file dependency specifications, shell commands, variable assignments, include statements, conditional directives, for loops, and comments. .Pp In general, lines may be continued from one line to the next by ending them with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . The trailing newline character and initial whitespace on the following line are compressed into a single space. .Sh FILE DEPENDENCY SPECIFICATIONS Dependency lines consist of one or more targets, an operator, and zero or more sources. This creates a relationship where the targets .Dq depend on the sources and are usually created from them. The exact relationship between the target and the source is determined by the operator that separates them. The three operators are as follows: .Bl -tag -width flag .It Ic \&: A target is considered out-of-date if its modification time is less than those of any of its sources. Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if .Nm is interrupted. .It Ic \&! Targets are always re-created, but not until all sources have been examined and re-created as necessary. Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if .Nm is interrupted. .It Ic \&:: If no sources are specified, the target is always re-created. Otherwise, a target is considered out-of-date if any of its sources has been modified more recently than the target. Sources for a target do not accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target will not be removed if .Nm is interrupted. .El .Pp Targets and sources may contain the shell wildcard values .Ql \&? , .Ql * , .Ql [] , and .Ql {} . The values .Ql \&? , .Ql * , and .Ql [] may only be used as part of the final component of the target or source, and must be used to describe existing files. The value .Ql {} need not necessarily be used to describe existing files. Expansion is in directory order, not alphabetically as done in the shell. .Sh SHELL COMMANDS Each target may have associated with it one or more lines of shell commands, normally used to create the target. Each of the lines in this script .Em must be preceded by a tab. (For historical reasons, spaces are not accepted.) While targets can appear in many dependency lines if desired, by default only one of these rules may be followed by a creation script. If the .Ql Ic \&:: operator is used, however, all rules may include scripts and the scripts are executed in the order found. .Pp Each line is treated as a separate shell command, unless the end of line is escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e in which case that line and the next are combined. .\" The escaped newline is retained and passed to the shell, which .\" normally ignores it. .\" However, the tab at the beginning of the following line is removed. If the first characters of the command are any combination of .Ql Ic @ , .Ql Ic + , or .Ql Ic \- , the command is treated specially. A .Ql Ic @ causes the command not to be echoed before it is executed. A .Ql Ic + causes the command to be executed even when .Fl n is given. This is similar to the effect of the .MAKE special source, except that the effect can be limited to a single line of a script. A .Ql Ic \- in compatibility mode causes any non-zero exit status of the command line to be ignored. .Pp When .Nm is run in jobs mode with .Fl j Ar max_jobs , the entire script for the target is fed to a single instance of the shell. In compatibility (non-jobs) mode, each command is run in a separate process. If the command contains any shell meta characters .Pq Ql #=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\e\en it will be passed to the shell; otherwise .Nm will attempt direct execution. If a line starts with .Ql Ic \- and the shell has ErrCtl enabled then failure of the command line will be ignored as in compatibility mode. Otherwise .Ql Ic \- affects the entire job; the script will stop at the first command line that fails, but the target will not be deemed to have failed. .Pp Makefiles should be written so that the mode of .Nm operation does not change their behavior. For example, any command which needs to use .Dq cd or .Dq chdir without potentially changing the directory for subsequent commands should be put in parentheses so it executes in a subshell. To force the use of one shell, escape the line breaks so as to make the whole script one command. For example: .Bd -literal -offset indent avoid-chdir-side-effects: @echo Building $@ in `pwd` @(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} $@) @echo Back in `pwd` ensure-one-shell-regardless-of-mode: @echo Building $@ in `pwd`; \e (cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} $@); \e echo Back in `pwd` .Ed .Pp Since .Nm will .Xr chdir 2 to .Ql Va .OBJDIR before executing any targets, each child process starts with that as its current working directory. .Sh VARIABLE ASSIGNMENTS Variables in make are much like variables in the shell, and, by tradition, consist of all upper-case letters. .Ss Variable assignment modifiers The five operators that can be used to assign values to variables are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ic \&= Assign the value to the variable. Any previous value is overridden. .It Ic \&+= Append the value to the current value of the variable. .It Ic \&?= Assign the value to the variable if it is not already defined. .It Ic \&:= Assign with expansion, i.e. expand the value before assigning it to the variable. Normally, expansion is not done until the variable is referenced. .Em NOTE : References to undefined variables are .Em not expanded. This can cause problems when variable modifiers are used. .It Ic \&!= Expand the value and pass it to the shell for execution and assign the result to the variable. Any newlines in the result are replaced with spaces. .El .Pp Any white-space before the assigned .Ar value is removed; if the value is being appended, a single space is inserted between the previous contents of the variable and the appended value. .Pp Variables are expanded by surrounding the variable name with either curly braces .Pq Ql {} or parentheses .Pq Ql () and preceding it with a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ . If the variable name contains only a single letter, the surrounding braces or parentheses are not required. This shorter form is not recommended. .Pp If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded first. This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names containing dollar, braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best avoided! .Pp If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ the string is expanded again. .Pp Variable substitution occurs at three distinct times, depending on where the variable is being used. .Bl -enum .It Variables in dependency lines are expanded as the line is read. .It Variables in shell commands are expanded when the shell command is executed. .It .Dq .for loop index variables are expanded on each loop iteration. Note that other variables are not expanded inside loops so the following example code: .Bd -literal -offset indent .Dv .for i in 1 2 3 a+= ${i} j= ${i} b+= ${j} .Dv .endfor all: @echo ${a} @echo ${b} .Ed will print: .Bd -literal -offset indent 1 2 3 3 3 3 .Ed Because while ${a} contains .Dq 1 2 3 after the loop is executed, ${b} contains .Dq ${j} ${j} ${j} which expands to .Dq 3 3 3 since after the loop completes ${j} contains .Dq 3 . .El .Ss Variable classes The four different classes of variables (in order of increasing precedence) are: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Environment variables Variables defined as part of .Nm Ns 's environment. .It Global variables Variables defined in the makefile or in included makefiles. .It Command line variables Variables defined as part of the command line. .It Local variables Variables that are defined specific to a certain target. .El .Pp Local variables are all built in and their values vary magically from target to target. It is not currently possible to define new local variables. The seven local variables are as follows: .Bl -tag -width ".ARCHIVE" -offset indent .It Va .ALLSRC The list of all sources for this target; also known as .Ql Va \&> . .It Va .ARCHIVE The name of the archive file; also known as .Ql Va \&! . .It Va .IMPSRC In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the source from which the target is to be transformed (the .Dq implied source); also known as .Ql Va \&< . It is not defined in explicit rules. .It Va .MEMBER The name of the archive member; also known as .Ql Va % . .It Va .OODATE The list of sources for this target that were deemed out-of-date; also known as .Ql Va \&? . .It Va .PREFIX The file prefix of the target, containing only the file portion, no suffix or preceding directory components; also known as .Ql Va * . The suffix must be one of the known suffixes declared with .Ic .SUFFIXES or it will not be recognized. .It Va .TARGET The name of the target; also known as .Ql Va @ . For compatibility with other makes this is an alias for .Ic .ARCHIVE in archive member rules. .El .Pp The shorter forms .Ql ( Va > , .Ql Va \&! , .Ql Va < , .Ql Va % , .Ql Va \&? , .Ql Va * , and .Ql Va @ ) are permitted for backward compatibility with historical makefiles and legacy POSIX make and are not recommended. .Pp Variants of these variables with the punctuation followed immediately by .Ql D or .Ql F , e.g. .Ql Va $(@D) , are legacy forms equivalent to using the .Ql :H and .Ql :T modifiers. These forms are accepted for compatibility with .At V makefiles and POSIX but are not recommended. .Pp Four of the local variables may be used in sources on dependency lines because they expand to the proper value for each target on the line. These variables are .Ql Va .TARGET , .Ql Va .PREFIX , .Ql Va .ARCHIVE , and .Ql Va .MEMBER . .Ss Additional built-in variables In addition, .Nm sets or knows about the following variables: .Bl -tag -width .MAKEOVERRIDES .It Va \&$ A single dollar sign .Ql \&$ , i.e. .Ql \&$$ expands to a single dollar sign. .It Va .ALLTARGETS The list of all targets encountered in the Makefile. If evaluated during Makefile parsing, lists only those targets encountered thus far. .It Va .CURDIR A path to the directory where .Nm was executed. Refer to the description of .Ql Ev PWD for more details. .It Va .INCLUDEDFROMDIR The directory of the file this Makefile was included from. .It Va .INCLUDEDFROMFILE The filename of the file this Makefile was included from. .It Ev MAKE The name that .Nm was executed with .Pq Va argv[0] . For compatibility .Nm also sets .Va .MAKE with the same value. The preferred variable to use is the environment variable .Ev MAKE because it is more compatible with other versions of .Nm and cannot be confused with the special target with the same name. .It Va .MAKE.DEPENDFILE Names the makefile (default .Ql Pa .depend ) from which generated dependencies are read. .It Va .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES A boolean that controls the default behavior of the .Fl V option. If true, variable values printed with .Fl V are fully expanded; if false, the raw variable contents (which may include additional unexpanded variable references) are shown. .It Va .MAKE.EXPORTED The list of variables exported by .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.JOBS The argument to the .Fl j option. .It Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX If .Nm is run with .Ar j then output for each target is prefixed with a token .Ql --- target --- the first part of which can be controlled via .Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX . If .Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX is empty, no token is printed. .br For example: .Li .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX=${.newline}---${.MAKE:T}[${.MAKE.PID}] would produce tokens like .Ql ---make[1234] target --- making it easier to track the degree of parallelism being achieved. .It Ev MAKEFLAGS The environment variable .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS may contain anything that may be specified on .Nm Ns 's command line. Anything specified on .Nm Ns 's command line is appended to the .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS variable which is then entered into the environment for all programs which .Nm executes. .It Va .MAKE.LEVEL The recursion depth of .Nm . The initial instance of .Nm will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the environment to be seen by the next generation. This allows tests like: .Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 to protect things which should only be evaluated in the initial instance of .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE The ordered list of makefile names (default .Ql Pa makefile , .Ql Pa Makefile ) that .Nm will look for. .It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILES The list of makefiles read by .Nm , which is useful for tracking dependencies. Each makefile is recorded only once, regardless of the number of times read. .It Va .MAKE.MODE Processed after reading all makefiles. Can affect the mode that .Nm runs in. It can contain a number of keywords: .Bl -hang -width missing-filemon=bf. .It Pa compat Like .Fl B , puts .Nm into "compat" mode. .It Pa meta Puts .Nm into "meta" mode, where meta files are created for each target to capture the command run, the output generated and if .Xr filemon 4 is available, the system calls which are of interest to .Nm . The captured output can be very useful when diagnosing errors. .It Pa curdirOk= Ar bf Normally .Nm will not create .meta files in .Ql Va .CURDIR . This can be overridden by setting .Va bf to a value which represents True. .It Pa missing-meta= Ar bf If .Va bf is True, then a missing .meta file makes the target out-of-date. .It Pa missing-filemon= Ar bf If .Va bf is True, then missing filemon data makes the target out-of-date. .It Pa nofilemon Do not use .Xr filemon 4 . .It Pa env For debugging, it can be useful to include the environment in the .meta file. .It Pa verbose If in "meta" mode, print a clue about the target being built. This is useful if the build is otherwise running silently. The message printed the value of: .Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX . .It Pa ignore-cmd Some makefiles have commands which are simply not stable. This keyword causes them to be ignored for determining whether a target is out of date in "meta" mode. See also .Ic .NOMETA_CMP . .It Pa silent= Ar bf If .Va bf is True, when a .meta file is created, mark the target .Ic .SILENT . .El .It Va .MAKE.META.BAILIWICK In "meta" mode, provides a list of prefixes which match the directories controlled by .Nm . If a file that was generated outside of .Va .OBJDIR but within said bailiwick is missing, the current target is considered out-of-date. .It Va .MAKE.META.CREATED In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files updated. If not empty, it can be used to trigger processing of .Va .MAKE.META.FILES . .It Va .MAKE.META.FILES In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files used (updated or not). This list can be used to process the meta files to extract dependency information. .It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS Provides a list of path prefixes that should be ignored; because the contents are expected to change over time. The default list includes: .Ql Pa /dev /etc /proc /tmp /var/run /var/tmp .It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATTERNS Provides a list of patterns to match against pathnames. Ignore any that match. .It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_FILTER Provides a list of variable modifiers to apply to each pathname. Ignore if the expansion is an empty string. .It Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX Defines the message printed for each meta file updated in "meta verbose" mode. The default value is: .Dl Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T} .It Va .MAKEOVERRIDES This variable is used to record the names of variables assigned to on the command line, so that they may be exported as part of .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS . This behavior can be disabled by assigning an empty value to .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES within a makefile. Extra variables can be exported from a makefile by appending their names to .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES . .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS is re-exported whenever .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES is modified. .It Va .MAKE.PATH_FILEMON If .Nm was built with .Xr filemon 4 support, this is set to the path of the device node. This allows makefiles to test for this support. .It Va .MAKE.PID The process-id of .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.PPID The parent process-id of .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.SAVE_DOLLARS value should be a boolean that controls whether .Ql $$ are preserved when doing .Ql := assignments. The default is false, for backwards compatibility. Set to true for compatability with other makes. If set to false, .Ql $$ becomes .Ql $ per normal evaluation rules. .It Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR When .Nm stops due to an error, it sets .Ql Va .ERROR_TARGET to the name of the target that failed, .Ql Va .ERROR_CMD to the commands of the failed target, and in "meta" mode, it also sets .Ql Va .ERROR_CWD to the .Xr getcwd 3 , and .Ql Va .ERROR_META_FILE to the path of the meta file (if any) describing the failed target. It then prints its name and the value of .Ql Va .CURDIR as well as the value of any variables named in .Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR . .It Va .newline This variable is simply assigned a newline character as its value. This allows expansions using the .Cm \&:@ modifier to put a newline between iterations of the loop rather than a space. For example, the printing of .Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR could be done as ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}. .It Va .OBJDIR A path to the directory where the targets are built. Its value is determined by trying to .Xr chdir 2 to the following directories in order and using the first match: .Bl -enum .It .Ev ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${.CURDIR} .Pp (Only if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set in the environment or on the command line.) .It .Ev ${MAKEOBJDIR} .Pp (Only if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR is set in the environment or on the command line.) .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj. Ns Ev ${MACHINE} .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj .It .Pa /usr/obj/ Ns Ev ${.CURDIR} .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} .El .Pp Variable expansion is performed on the value before it's used, so expressions such as .Dl ${.CURDIR:S,^/usr/src,/var/obj,} may be used. This is especially useful with .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR . .Pp .Ql Va .OBJDIR may be modified in the makefile via the special target .Ql Ic .OBJDIR . In all cases, .Nm will .Xr chdir 2 to the specified directory if it exists, and set .Ql Va .OBJDIR and .Ql Ev PWD to that directory before executing any targets. . .It Va .PARSEDIR A path to the directory of the current .Ql Pa Makefile being parsed. .It Va .PARSEFILE The basename of the current .Ql Pa Makefile being parsed. This variable and .Ql Va .PARSEDIR are both set only while the .Ql Pa Makefiles are being parsed. If you want to retain their current values, assign them to a variable using assignment with expansion: .Pq Ql Cm \&:= . .It Va .PATH A variable that represents the list of directories that .Nm will search for files. The search list should be updated using the target .Ql Va .PATH rather than the variable. .It Ev PWD Alternate path to the current directory. .Nm normally sets .Ql Va .CURDIR to the canonical path given by .Xr getcwd 3 . However, if the environment variable .Ql Ev PWD is set and gives a path to the current directory, then .Nm sets .Ql Va .CURDIR to the value of .Ql Ev PWD instead. This behavior is disabled if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set or .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR contains a variable transform. .Ql Ev PWD is set to the value of .Ql Va .OBJDIR for all programs which .Nm executes. .It Ev .TARGETS The list of targets explicitly specified on the command line, if any. .It Ev VPATH Colon-separated .Pq Dq \&: lists of directories that .Nm will search for files. The variable is supported for compatibility with old make programs only, use .Ql Va .PATH instead. .El .Ss Variable modifiers Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the variable (where a .Dq word is white-space delimited sequence of characters). The general format of a variable expansion is as follows: .Pp .Dl ${variable[:modifier[:...]]} .Pp Each modifier begins with a colon, which may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . .Pp A set of modifiers can be specified via a variable, as follows: .Pp .Dl modifier_variable=modifier[:...] .Dl ${variable:${modifier_variable}[:...]} .Pp In this case the first modifier in the modifier_variable does not start with a colon, since that must appear in the referencing variable. If any of the modifiers in the modifier_variable contain a dollar sign .Pq Ql $ , these must be doubled to avoid early expansion. .Pp The supported modifiers are: .Bl -tag -width EEE .It Cm \&:E Replaces each word in the variable with its suffix. .It Cm \&:H Replaces each word in the variable with everything but the last component. .It Cm \&:M Ns Ar pattern Select only those words that match .Ar pattern . The standard shell wildcard characters .Pf ( Ql * , .Ql \&? , and .Ql Oo Oc ) may be used. The wildcard characters may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . As a consequence of the way values are split into words, matched, and then joined, a construct like .Dl ${VAR:M*} will normalize the inter-word spacing, removing all leading and trailing space, and converting multiple consecutive spaces to single spaces. . .It Cm \&:N Ns Ar pattern This is identical to .Ql Cm \&:M , but selects all words which do not match .Ar pattern . .It Cm \&:O Order every word in variable alphabetically. -To sort words in -reverse order use the -.Ql Cm \&:O:[-1..1] -combination of modifiers. +.It Cm \&:Or +Order every word in variable in reverse alphabetical order. .It Cm \&:Ox Randomize words in variable. The results will be different each time you are referring to the modified variable; use the assignment with expansion .Pq Ql Cm \&:= to prevent such behavior. For example, .Bd -literal -offset indent LIST= uno due tre quattro RANDOM_LIST= ${LIST:Ox} STATIC_RANDOM_LIST:= ${LIST:Ox} all: @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" .Ed may produce output similar to: .Bd -literal -offset indent quattro due tre uno tre due quattro uno due uno quattro tre due uno quattro tre .Ed .It Cm \&:Q Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, so that it can be passed safely to the shell. .It Cm \&:q Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, and also doubles .Sq $ characters so that it can be passed safely through recursive invocations of .Nm . -This is equivalent to: +This is equivalent to: .Sq \&:S/\e\&$/&&/g:Q . .It Cm \&:R Replaces each word in the variable with everything but its suffix. .It Cm \&:range[=count] The value is an integer sequence representing the words of the original value, or the supplied .Va count . .It Cm \&:gmtime[=utc] The value is a format string for .Xr strftime 3 , using .Xr gmtime 3 . If a .Va utc value is not provided or is 0, the current time is used. .It Cm \&:hash Compute a 32-bit hash of the value and encode it as hex digits. .It Cm \&:localtime[=utc] The value is a format string for .Xr strftime 3 , using .Xr localtime 3 . If a .Va utc value is not provided or is 0, the current time is used. .It Cm \&:tA Attempt to convert variable to an absolute path using .Xr realpath 3 , if that fails, the value is unchanged. .It Cm \&:tl Converts variable to lower-case letters. .It Cm \&:ts Ns Ar c Words in the variable are normally separated by a space on expansion. This modifier sets the separator to the character .Ar c . If .Ar c is omitted, then no separator is used. The common escapes (including octal numeric codes), work as expected. .It Cm \&:tu Converts variable to upper-case letters. .It Cm \&:tW Causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). See also .Ql Cm \&:[*] . .It Cm \&:tw Causes the value to be treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. See also .Ql Cm \&:[@] . .Sm off .It Cm \&:S No \&/ Ar old_string No \&/ Ar new_string No \&/ Op Cm 1gW .Sm on Modify the first occurrence of .Ar old_string in the variable's value, replacing it with .Ar new_string . If a .Ql g is appended to the last slash of the pattern, all occurrences in each word are replaced. If a .Ql 1 is appended to the last slash of the pattern, only the first word is affected. If a .Ql W is appended to the last slash of the pattern, then the value is treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). If .Ar old_string begins with a caret .Pq Ql ^ , .Ar old_string is anchored at the beginning of each word. If .Ar old_string ends with a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , it is anchored at the end of each word. Inside .Ar new_string , an ampersand .Pq Ql & is replaced by .Ar old_string (without any .Ql ^ or .Ql \&$ ) . Any character may be used as a delimiter for the parts of the modifier string. The anchoring, ampersand and delimiter characters may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . .Pp Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both .Ar old_string and .Ar new_string with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , not a preceding dollar sign as is usual. .Sm off .It Cm \&:C No \&/ Ar pattern No \&/ Ar replacement No \&/ Op Cm 1gW .Sm on The .Cm \&:C modifier is just like the .Cm \&:S modifier except that the old and new strings, instead of being simple strings, are an extended regular expression (see .Xr regex 3 ) string .Ar pattern and an .Xr ed 1 Ns \-style string .Ar replacement . Normally, the first occurrence of the pattern .Ar pattern in each word of the value is substituted with .Ar replacement . The .Ql 1 modifier causes the substitution to apply to at most one word; the .Ql g modifier causes the substitution to apply to as many instances of the search pattern .Ar pattern as occur in the word or words it is found in; the .Ql W modifier causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Note that .Ql 1 and .Ql g are orthogonal; the former specifies whether multiple words are potentially affected, the latter whether multiple substitutions can potentially occur within each affected word. .Pp As for the .Cm \&:S modifier, the .Ar pattern and .Ar replacement are subjected to variable expansion before being parsed as regular expressions. .It Cm \&:T Replaces each word in the variable with its last component. .It Cm \&:u Remove adjacent duplicate words (like .Xr uniq 1 ) . .Sm off .It Cm \&:\&? Ar true_string Cm \&: Ar false_string .Sm on If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if conditional expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the .Ar true_string , otherwise return the .Ar false_string . Since the variable name is used as the expression, \&:\&? must be the first modifier after the variable name itself - which will, of course, usually contain variable expansions. A common error is trying to use expressions like .Dl ${NUMBERS:M42:?match:no} which actually tests defined(NUMBERS), to determine is any words match "42" you need to use something like: .Dl ${"${NUMBERS:M42}" != \&"\&":?match:no} . .It Ar :old_string=new_string This is the .At V style variable substitution. It must be the last modifier specified. If .Ar old_string or .Ar new_string do not contain the pattern matching character .Ar % then it is assumed that they are anchored at the end of each word, so only suffixes or entire words may be replaced. Otherwise .Ar % is the substring of .Ar old_string to be replaced in .Ar new_string . +If only +.Ar old_string +contains the pattern matching character +.Ar % , +and +.Ar old_string +matches, then the result is the +.Ar new_string . +If only the +.Ar new_string +contains the pattern matching character +.Ar % , +then it is not treated specially and it is printed as a literal +.Ar % +on match. +If there is more than one pattern matching character +.Ar ( % ) +in either the +.Ar new_string +or +.Ar old_string , +only the first instance is treated specially (as the pattern character); +all subsequent instances are treated as regular characters .Pp Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both .Ar old_string and .Ar new_string with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , not a preceding dollar sign as is usual. .Sm off .It Cm \&:@ Ar temp Cm @ Ar string Cm @ .Sm on This is the loop expansion mechanism from the OSF Development Environment (ODE) make. Unlike .Cm \&.for loops expansion occurs at the time of reference. Assign .Ar temp to each word in the variable and evaluate .Ar string . The ODE convention is that .Ar temp should start and end with a period. For example. .Dl ${LINKS:@.LINK.@${LN} ${TARGET} ${.LINK.}@} .Pp However a single character variable is often more readable: .Dl ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@} .It Cm \&:_[=var] Save the current variable value in .Ql $_ or the named .Va var for later reference. Example usage: .Bd -literal -offset indent M_cmpv.units = 1 1000 1000000 M_cmpv = S,., ,g:_:range:@i@+ $${_:[-$$i]} \&\\ \\* $${M_cmpv.units:[$$i]}@:S,^,expr 0 ,1:sh .Dv .if ${VERSION:${M_cmpv}} < ${3.1.12:L:${M_cmpv}} .Ed Here .Ql $_ is used to save the result of the .Ql :S modifier which is later referenced using the index values from .Ql :range . .It Cm \&:U Ns Ar newval If the variable is undefined .Ar newval is the value. If the variable is defined, the existing value is returned. This is another ODE make feature. It is handy for setting per-target CFLAGS for instance: .Dl ${_${.TARGET:T}_CFLAGS:U${DEF_CFLAGS}} If a value is only required if the variable is undefined, use: .Dl ${VAR:D:Unewval} .It Cm \&:D Ns Ar newval If the variable is defined .Ar newval is the value. .It Cm \&:L The name of the variable is the value. .It Cm \&:P The path of the node which has the same name as the variable is the value. If no such node exists or its path is null, then the name of the variable is used. In order for this modifier to work, the name (node) must at least have appeared on the rhs of a dependency. .Sm off .It Cm \&:\&! Ar cmd Cm \&! .Sm on The output of running .Ar cmd is the value. .It Cm \&:sh If the variable is non-empty it is run as a command and the output becomes the new value. .It Cm \&::= Ns Ar str The variable is assigned the value .Ar str after substitution. This modifier and its variations are useful in obscure situations such as wanting to set a variable when shell commands are being parsed. These assignment modifiers always expand to nothing, so if appearing in a rule line by themselves should be preceded with something to keep .Nm happy. .Pp The .Ql Cm \&:: helps avoid false matches with the .At V style .Cm \&:= modifier and since substitution always occurs the .Cm \&::= form is vaguely appropriate. .It Cm \&::?= Ns Ar str As for .Cm \&::= but only if the variable does not already have a value. .It Cm \&::+= Ns Ar str Append .Ar str to the variable. .It Cm \&::!= Ns Ar cmd Assign the output of .Ar cmd to the variable. .It Cm \&:\&[ Ns Ar range Ns Cm \&] Selects one or more words from the value, or performs other operations related to the way in which the value is divided into words. .Pp Ordinarily, a value is treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Some modifiers suppress this behavior, causing a value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). An empty value, or a value that consists entirely of white-space, is treated as a single word. For the purposes of the .Ql Cm \&:[] modifier, the words are indexed both forwards using positive integers (where index 1 represents the first word), and backwards using negative integers (where index \-1 represents the last word). .Pp The .Ar range is subjected to variable expansion, and the expanded result is then interpreted as follows: .Bl -tag -width index .\" :[n] .It Ar index Selects a single word from the value. .\" :[start..end] .It Ar start Ns Cm \&.. Ns Ar end Selects all words from .Ar start to .Ar end , inclusive. For example, .Ql Cm \&:[2..-1] selects all words from the second word to the last word. If .Ar start is greater than .Ar end , then the words are output in reverse order. For example, .Ql Cm \&:[-1..1] selects all the words from last to first. +If the list is already ordered, then this effectively reverses +the list, but it is more efficient to use +.Ql Cm \&:Or +instead of +.Ql Cm \&:O:[-1..1] . .\" :[*] .It Cm \&* Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Analogous to the effect of \&"$*\&" in Bourne shell. .\" :[0] .It 0 Means the same as .Ql Cm \&:[*] . .\" :[*] .It Cm \&@ Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Analogous to the effect of \&"$@\&" in Bourne shell. .\" :[#] .It Cm \&# Returns the number of words in the value. .El \" :[range] .El .Sh INCLUDE STATEMENTS, CONDITIONALS AND FOR LOOPS Makefile inclusion, conditional structures and for loops reminiscent of the C programming language are provided in .Nm . All such structures are identified by a line beginning with a single dot .Pq Ql \&. character. Files are included with either -.Cm \&.include Aq Ar file +.Cm \&.include \&< Ns Ar file Ns Cm \&> or -.Cm \&.include Pf \*q Ar file Ns \*q . +.Cm \&.include \&\*q Ns Ar file Ns Cm \&\*q . Variables between the angle brackets or double quotes are expanded to form the file name. If angle brackets are used, the included makefile is expected to be in the system makefile directory. If double quotes are used, the including makefile's directory and any directories specified using the .Fl I option are searched before the system makefile directory. For compatibility with other versions of .Nm .Ql include file ... is also accepted. .Pp If the include statement is written as .Cm .-include or as .Cm .sinclude then errors locating and/or opening include files are ignored. .Pp If the include statement is written as .Cm .dinclude not only are errors locating and/or opening include files ignored, but stale dependencies within the included file will be ignored just like .Va .MAKE.DEPENDFILE . .Pp Conditional expressions are also preceded by a single dot as the first character of a line. The possible conditionals are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ic .error Ar message The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number, then .Nm will exit. .It Ic .export Ar variable ... Export the specified global variable. If no variable list is provided, all globals are exported except for internal variables (those that start with .Ql \&. ) . This is not affected by the .Fl X flag, so should be used with caution. For compatibility with other .Nm programs .Ql export variable=value is also accepted. .Pp Appending a variable name to .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED is equivalent to exporting a variable. .It Ic .export-env Ar variable ... The same as .Ql .export , except that the variable is not appended to .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED . This allows exporting a value to the environment which is different from that used by .Nm internally. .It Ic .export-literal Ar variable ... The same as .Ql .export-env , except that variables in the value are not expanded. .It Ic .info Ar message The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. .It Ic .undef Ar variable Un-define the specified global variable. Only global variables may be un-defined. .It Ic .unexport Ar variable ... The opposite of .Ql .export . The specified global .Va variable will be removed from .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED . If no variable list is provided, all globals are unexported, and .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED deleted. .It Ic .unexport-env Unexport all globals previously exported and clear the environment inherited from the parent. This operation will cause a memory leak of the original environment, so should be used sparingly. Testing for .Va .MAKE.LEVEL being 0, would make sense. Also note that any variables which originated in the parent environment should be explicitly preserved if desired. For example: .Bd -literal -offset indent .Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 PATH := ${PATH} .Li .unexport-env .Li .export PATH .Li .endif .Pp .Ed Would result in an environment containing only .Ql Ev PATH , which is the minimal useful environment. Actually .Ql Ev .MAKE.LEVEL will also be pushed into the new environment. .It Ic .warning Ar message The message prefixed by .Ql Pa warning: is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. .It Ic \&.if Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ... Test the value of an expression. .It Ic .ifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... Test the value of a variable. .It Ic .ifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... Test the value of a variable. .It Ic .ifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... Test the target being built. .It Ic .ifnmake Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar target Op Ar operator target ... Test the target being built. .It Ic .else Reverse the sense of the last conditional. .It Ic .elif Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .if . .It Ic .elifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifdef . .It Ic .elifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifndef . .It Ic .elifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifmake . .It Ic .elifnmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifnmake . .It Ic .endif End the body of the conditional. .El .Pp The .Ar operator may be any one of the following: .Bl -tag -width "Cm XX" .It Cm \&|\&| Logical OR. .It Cm \&&& Logical .Tn AND ; of higher precedence than .Dq \&|\&| . .El .Pp As in C, .Nm will only evaluate a conditional as far as is necessary to determine its value. Parentheses may be used to change the order of evaluation. The boolean operator .Ql Ic \&! may be used to logically negate an entire conditional. It is of higher precedence than .Ql Ic \&&& . .Pp The value of .Ar expression may be any of the following: .Bl -tag -width defined .It Ic defined Takes a variable name as an argument and evaluates to true if the variable has been defined. .It Ic make Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target was specified as part of .Nm Ns 's command line or was declared the default target (either implicitly or explicitly, see .Va .MAIN ) before the line containing the conditional. .It Ic empty Takes a variable, with possible modifiers, and evaluates to true if the expansion of the variable would result in an empty string. .It Ic exists Takes a file name as an argument and evaluates to true if the file exists. The file is searched for on the system search path (see .Va .PATH ) . .It Ic target Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined. .It Ic commands Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined and has commands associated with it. .El .Pp .Ar Expression may also be an arithmetic or string comparison. Variable expansion is performed on both sides of the comparison, after which the integral values are compared. A value is interpreted as hexadecimal if it is preceded by 0x, otherwise it is decimal; octal numbers are not supported. The standard C relational operators are all supported. If after variable expansion, either the left or right hand side of a .Ql Ic == or .Ql Ic "!=" operator is not an integral value, then string comparison is performed between the expanded variables. If no relational operator is given, it is assumed that the expanded variable is being compared against 0 or an empty string in the case of a string comparison. .Pp When .Nm is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it encounters a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either the .Dq make or .Dq defined expression is applied to it, depending on the form of the conditional. If the form is .Ql Ic .ifdef , .Ql Ic .ifndef , or .Ql Ic .if the .Dq defined expression is applied. Similarly, if the form is .Ql Ic .ifmake or .Ql Ic .ifnmake , the .Dq make expression is applied. .Pp If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile continues as before. If it evaluates to false, the following lines are skipped. In both cases this continues until a .Ql Ic .else or .Ql Ic .endif is found. .Pp For loops are typically used to apply a set of rules to a list of files. The syntax of a for loop is: .Pp .Bl -tag -compact -width Ds .It Ic \&.for Ar variable Oo Ar variable ... Oc Ic in Ar expression .It Aq make-rules .It Ic \&.endfor .El .Pp After the for .Ic expression is evaluated, it is split into words. On each iteration of the loop, one word is taken and assigned to each .Ic variable , in order, and these .Ic variables are substituted into the .Ic make-rules inside the body of the for loop. The number of words must come out even; that is, if there are three iteration variables, the number of words provided must be a multiple of three. .Sh COMMENTS Comments begin with a hash .Pq Ql \&# character, anywhere but in a shell command line, and continue to the end of an unescaped new line. .Sh SPECIAL SOURCES (ATTRIBUTES) .Bl -tag -width .IGNOREx .It Ic .EXEC Target is never out of date, but always execute commands anyway. .It Ic .IGNORE Ignore any errors from the commands associated with this target, exactly as if they all were preceded by a dash .Pq Ql \- . .\" .It Ic .INVISIBLE .\" XXX .\" .It Ic .JOIN .\" XXX .It Ic .MADE Mark all sources of this target as being up-to-date. .It Ic .MAKE Execute the commands associated with this target even if the .Fl n or .Fl t options were specified. Normally used to mark recursive .Nm Ns s . .It Ic .META Create a meta file for the target, even if it is flagged as .Ic .PHONY , .Ic .MAKE , or .Ic .SPECIAL . Usage in conjunction with .Ic .MAKE is the most likely case. In "meta" mode, the target is out-of-date if the meta file is missing. .It Ic .NOMETA Do not create a meta file for the target. Meta files are also not created for .Ic .PHONY , .Ic .MAKE , or .Ic .SPECIAL targets. .It Ic .NOMETA_CMP Ignore differences in commands when deciding if target is out of date. This is useful if the command contains a value which always changes. If the number of commands change, though, the target will still be out of date. The same effect applies to any command line that uses the variable .Va .OODATE , which can be used for that purpose even when not otherwise needed or desired: .Bd -literal -offset indent skip-compare-for-some: @echo this will be compared @echo this will not ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP} @echo this will also be compared .Ed The .Cm \&:M pattern suppresses any expansion of the unwanted variable. .It Ic .NOPATH Do not search for the target in the directories specified by .Ic .PATH . .It Ic .NOTMAIN Normally .Nm selects the first target it encounters as the default target to be built if no target was specified. This source prevents this target from being selected. .It Ic .OPTIONAL If a target is marked with this attribute and .Nm can't figure out how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume the file isn't needed or already exists. .It Ic .PHONY The target does not correspond to an actual file; it is always considered to be out of date, and will not be created with the .Fl t option. Suffix-transformation rules are not applied to .Ic .PHONY targets. .It Ic .PRECIOUS When .Nm is interrupted, it normally removes any partially made targets. This source prevents the target from being removed. .It Ic .RECURSIVE Synonym for .Ic .MAKE . .It Ic .SILENT Do not echo any of the commands associated with this target, exactly as if they all were preceded by an at sign .Pq Ql @ . .It Ic .USE Turn the target into .Nm Ns 's version of a macro. When the target is used as a source for another target, the other target acquires the commands, sources, and attributes (except for .Ic .USE ) of the source. If the target already has commands, the .Ic .USE target's commands are appended to them. .It Ic .USEBEFORE Exactly like .Ic .USE , but prepend the .Ic .USEBEFORE target commands to the target. .It Ic .WAIT If .Ic .WAIT appears in a dependency line, the sources that precede it are made before the sources that succeed it in the line. Since the dependents of files are not made until the file itself could be made, this also stops the dependents being built unless they are needed for another branch of the dependency tree. So given: .Bd -literal x: a .WAIT b echo x a: echo a b: b1 echo b b1: echo b1 .Ed the output is always .Ql a , .Ql b1 , .Ql b , .Ql x . .br The ordering imposed by .Ic .WAIT is only relevant for parallel makes. .El .Sh SPECIAL TARGETS Special targets may not be included with other targets, i.e. they must be the only target specified. .Bl -tag -width .BEGINx .It Ic .BEGIN Any command lines attached to this target are executed before anything else is done. .It Ic .DEFAULT This is sort of a .Ic .USE rule for any target (that was used only as a source) that .Nm can't figure out any other way to create. Only the shell script is used. The .Ic .IMPSRC variable of a target that inherits .Ic .DEFAULT Ns 's commands is set to the target's own name. .It Ic .DELETE_ON_ERROR If this target is present in the makefile, it globally causes make to delete targets whose commands fail. (By default, only targets whose commands are interrupted during execution are deleted. This is the historical behavior.) This setting can be used to help prevent half-finished or malformed targets from being left around and corrupting future rebuilds. .It Ic .END Any command lines attached to this target are executed after everything else is done. .It Ic .ERROR Any command lines attached to this target are executed when another target fails. The .Ic .ERROR_TARGET variable is set to the target that failed. See also .Ic MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR . .It Ic .IGNORE Mark each of the sources with the .Ic .IGNORE attribute. If no sources are specified, this is the equivalent of specifying the .Fl i option. .It Ic .INTERRUPT If .Nm is interrupted, the commands for this target will be executed. .It Ic .MAIN If no target is specified when .Nm is invoked, this target will be built. .It Ic .MAKEFLAGS This target provides a way to specify flags for .Nm when the makefile is used. The flags are as if typed to the shell, though the .Fl f option will have no effect. .\" XXX: NOT YET!!!! .\" .It Ic .NOTPARALLEL .\" The named targets are executed in non parallel mode. .\" If no targets are .\" specified, then all targets are executed in non parallel mode. .It Ic .NOPATH Apply the .Ic .NOPATH attribute to any specified sources. .It Ic .NOTPARALLEL Disable parallel mode. .It Ic .NO_PARALLEL Synonym for .Ic .NOTPARALLEL , for compatibility with other pmake variants. .It Ic .OBJDIR The source is a new value for .Ql Va .OBJDIR . If it exists, .Nm will .Xr chdir 2 to it and update the value of .Ql Va .OBJDIR . .It Ic .ORDER The named targets are made in sequence. This ordering does not add targets to the list of targets to be made. Since the dependents of a target do not get built until the target itself could be built, unless .Ql a is built by another part of the dependency graph, the following is a dependency loop: .Bd -literal \&.ORDER: b a b: a .Ed .Pp The ordering imposed by .Ic .ORDER is only relevant for parallel makes. .\" XXX: NOT YET!!!! .\" .It Ic .PARALLEL .\" The named targets are executed in parallel mode. .\" If no targets are .\" specified, then all targets are executed in parallel mode. .It Ic .PATH The sources are directories which are to be searched for files not found in the current directory. If no sources are specified, any previously specified directories are deleted. If the source is the special .Ic .DOTLAST target, then the current working directory is searched last. .It Ic .PATH. Ns Va suffix Like .Ic .PATH but applies only to files with a particular suffix. The suffix must have been previously declared with .Ic .SUFFIXES . .It Ic .PHONY Apply the .Ic .PHONY attribute to any specified sources. .It Ic .PRECIOUS Apply the .Ic .PRECIOUS attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the .Ic .PRECIOUS attribute is applied to every target in the file. .It Ic .SHELL Sets the shell that .Nm will use to execute commands. The sources are a set of .Ar field=value pairs. .Bl -tag -width hasErrCtls .It Ar name This is the minimal specification, used to select one of the built-in shell specs; .Ar sh , .Ar ksh , and .Ar csh . .It Ar path Specifies the path to the shell. .It Ar hasErrCtl Indicates whether the shell supports exit on error. .It Ar check The command to turn on error checking. .It Ar ignore The command to disable error checking. .It Ar echo The command to turn on echoing of commands executed. .It Ar quiet The command to turn off echoing of commands executed. .It Ar filter The output to filter after issuing the .Ar quiet command. It is typically identical to .Ar quiet . .It Ar errFlag The flag to pass the shell to enable error checking. .It Ar echoFlag The flag to pass the shell to enable command echoing. .It Ar newline The string literal to pass the shell that results in a single newline character when used outside of any quoting characters. .El Example: .Bd -literal \&.SHELL: name=ksh path=/bin/ksh hasErrCtl=true \e check="set \-e" ignore="set +e" \e echo="set \-v" quiet="set +v" filter="set +v" \e echoFlag=v errFlag=e newline="'\en'" .Ed .It Ic .SILENT Apply the .Ic .SILENT attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the .Ic .SILENT attribute is applied to every command in the file. .It Ic .STALE This target gets run when a dependency file contains stale entries, having .Va .ALLSRC set to the name of that dependency file. .It Ic .SUFFIXES Each source specifies a suffix to .Nm . If no sources are specified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted. It allows the creation of suffix-transformation rules. .Pp Example: .Bd -literal \&.SUFFIXES: .o \&.c.o: cc \-o ${.TARGET} \-c ${.IMPSRC} .Ed .El .Sh ENVIRONMENT .Nm uses the following environment variables, if they exist: .Ev MACHINE , .Ev MACHINE_ARCH , .Ev MAKE , .Ev MAKEFLAGS , .Ev MAKEOBJDIR , .Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX , .Ev MAKESYSPATH , .Ev PWD , and .Ev TMPDIR . .Pp .Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX and .Ev MAKEOBJDIR may only be set in the environment or on the command line to .Nm and not as makefile variables; see the description of .Ql Va .OBJDIR for more details. .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /usr/share/mk -compact .It .depend list of dependencies .It Makefile list of dependencies .It makefile list of dependencies .It sys.mk system makefile .It /usr/share/mk system makefile directory .El .Sh COMPATIBILITY The basic make syntax is compatible between different versions of make; however the special variables, variable modifiers and conditionals are not. .Ss Older versions An incomplete list of changes in older versions of .Nm : .Pp The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after NetBSD 5.0 so that they still appear to be variable expansions. In particular this stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some obscure problems using them in .if statements. .Pp The way that parallel makes are scheduled changed in NetBSD 4.0 so that .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependent nodes. The algorithms used may change again in the future. .Ss Other make dialects Other make dialects (GNU make, SVR4 make, POSIX make, etc.) do not support most of the features of .Nm as described in this manual. Most notably: .Bl -bullet -offset indent .It The .Ic .WAIT and .Ic .ORDER declarations and most functionality pertaining to parallelization. (GNU make supports parallelization but lacks these features needed to control it effectively.) .It Directives, including for loops and conditionals and most of the forms of include files. (GNU make has its own incompatible and less powerful syntax for conditionals.) .It All built-in variables that begin with a dot. .It Most of the special sources and targets that begin with a dot, with the notable exception of .Ic .PHONY , .Ic .PRECIOUS , and .Ic .SUFFIXES . .It Variable modifiers, except for the .Dl :old=new string substitution, which does not portably support globbing with .Ql % and historically only works on declared suffixes. .It The .Ic $> variable even in its short form; most makes support this functionality but its name varies. .El .Pp Some features are somewhat more portable, such as assignment with .Ic += , .Ic ?= , and .Ic != . The .Ic .PATH functionality is based on an older feature .Ic VPATH found in GNU make and many versions of SVR4 make; however, historically its behavior is too ill-defined (and too buggy) to rely upon. .Pp The .Ic $@ and .Ic $< variables are more or less universally portable, as is the .Ic $(MAKE) variable. Basic use of suffix rules (for files only in the current directory, not trying to chain transformations together, etc.) is also reasonably portable. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr mkdep 1 .Sh HISTORY .Nm is derived from NetBSD .Xr make 1 . It uses autoconf to facilitate portability to other platforms. .Pp A make command appeared in .At v7 . This make implementation is based on Adam De Boor's pmake program which was written for Sprite at Berkeley. It was designed to be a parallel distributed make running jobs on different machines using a daemon called .Dq customs . .Pp Historically the target/dependency .Dq FRC has been used to FoRCe rebuilding (since the target/dependency does not exist... unless someone creates an .Dq FRC file). .Sh BUGS The make -syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting of the data. -For instance finding the end of a variable use should involve scanning each -the modifiers using the correct terminator for each field. +syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting on the data. +For instance, finding the end of a variable's use should involve scanning +each of the modifiers, using the correct terminator for each field. In many places make just counts {} and () in order to find the end of a variable expansion. .Pp There is no way of escaping a space character in a filename. Index: vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/bmake.cat1 =================================================================== --- vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/bmake.cat1 (revision 361953) +++ vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/bmake.cat1 (revision 361954) @@ -1,1544 +1,1559 @@ BMAKE(1) FreeBSD General Commands Manual BMAKE(1) NAME bmake -- maintain program dependencies SYNOPSIS bmake [-BeikNnqrstWwX] [-C directory] [-D variable] [-d flags] [-f makefile] [-I directory] [-J private] [-j max_jobs] [-m directory] [-T file] [-V variable] [-v variable] [variable=value] [target ...] DESCRIPTION bmake is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other pro- grams. Its input is a list of specifications as to the files upon which programs and other files depend. If no -f makefile makefile option is given, bmake will try to open `makefile' then `Makefile' in order to find the specifications. If the file `.depend' exists, it is read (see mkdep(1)). This manual page is intended as a reference document only. For a more thorough description of bmake and makefiles, please refer to PMake - A Tutorial. bmake will prepend the contents of the MAKEFLAGS environment variable to the command line arguments before parsing them. The options are as follows: -B Try to be backwards compatible by executing a single shell per command and by executing the commands to make the sources of a dependency line in sequence. -C directory Change to directory before reading the makefiles or doing any- thing else. If multiple -C options are specified, each is inter- preted relative to the previous one: -C / -C etc is equivalent to -C /etc. -D variable Define variable to be 1, in the global context. -d [-]flags Turn on debugging, and specify which portions of bmake are to print debugging information. Unless the flags are preceded by `-' they are added to the MAKEFLAGS environment variable and will be processed by any child make processes. By default, debugging information is printed to standard error, but this can be changed using the F debugging flag. The debugging output is always unbuffered; in addition, if debugging is enabled but debugging output is not directed to standard output, then the standard out- put is line buffered. Flags is one or more of the following: A Print all possible debugging information; equivalent to specifying all of the debugging flags. a Print debugging information about archive searching and caching. C Print debugging information about current working direc- tory. c Print debugging information about conditional evaluation. d Print debugging information about directory searching and caching. e Print debugging information about failed commands and targets. F[+]filename Specify where debugging output is written. This must be the last flag, because it consumes the remainder of the argument. If the character immediately after the `F' flag is `+', then the file will be opened in append mode; otherwise the file will be overwritten. If the file name is `stdout' or `stderr' then debugging output will be written to the standard output or standard error output file descriptors respectively (and the `+' option has no effect). Otherwise, the output will be written to the named file. If the file name ends `.%d' then the `%d' is replaced by the pid. f Print debugging information about loop evaluation. g1 Print the input graph before making anything. g2 Print the input graph after making everything, or before exiting on error. g3 Print the input graph before exiting on error. j Print debugging information about running multiple shells. l Print commands in Makefiles regardless of whether or not they are prefixed by `@' or other "quiet" flags. Also known as "loud" behavior. M Print debugging information about "meta" mode decisions about targets. m Print debugging information about making targets, includ- ing modification dates. n Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when running commands. These temporary scripts are created in the directory referred to by the TMPDIR environment vari- able, or in /tmp if TMPDIR is unset or set to the empty string. The temporary scripts are created by mkstemp(3), and have names of the form makeXXXXXX. NOTE: This can create many files in TMPDIR or /tmp, so use with care. p Print debugging information about makefile parsing. s Print debugging information about suffix-transformation rules. t Print debugging information about target list mainte- nance. V Force the -V option to print raw values of variables, overriding the default behavior set via .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES. v Print debugging information about variable assignment. x Run shell commands with -x so the actual commands are printed as they are executed. -e Specify that environment variables override macro assignments within makefiles. -f makefile Specify a makefile to read instead of the default `makefile'. If makefile is `-', standard input is read. Multiple makefiles may be specified, and are read in the order specified. -I directory Specify a directory in which to search for makefiles and included makefiles. The system makefile directory (or directories, see the -m option) is automatically included as part of this list. -i Ignore non-zero exit of shell commands in the makefile. Equiva- lent to specifying `-' before each command line in the makefile. -J private This option should not be specified by the user. When the j option is in use in a recursive build, this option is passed by a make to child makes to allow all the make processes in the build to cooperate to avoid overloading the system. -j max_jobs Specify the maximum number of jobs that bmake may have running at any one time. The value is saved in .MAKE.JOBS. Turns compati- bility mode off, unless the B flag is also specified. When com- patibility mode is off, all commands associated with a target are executed in a single shell invocation as opposed to the tradi- tional one shell invocation per line. This can break traditional scripts which change directories on each command invocation and then expect to start with a fresh environment on the next line. It is more efficient to correct the scripts rather than turn backwards compatibility on. -k Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on those targets that do not depend on the target whose creation caused the error. -m directory Specify a directory in which to search for sys.mk and makefiles included via the <file>-style include statement. The -m option can be used multiple times to form a search path. This path will override the default system include path: /usr/share/mk. Fur- thermore the system include path will be appended to the search path used for "file"-style include statements (see the -I option). If a file or directory name in the -m argument (or the MAKESYSPATH environment variable) starts with the string ".../" then bmake will search for the specified file or directory named in the remaining part of the argument string. The search starts with the current directory of the Makefile and then works upward towards the root of the file system. If the search is success- ful, then the resulting directory replaces the ".../" specifica- tion in the -m argument. If used, this feature allows bmake to easily search in the current source tree for customized sys.mk files (e.g., by using ".../mk/sys.mk" as an argument). -n Display the commands that would have been executed, but do not actually execute them unless the target depends on the .MAKE spe- cial source (see below). -N Display the commands which would have been executed, but do not actually execute any of them; useful for debugging top-level makefiles without descending into subdirectories. -q Do not execute any commands, but exit 0 if the specified targets are up-to-date and 1, otherwise. -r Do not use the built-in rules specified in the system makefile. -s Do not echo any commands as they are executed. Equivalent to specifying `@' before each command line in the makefile. -T tracefile When used with the -j flag, append a trace record to tracefile for each job started and completed. -t Rather than re-building a target as specified in the makefile, create it or update its modification time to make it appear up- to-date. -V variable Print the value of variable. Do not build any targets. Multiple instances of this option may be specified; the variables will be printed one per line, with a blank line for each null or unde- fined variable. The value printed is extracted from the global context after all makefiles have been read. By default, the raw variable contents (which may include additional unexpanded vari- able references) are shown. If variable contains a `$' then the value will be recursively expanded to its complete resultant text before printing. The expanded value will also be printed if .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES is set to true and the -dV option has not been used to override it. Note that loop-local and target-local variables, as well as values taken temporarily by global vari- ables during makefile processing, are not accessible via this option. The -dv debug mode can be used to see these at the cost of generating substantial extraneous output. -v variable Like -V but the variable is always expanded to its complete value. -W Treat any warnings during makefile parsing as errors. -w Print entering and leaving directory messages, pre and post pro- cessing. -X Don't export variables passed on the command line to the environ- ment individually. Variables passed on the command line are still exported via the MAKEFLAGS environment variable. This option may be useful on systems which have a small limit on the size of command arguments. variable=value Set the value of the variable variable to value. Normally, all values passed on the command line are also exported to sub-makes in the environment. The -X flag disables this behavior. Vari- able assignments should follow options for POSIX compatibility but no ordering is enforced. There are seven different types of lines in a makefile: file dependency specifications, shell commands, variable assignments, include statements, conditional directives, for loops, and comments. In general, lines may be continued from one line to the next by ending them with a backslash (`\'). The trailing newline character and initial whitespace on the following line are compressed into a single space. FILE DEPENDENCY SPECIFICATIONS Dependency lines consist of one or more targets, an operator, and zero or more sources. This creates a relationship where the targets ``depend'' on the sources and are usually created from them. The exact relationship between the target and the source is determined by the operator that sep- arates them. The three operators are as follows: : A target is considered out-of-date if its modification time is less than those of any of its sources. Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if bmake is interrupted. ! Targets are always re-created, but not until all sources have been examined and re-created as necessary. Sources for a target accumu- late over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if bmake is interrupted. :: If no sources are specified, the target is always re-created. Oth- erwise, a target is considered out-of-date if any of its sources has been modified more recently than the target. Sources for a target do not accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target will not be removed if bmake is interrupted. Targets and sources may contain the shell wildcard values `?', `*', `[]', and `{}'. The values `?', `*', and `[]' may only be used as part of the final component of the target or source, and must be used to describe existing files. The value `{}' need not necessarily be used to describe existing files. Expansion is in directory order, not alphabetically as done in the shell. SHELL COMMANDS Each target may have associated with it one or more lines of shell com- mands, normally used to create the target. Each of the lines in this script must be preceded by a tab. (For historical reasons, spaces are not accepted.) While targets can appear in many dependency lines if desired, by default only one of these rules may be followed by a creation script. If the `::' operator is used, however, all rules may include scripts and the scripts are executed in the order found. Each line is treated as a separate shell command, unless the end of line is escaped with a backslash (`\') in which case that line and the next are combined. If the first characters of the command are any combination of `@', `+', or `-', the command is treated specially. A `@' causes the command not to be echoed before it is executed. A `+' causes the command to be executed even when -n is given. This is similar to the effect of the .MAKE special source, except that the effect can be limited to a sin- gle line of a script. A `-' in compatibility mode causes any non-zero exit status of the command line to be ignored. When bmake is run in jobs mode with -j max_jobs, the entire script for the target is fed to a single instance of the shell. In compatibility (non-jobs) mode, each command is run in a separate process. If the com- mand contains any shell meta characters (`#=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\\n') it will be passed to the shell; otherwise bmake will attempt direct execu- tion. If a line starts with `-' and the shell has ErrCtl enabled then failure of the command line will be ignored as in compatibility mode. Otherwise `-' affects the entire job; the script will stop at the first command line that fails, but the target will not be deemed to have failed. Makefiles should be written so that the mode of bmake operation does not change their behavior. For example, any command which needs to use ``cd'' or ``chdir'' without potentially changing the directory for subse- quent commands should be put in parentheses so it executes in a subshell. To force the use of one shell, escape the line breaks so as to make the whole script one command. For example: avoid-chdir-side-effects: @echo Building $@ in `pwd` @(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} $@) @echo Back in `pwd` ensure-one-shell-regardless-of-mode: @echo Building $@ in `pwd`; \ (cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} $@); \ echo Back in `pwd` Since bmake will chdir(2) to `.OBJDIR' before executing any targets, each child process starts with that as its current working directory. VARIABLE ASSIGNMENTS Variables in make are much like variables in the shell, and, by tradi- tion, consist of all upper-case letters. Variable assignment modifiers The five operators that can be used to assign values to variables are as follows: = Assign the value to the variable. Any previous value is overrid- den. += Append the value to the current value of the variable. ?= Assign the value to the variable if it is not already defined. := Assign with expansion, i.e. expand the value before assigning it to the variable. Normally, expansion is not done until the vari- able is referenced. NOTE: References to undefined variables are not expanded. This can cause problems when variable modifiers are used. != Expand the value and pass it to the shell for execution and assign the result to the variable. Any newlines in the result are replaced with spaces. Any white-space before the assigned value is removed; if the value is being appended, a single space is inserted between the previous contents of the variable and the appended value. Variables are expanded by surrounding the variable name with either curly braces (`{}') or parentheses (`()') and preceding it with a dollar sign (`$'). If the variable name contains only a single letter, the surround- ing braces or parentheses are not required. This shorter form is not recommended. If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded first. This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names con- taining dollar, braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best avoided! If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign (`$') the string is expanded again. Variable substitution occurs at three distinct times, depending on where the variable is being used. 1. Variables in dependency lines are expanded as the line is read. 2. Variables in shell commands are expanded when the shell command is executed. 3. ``.for'' loop index variables are expanded on each loop iteration. Note that other variables are not expanded inside loops so the fol- lowing example code: .for i in 1 2 3 a+= ${i} j= ${i} b+= ${j} .endfor all: @echo ${a} @echo ${b} will print: 1 2 3 3 3 3 Because while ${a} contains ``1 2 3'' after the loop is executed, ${b} contains ``${j} ${j} ${j}'' which expands to ``3 3 3'' since after the loop completes ${j} contains ``3''. Variable classes The four different classes of variables (in order of increasing prece- dence) are: Environment variables Variables defined as part of bmake's environment. Global variables Variables defined in the makefile or in included makefiles. Command line variables Variables defined as part of the command line. Local variables Variables that are defined specific to a certain target. Local variables are all built in and their values vary magically from target to target. It is not currently possible to define new local vari- ables. The seven local variables are as follows: .ALLSRC The list of all sources for this target; also known as `>'. .ARCHIVE The name of the archive file; also known as `!'. .IMPSRC In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the source from which the target is to be transformed (the ``implied'' source); also known as `<'. It is not defined in explicit rules. .MEMBER The name of the archive member; also known as `%'. .OODATE The list of sources for this target that were deemed out- of-date; also known as `?'. .PREFIX The file prefix of the target, containing only the file portion, no suffix or preceding directory components; also known as `*'. The suffix must be one of the known suffixes declared with .SUFFIXES or it will not be recog- nized. .TARGET The name of the target; also known as `@'. For compati- bility with other makes this is an alias for .ARCHIVE in archive member rules. The shorter forms (`>', `!', `<', `%', `?', `*', and `@') are permitted for backward compatibility with historical makefiles and legacy POSIX make and are not recommended. Variants of these variables with the punctuation followed immediately by `D' or `F', e.g. `$(@D)', are legacy forms equivalent to using the `:H' and `:T' modifiers. These forms are accepted for compatibility with AT&T System V UNIX makefiles and POSIX but are not recommended. Four of the local variables may be used in sources on dependency lines because they expand to the proper value for each target on the line. These variables are `.TARGET', `.PREFIX', `.ARCHIVE', and `.MEMBER'. Additional built-in variables In addition, bmake sets or knows about the following variables: $ A single dollar sign `$', i.e. `$$' expands to a single dollar sign. .ALLTARGETS The list of all targets encountered in the Makefile. If evaluated during Makefile parsing, lists only those tar- gets encountered thus far. .CURDIR A path to the directory where bmake was executed. Refer to the description of `PWD' for more details. .INCLUDEDFROMDIR The directory of the file this Makefile was included from. .INCLUDEDFROMFILE The filename of the file this Makefile was included from. MAKE The name that bmake was executed with (argv[0]). For compatibility bmake also sets .MAKE with the same value. The preferred variable to use is the environment variable MAKE because it is more compatible with other versions of bmake and cannot be confused with the special target with the same name. .MAKE.DEPENDFILE Names the makefile (default `.depend') from which gener- ated dependencies are read. .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES A boolean that controls the default behavior of the -V option. If true, variable values printed with -V are fully expanded; if false, the raw variable contents (which may include additional unexpanded variable refer- ences) are shown. .MAKE.EXPORTED The list of variables exported by bmake. .MAKE.JOBS The argument to the -j option. .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX If bmake is run with j then output for each target is prefixed with a token `--- target ---' the first part of which can be controlled via .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX. If .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX is empty, no token is printed. For example: .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX=${.newline}---${.MAKE:T}[${.MAKE.PID}] would produce tokens like `---make[1234] target ---' mak- ing it easier to track the degree of parallelism being achieved. MAKEFLAGS The environment variable `MAKEFLAGS' may contain anything that may be specified on bmake's command line. Anything specified on bmake's command line is appended to the `MAKEFLAGS' variable which is then entered into the envi- ronment for all programs which bmake executes. .MAKE.LEVEL The recursion depth of bmake. The initial instance of bmake will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the environment to be seen by the next generation. This allows tests like: .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 to protect things which should only be evaluated in the initial instance of bmake. .MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE The ordered list of makefile names (default `makefile', `Makefile') that bmake will look for. .MAKE.MAKEFILES The list of makefiles read by bmake, which is useful for tracking dependencies. Each makefile is recorded only once, regardless of the number of times read. .MAKE.MODE Processed after reading all makefiles. Can affect the mode that bmake runs in. It can contain a number of key- words: compat Like -B, puts bmake into "compat" mode. meta Puts bmake into "meta" mode, where meta files are created for each tar- get to capture the command run, the output generated and if filemon(4) is available, the system calls which are of interest to bmake. The cap- tured output can be very useful when diagnosing errors. curdirOk= bf Normally bmake will not create .meta files in `.CURDIR'. This can be overridden by setting bf to a value which represents True. missing-meta= bf If bf is True, then a missing .meta file makes the target out-of-date. missing-filemon= bf If bf is True, then missing filemon data makes the target out-of-date. nofilemon Do not use filemon(4). env For debugging, it can be useful to include the environment in the .meta file. verbose If in "meta" mode, print a clue about the target being built. This is useful if the build is otherwise running silently. The message printed the value of: .MAKE.META.PREFIX. ignore-cmd Some makefiles have commands which are simply not stable. This keyword causes them to be ignored for deter- mining whether a target is out of date in "meta" mode. See also .NOMETA_CMP. silent= bf If bf is True, when a .meta file is created, mark the target .SILENT. .MAKE.META.BAILIWICK In "meta" mode, provides a list of prefixes which match the directories controlled by bmake. If a file that was generated outside of .OBJDIR but within said bailiwick is missing, the current target is considered out-of-date. .MAKE.META.CREATED In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files updated. If not empty, it can be used to trigger processing of .MAKE.META.FILES. .MAKE.META.FILES In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files used (updated or not). This list can be used to process the meta files to extract dependency informa- tion. .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS Provides a list of path prefixes that should be ignored; because the contents are expected to change over time. The default list includes: `/dev /etc /proc /tmp /var/run /var/tmp' .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATTERNS Provides a list of patterns to match against pathnames. Ignore any that match. .MAKE.META.IGNORE_FILTER Provides a list of variable modifiers to apply to each pathname. Ignore if the expansion is an empty string. .MAKE.META.PREFIX Defines the message printed for each meta file updated in "meta verbose" mode. The default value is: Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T} .MAKEOVERRIDES This variable is used to record the names of variables assigned to on the command line, so that they may be exported as part of `MAKEFLAGS'. This behavior can be disabled by assigning an empty value to `.MAKEOVERRIDES' within a makefile. Extra variables can be exported from a makefile by appending their names to `.MAKEOVERRIDES'. `MAKEFLAGS' is re-exported whenever `.MAKEOVERRIDES' is modified. .MAKE.PATH_FILEMON If bmake was built with filemon(4) support, this is set to the path of the device node. This allows makefiles to test for this support. .MAKE.PID The process-id of bmake. .MAKE.PPID The parent process-id of bmake. .MAKE.SAVE_DOLLARS value should be a boolean that controls whether `$$' are preserved when doing `:=' assignments. The default is false, for backwards compatibility. Set to true for com- patability with other makes. If set to false, `$$' becomes `$' per normal evaluation rules. MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR When bmake stops due to an error, it sets `.ERROR_TARGET' to the name of the target that failed, `.ERROR_CMD' to the commands of the failed target, and in "meta" mode, it also sets `.ERROR_CWD' to the getcwd(3), and `.ERROR_META_FILE' to the path of the meta file (if any) describing the failed target. It then prints its name and the value of `.CURDIR' as well as the value of any variables named in `MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR'. .newline This variable is simply assigned a newline character as its value. This allows expansions using the :@ modifier to put a newline between iterations of the loop rather than a space. For example, the printing of `MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR' could be done as ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}. .OBJDIR A path to the directory where the targets are built. Its value is determined by trying to chdir(2) to the follow- ing directories in order and using the first match: 1. ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${.CURDIR} (Only if `MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX' is set in the environ- ment or on the command line.) 2. ${MAKEOBJDIR} (Only if `MAKEOBJDIR' is set in the environment or on the command line.) 3. ${.CURDIR}/obj.${MACHINE} 4. ${.CURDIR}/obj 5. /usr/obj/${.CURDIR} 6. ${.CURDIR} Variable expansion is performed on the value before it's used, so expressions such as ${.CURDIR:S,^/usr/src,/var/obj,} may be used. This is especially useful with `MAKEOBJDIR'. `.OBJDIR' may be modified in the makefile via the special target `.OBJDIR'. In all cases, bmake will chdir(2) to the specified directory if it exists, and set `.OBJDIR' and `PWD' to that directory before executing any targets. .PARSEDIR A path to the directory of the current `Makefile' being parsed. .PARSEFILE The basename of the current `Makefile' being parsed. This variable and `.PARSEDIR' are both set only while the `Makefiles' are being parsed. If you want to retain their current values, assign them to a variable using assignment with expansion: (`:='). .PATH A variable that represents the list of directories that bmake will search for files. The search list should be updated using the target `.PATH' rather than the vari- able. PWD Alternate path to the current directory. bmake normally sets `.CURDIR' to the canonical path given by getcwd(3). However, if the environment variable `PWD' is set and gives a path to the current directory, then bmake sets `.CURDIR' to the value of `PWD' instead. This behavior is disabled if `MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX' is set or `MAKEOBJDIR' contains a variable transform. `PWD' is set to the value of `.OBJDIR' for all programs which bmake executes. .TARGETS The list of targets explicitly specified on the command line, if any. VPATH Colon-separated (``:'') lists of directories that bmake will search for files. The variable is supported for compatibility with old make programs only, use `.PATH' instead. Variable modifiers Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the variable (where a ``word'' is white-space delimited sequence of charac- ters). The general format of a variable expansion is as follows: ${variable[:modifier[:...]]} Each modifier begins with a colon, which may be escaped with a backslash (`\'). A set of modifiers can be specified via a variable, as follows: modifier_variable=modifier[:...] ${variable:${modifier_variable}[:...]} In this case the first modifier in the modifier_variable does not start with a colon, since that must appear in the referencing variable. If any of the modifiers in the modifier_variable contain a dollar sign (`$'), these must be doubled to avoid early expansion. The supported modifiers are: :E Replaces each word in the variable with its suffix. :H Replaces each word in the variable with everything but the last com- ponent. :Mpattern Select only those words that match pattern. The standard shell wildcard characters (`*', `?', and `[]') may be used. The wildcard characters may be escaped with a backslash (`\'). As a consequence of the way values are split into words, matched, and then joined, a construct like ${VAR:M*} will normalize the inter-word spacing, removing all leading and trailing space, and converting multiple consecutive spaces to single spaces. :Npattern This is identical to `:M', but selects all words which do not match pattern. - :O Order every word in variable alphabetically. To sort words in - reverse order use the `:O:[-1..1]' combination of modifiers. + :O Order every word in variable alphabetically. + :Or Order every word in variable in reverse alphabetical order. + :Ox Randomize words in variable. The results will be different each time you are referring to the modified variable; use the assignment with expansion (`:=') to prevent such behavior. For example, LIST= uno due tre quattro RANDOM_LIST= ${LIST:Ox} STATIC_RANDOM_LIST:= ${LIST:Ox} all: @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" may produce output similar to: quattro due tre uno tre due quattro uno due uno quattro tre due uno quattro tre :Q Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, so that it can be - passed safely through recursive invocations of bmake. + passed safely to the shell. + :q Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, and also doubles + `$' characters so that it can be passed safely through recursive + invocations of bmake. This is equivalent to: `:S/\$/&&/g:Q'. + :R Replaces each word in the variable with everything but its suffix. :range[=count] The value is an integer sequence representing the words of the orig- inal value, or the supplied count. :gmtime[=utc] The value is a format string for strftime(3), using gmtime(3). If a utc value is not provided or is 0, the current time is used. :hash Compute a 32-bit hash of the value and encode it as hex digits. :localtime[=utc] The value is a format string for strftime(3), using localtime(3). If a utc value is not provided or is 0, the current time is used. :tA Attempt to convert variable to an absolute path using realpath(3), if that fails, the value is unchanged. :tl Converts variable to lower-case letters. :tsc Words in the variable are normally separated by a space on expan- sion. This modifier sets the separator to the character c. If c is omitted, then no separator is used. The common escapes (including octal numeric codes), work as expected. :tu Converts variable to upper-case letters. :tW Causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). See also `:[*]'. :tw Causes the value to be treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. See also `:[@]'. :S/old_string/new_string/[1gW] Modify the first occurrence of old_string in the variable's value, replacing it with new_string. If a `g' is appended to the last slash of the pattern, all occurrences in each word are replaced. If a `1' is appended to the last slash of the pattern, only the first word is affected. If a `W' is appended to the last slash of the pattern, then the value is treated as a single word (possibly con- taining embedded white space). If old_string begins with a caret (`^'), old_string is anchored at the beginning of each word. If old_string ends with a dollar sign (`$'), it is anchored at the end of each word. Inside new_string, an ampersand (`&') is replaced by old_string (without any `^' or `$'). Any character may be used as a delimiter for the parts of the modifier string. The anchoring, ampersand and delimiter characters may be escaped with a backslash (`\'). Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both old_string and new_string with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign (`$'), not a pre- ceding dollar sign as is usual. :C/pattern/replacement/[1gW] The :C modifier is just like the :S modifier except that the old and new strings, instead of being simple strings, are an extended regu- lar expression (see regex(3)) string pattern and an ed(1)-style string replacement. Normally, the first occurrence of the pattern pattern in each word of the value is substituted with replacement. The `1' modifier causes the substitution to apply to at most one word; the `g' modifier causes the substitution to apply to as many instances of the search pattern pattern as occur in the word or words it is found in; the `W' modifier causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Note that `1' and `g' are orthogonal; the former specifies whether multiple words are potentially affected, the latter whether multiple substitutions can potentially occur within each affected word. As for the :S modifier, the pattern and replacement are subjected to variable expansion before being parsed as regular expressions. :T Replaces each word in the variable with its last component. :u Remove adjacent duplicate words (like uniq(1)). :?true_string:false_string If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if condi- tional expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the true_string, otherwise return the false_string. Since the variable name is used as the expression, :? must be the first modifier after the variable name itself - which will, of course, usually contain variable expansions. A common error is trying to use expressions like ${NUMBERS:M42:?match:no} which actually tests defined(NUMBERS), to determine is any words match "42" you need to use something like: ${"${NUMBERS:M42}" != "":?match:no}. :old_string=new_string This is the AT&T System V UNIX style variable substitution. It must be the last modifier specified. If old_string or new_string do not contain the pattern matching character % then it is assumed that they are anchored at the end of each word, so only suffixes or entire words may be replaced. Otherwise % is the substring of - old_string to be replaced in new_string. + old_string to be replaced in new_string. If only old_string con- + tains the pattern matching character %, and old_string matches, then + the result is the new_string. If only the new_string contains the + pattern matching character %, then it is not treated specially and + it is printed as a literal % on match. If there is more than one + pattern matching character (%) in either the new_string or + old_string, only the first instance is treated specially (as the + pattern character); all subsequent instances are treated as regular + characters Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both old_string and new_string with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign (`$'), not a pre- ceding dollar sign as is usual. :@temp@string@ This is the loop expansion mechanism from the OSF Development Envi- ronment (ODE) make. Unlike .for loops expansion occurs at the time of reference. Assign temp to each word in the variable and evaluate string. The ODE convention is that temp should start and end with a period. For example. ${LINKS:@.LINK.@${LN} ${TARGET} ${.LINK.}@} However a single character variable is often more readable: ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@} :_[=var] Save the current variable value in `$_' or the named var for later reference. Example usage: M_cmpv.units = 1 1000 1000000 M_cmpv = S,., ,g:_:range:@i@+ $${_:[-$$i]} \ \* $${M_cmpv.units:[$$i]}@:S,^,expr 0 ,1:sh .if ${VERSION:${M_cmpv}} < ${3.1.12:L:${M_cmpv}} Here `$_' is used to save the result of the `:S' modifier which is later referenced using the index values from `:range'. :Unewval If the variable is undefined newval is the value. If the variable is defined, the existing value is returned. This is another ODE make feature. It is handy for setting per-target CFLAGS for instance: ${_${.TARGET:T}_CFLAGS:U${DEF_CFLAGS}} If a value is only required if the variable is undefined, use: ${VAR:D:Unewval} :Dnewval If the variable is defined newval is the value. :L The name of the variable is the value. :P The path of the node which has the same name as the variable is the value. If no such node exists or its path is null, then the name of the variable is used. In order for this modifier to work, the name (node) must at least have appeared on the rhs of a dependency. :!cmd! The output of running cmd is the value. :sh If the variable is non-empty it is run as a command and the output becomes the new value. ::=str The variable is assigned the value str after substitution. This modifier and its variations are useful in obscure situations such as wanting to set a variable when shell commands are being parsed. These assignment modifiers always expand to nothing, so if appearing in a rule line by themselves should be preceded with something to keep bmake happy. The `::' helps avoid false matches with the AT&T System V UNIX style := modifier and since substitution always occurs the ::= form is vaguely appropriate. ::?=str As for ::= but only if the variable does not already have a value. ::+=str Append str to the variable. ::!=cmd Assign the output of cmd to the variable. :[range] Selects one or more words from the value, or performs other opera- tions related to the way in which the value is divided into words. Ordinarily, a value is treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Some modifiers suppress this behavior, causing a value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). An empty value, or a value that consists entirely of white- space, is treated as a single word. For the purposes of the `:[]' modifier, the words are indexed both forwards using positive inte- gers (where index 1 represents the first word), and backwards using negative integers (where index -1 represents the last word). The range is subjected to variable expansion, and the expanded result is then interpreted as follows: index Selects a single word from the value. start..end Selects all words from start to end, inclusive. For example, `:[2..-1]' selects all words from the second word to the last word. If start is greater than end, then the words are out- put in reverse order. For example, `:[-1..1]' selects all - the words from last to first. + the words from last to first. If the list is already + ordered, then this effectively reverses the list, but it is + more efficient to use `:Or' instead of `:O:[-1..1]'. * Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Analogous to the effect of "$*" in Bourne shell. 0 Means the same as `:[*]'. @ Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Analogous to the effect of "$@" in Bourne shell. # Returns the number of words in the value. INCLUDE STATEMENTS, CONDITIONALS AND FOR LOOPS Makefile inclusion, conditional structures and for loops reminiscent of the C programming language are provided in bmake. All such structures are identified by a line beginning with a single dot (`.') character. - Files are included with either .include <file> or .include "file". Vari- + Files are included with either .include <file> or .include "file". Vari- ables between the angle brackets or double quotes are expanded to form the file name. If angle brackets are used, the included makefile is expected to be in the system makefile directory. If double quotes are used, the including makefile's directory and any directories specified using the -I option are searched before the system makefile directory. For compatibility with other versions of bmake `include file ...' is also accepted. If the include statement is written as .-include or as .sinclude then errors locating and/or opening include files are ignored. If the include statement is written as .dinclude not only are errors locating and/or opening include files ignored, but stale dependencies within the included file will be ignored just like .MAKE.DEPENDFILE. Conditional expressions are also preceded by a single dot as the first character of a line. The possible conditionals are as follows: .error message The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number, then bmake will exit. .export variable ... Export the specified global variable. If no variable list is provided, all globals are exported except for internal variables (those that start with `.'). This is not affected by the -X flag, so should be used with caution. For compatibility with other bmake programs `export variable=value' is also accepted. Appending a variable name to .MAKE.EXPORTED is equivalent to exporting a variable. .export-env variable ... The same as `.export', except that the variable is not appended to .MAKE.EXPORTED. This allows exporting a value to the environ- ment which is different from that used by bmake internally. .export-literal variable ... The same as `.export-env', except that variables in the value are not expanded. .info message The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. .undef variable Un-define the specified global variable. Only global variables may be un-defined. .unexport variable ... The opposite of `.export'. The specified global variable will be removed from .MAKE.EXPORTED. If no variable list is provided, all globals are unexported, and .MAKE.EXPORTED deleted. .unexport-env Unexport all globals previously exported and clear the environ- ment inherited from the parent. This operation will cause a mem- ory leak of the original environment, so should be used spar- ingly. Testing for .MAKE.LEVEL being 0, would make sense. Also note that any variables which originated in the parent environ- ment should be explicitly preserved if desired. For example: .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 PATH := ${PATH} .unexport-env .export PATH .endif Would result in an environment containing only `PATH', which is the minimal useful environment. Actually `.MAKE.LEVEL' will also be pushed into the new environment. .warning message The message prefixed by `warning:' is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. .if [!]expression [operator expression ...] Test the value of an expression. .ifdef [!]variable [operator variable ...] Test the value of a variable. .ifndef [!]variable [operator variable ...] Test the value of a variable. .ifmake [!]target [operator target ...] Test the target being built. .ifnmake [!] target [operator target ...] Test the target being built. .else Reverse the sense of the last conditional. .elif [!] expression [operator expression ...] A combination of `.else' followed by `.if'. .elifdef [!]variable [operator variable ...] A combination of `.else' followed by `.ifdef'. .elifndef [!]variable [operator variable ...] A combination of `.else' followed by `.ifndef'. .elifmake [!]target [operator target ...] A combination of `.else' followed by `.ifmake'. .elifnmake [!]target [operator target ...] A combination of `.else' followed by `.ifnmake'. .endif End the body of the conditional. The operator may be any one of the following: || Logical OR. && Logical AND; of higher precedence than ``||''. As in C, bmake will only evaluate a conditional as far as is necessary to determine its value. Parentheses may be used to change the order of evaluation. The boolean operator `!' may be used to logically negate an entire conditional. It is of higher precedence than `&&'. The value of expression may be any of the following: defined Takes a variable name as an argument and evaluates to true if the variable has been defined. make Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target was specified as part of bmake's command line or was declared the default target (either implicitly or explicitly, see .MAIN) before the line containing the conditional. empty Takes a variable, with possible modifiers, and evaluates to true if the expansion of the variable would result in an empty string. exists Takes a file name as an argument and evaluates to true if the file exists. The file is searched for on the system search path (see .PATH). target Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined. commands Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined and has commands associated with it. Expression may also be an arithmetic or string comparison. Variable expansion is performed on both sides of the comparison, after which the integral values are compared. A value is interpreted as hexadecimal if it is preceded by 0x, otherwise it is decimal; octal numbers are not sup- ported. The standard C relational operators are all supported. If after variable expansion, either the left or right hand side of a `==' or `!=' operator is not an integral value, then string comparison is performed between the expanded variables. If no relational operator is given, it is assumed that the expanded variable is being compared against 0 or an empty string in the case of a string comparison. When bmake is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it encounters a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either the ``make'' or ``defined'' expression is applied to it, depending on the form of the conditional. If the form is `.ifdef', `.ifndef', or `.if' the ``defined'' expression is applied. Similarly, if the form is - `.ifmake' or `.ifnmake, the' ``make'' expression is applied. + `.ifmake' or `.ifnmake', the ``make'' expression is applied. If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile contin- ues as before. If it evaluates to false, the following lines are skipped. In both cases this continues until a `.else' or `.endif' is found. For loops are typically used to apply a set of rules to a list of files. The syntax of a for loop is: .for variable [variable ...] in expression .endfor After the for expression is evaluated, it is split into words. On each iteration of the loop, one word is taken and assigned to each variable, in order, and these variables are substituted into the make-rules inside the body of the for loop. The number of words must come out even; that is, if there are three iteration variables, the number of words provided must be a multiple of three. COMMENTS Comments begin with a hash (`#') character, anywhere but in a shell com- mand line, and continue to the end of an unescaped new line. SPECIAL SOURCES (ATTRIBUTES) .EXEC Target is never out of date, but always execute commands any- way. .IGNORE Ignore any errors from the commands associated with this tar- get, exactly as if they all were preceded by a dash (`-'). .MADE Mark all sources of this target as being up-to-date. .MAKE Execute the commands associated with this target even if the -n or -t options were specified. Normally used to mark recursive bmakes. .META Create a meta file for the target, even if it is flagged as .PHONY, .MAKE, or .SPECIAL. Usage in conjunction with .MAKE is the most likely case. In "meta" mode, the target is out-of- date if the meta file is missing. .NOMETA Do not create a meta file for the target. Meta files are also not created for .PHONY, .MAKE, or .SPECIAL targets. .NOMETA_CMP Ignore differences in commands when deciding if target is out of date. This is useful if the command contains a value which always changes. If the number of commands change, though, the target will still be out of date. The same effect applies to any command line that uses the variable .OODATE, which can be used for that purpose even when not otherwise needed or desired: skip-compare-for-some: @echo this will be compared @echo this will not ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP} @echo this will also be compared The :M pattern suppresses any expansion of the unwanted vari- able. .NOPATH Do not search for the target in the directories specified by .PATH. .NOTMAIN Normally bmake selects the first target it encounters as the default target to be built if no target was specified. This source prevents this target from being selected. .OPTIONAL If a target is marked with this attribute and bmake can't fig- ure out how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume the file isn't needed or already exists. .PHONY The target does not correspond to an actual file; it is always considered to be out of date, and will not be created with the -t option. Suffix-transformation rules are not applied to .PHONY targets. .PRECIOUS When bmake is interrupted, it normally removes any partially made targets. This source prevents the target from being removed. .RECURSIVE Synonym for .MAKE. .SILENT Do not echo any of the commands associated with this target, exactly as if they all were preceded by an at sign (`@'). .USE Turn the target into bmake's version of a macro. When the tar- get is used as a source for another target, the other target acquires the commands, sources, and attributes (except for .USE) of the source. If the target already has commands, the .USE target's commands are appended to them. .USEBEFORE Exactly like .USE, but prepend the .USEBEFORE target commands to the target. .WAIT If .WAIT appears in a dependency line, the sources that precede it are made before the sources that succeed it in the line. Since the dependents of files are not made until the file itself could be made, this also stops the dependents being built unless they are needed for another branch of the depen- dency tree. So given: x: a .WAIT b echo x a: echo a b: b1 echo b b1: echo b1 the output is always `a', `b1', `b', `x'. The ordering imposed by .WAIT is only relevant for parallel makes. SPECIAL TARGETS Special targets may not be included with other targets, i.e. they must be the only target specified. .BEGIN Any command lines attached to this target are executed before anything else is done. .DEFAULT This is sort of a .USE rule for any target (that was used only as a source) that bmake can't figure out any other way to cre- ate. Only the shell script is used. The .IMPSRC variable of a target that inherits .DEFAULT's commands is set to the target's own name. .DELETE_ON_ERROR If this target is present in the makefile, it globally causes make to delete targets whose commands fail. (By default, only targets whose commands are interrupted during execution are deleted. This is the historical behavior.) This setting can be used to help prevent half-finished or malformed targets from being left around and corrupting future rebuilds. .END Any command lines attached to this target are executed after everything else is done. .ERROR Any command lines attached to this target are executed when another target fails. The .ERROR_TARGET variable is set to the target that failed. See also MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR. .IGNORE Mark each of the sources with the .IGNORE attribute. If no sources are specified, this is the equivalent of specifying the -i option. .INTERRUPT If bmake is interrupted, the commands for this target will be executed. .MAIN If no target is specified when bmake is invoked, this target will be built. .MAKEFLAGS This target provides a way to specify flags for bmake when the makefile is used. The flags are as if typed to the shell, though the -f option will have no effect. .NOPATH Apply the .NOPATH attribute to any specified sources. .NOTPARALLEL Disable parallel mode. .NO_PARALLEL Synonym for .NOTPARALLEL, for compatibility with other pmake variants. .OBJDIR The source is a new value for `.OBJDIR'. If it exists, bmake will chdir(2) to it and update the value of `.OBJDIR'. .ORDER The named targets are made in sequence. This ordering does not add targets to the list of targets to be made. Since the depen- dents of a target do not get built until the target itself could be built, unless `a' is built by another part of the dependency graph, the following is a dependency loop: .ORDER: b a b: a The ordering imposed by .ORDER is only relevant for parallel makes. .PATH The sources are directories which are to be searched for files not found in the current directory. If no sources are speci- fied, any previously specified directories are deleted. If the source is the special .DOTLAST target, then the current working directory is searched last. .PATH.suffix Like .PATH but applies only to files with a particular suffix. The suffix must have been previously declared with .SUFFIXES. .PHONY Apply the .PHONY attribute to any specified sources. .PRECIOUS Apply the .PRECIOUS attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the .PRECIOUS attribute is applied to every target in the file. .SHELL Sets the shell that bmake will use to execute commands. The sources are a set of field=value pairs. name This is the minimal specification, used to select one of the built-in shell specs; sh, ksh, and csh. path Specifies the path to the shell. hasErrCtl Indicates whether the shell supports exit on error. check The command to turn on error checking. ignore The command to disable error checking. echo The command to turn on echoing of commands executed. quiet The command to turn off echoing of commands exe- cuted. filter The output to filter after issuing the quiet com- mand. It is typically identical to quiet. errFlag The flag to pass the shell to enable error checking. echoFlag The flag to pass the shell to enable command echo- ing. newline The string literal to pass the shell that results in a single newline character when used outside of any quoting characters. Example: .SHELL: name=ksh path=/bin/ksh hasErrCtl=true \ check="set -e" ignore="set +e" \ echo="set -v" quiet="set +v" filter="set +v" \ echoFlag=v errFlag=e newline="'\n'" .SILENT Apply the .SILENT attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the .SILENT attribute is applied to every command in the file. .STALE This target gets run when a dependency file contains stale entries, having .ALLSRC set to the name of that dependency file. .SUFFIXES Each source specifies a suffix to bmake. If no sources are specified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted. It allows the creation of suffix-transformation rules. Example: .SUFFIXES: .o .c.o: cc -o ${.TARGET} -c ${.IMPSRC} ENVIRONMENT bmake uses the following environment variables, if they exist: MACHINE, MACHINE_ARCH, MAKE, MAKEFLAGS, MAKEOBJDIR, MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX, MAKESYSPATH, PWD, and TMPDIR. MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX and MAKEOBJDIR may only be set in the environment or on the command line to bmake and not as makefile variables; see the descrip- tion of `.OBJDIR' for more details. FILES .depend list of dependencies Makefile list of dependencies makefile list of dependencies sys.mk system makefile /usr/share/mk system makefile directory COMPATIBILITY The basic make syntax is compatible between different versions of make; however the special variables, variable modifiers and conditionals are not. Older versions An incomplete list of changes in older versions of bmake: The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after NetBSD 5.0 so that they still appear to be variable expansions. In particular this stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some obscure problems using them in .if statements. The way that parallel makes are scheduled changed in NetBSD 4.0 so that .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependent nodes. The algo- rithms used may change again in the future. Other make dialects Other make dialects (GNU make, SVR4 make, POSIX make, etc.) do not sup- port most of the features of bmake as described in this manual. Most notably: +o The .WAIT and .ORDER declarations and most functionality per- taining to parallelization. (GNU make supports parallelization but lacks these features needed to control it effectively.) +o Directives, including for loops and conditionals and most of the forms of include files. (GNU make has its own incompatible and less powerful syntax for conditionals.) +o All built-in variables that begin with a dot. +o Most of the special sources and targets that begin with a dot, with the notable exception of .PHONY, .PRECIOUS, and .SUFFIXES. +o Variable modifiers, except for the :old=new string substitution, which does not portably support globbing with `%' and historically only works on declared suffixes. +o The $> variable even in its short form; most makes support this functionality but its name varies. Some features are somewhat more portable, such as assignment with +=, ?=, and !=. The .PATH functionality is based on an older feature VPATH found in GNU make and many versions of SVR4 make; however, historically its behavior is too ill-defined (and too buggy) to rely upon. The $@ and $< variables are more or less universally portable, as is the $(MAKE) variable. Basic use of suffix rules (for files only in the cur- rent directory, not trying to chain transformations together, etc.) is also reasonably portable. SEE ALSO mkdep(1) HISTORY bmake is derived from NetBSD make(1). It uses autoconf to facilitate portability to other platforms. A make command appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX. This make implementation is based on Adam De Boor's pmake program which was written for Sprite at Berkeley. It was designed to be a parallel distributed make running jobs on different machines using a daemon called ``customs''. Historically the target/dependency ``FRC'' has been used to FoRCe rebuilding (since the target/dependency does not exist... unless someone creates an ``FRC'' file). BUGS - The make syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting of the - data. For instance finding the end of a variable use should involve - scanning each the modifiers using the correct terminator for each field. - In many places make just counts {} and () in order to find the end of a - variable expansion. + The make syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting on the + data. For instance, finding the end of a variable's use should involve + scanning each of the modifiers, using the correct terminator for each + field. In many places make just counts {} and () in order to find the + end of a variable expansion. There is no way of escaping a space character in a filename. -FreeBSD 11.1 June 22, 2017 FreeBSD 11.1 +FreeBSD 11.3 June 5, 2020 FreeBSD 11.3 Index: vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/configure =================================================================== Cannot display: file marked as a binary type. svn:mime-type = application/x-shellscript Index: vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/configure.in =================================================================== --- vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/configure.in (revision 361953) +++ vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/configure.in (revision 361954) @@ -1,430 +1,435 @@ dnl dnl RCSid: -dnl $Id: configure.in,v 1.63 2020/04/19 05:17:57 sjg Exp $ +dnl $Id: configure.in,v 1.65 2020/05/25 01:11:40 sjg Exp $ dnl dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script dnl AC_PREREQ(2.50) -AC_INIT([bmake], [20200418], [sjg@NetBSD.org]) +AC_INIT([bmake], [20200524], [sjg@NetBSD.org]) AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(config.h) dnl make srcdir absolute case "$srcdir" in /*) ;; *) srcdir=`cd $srcdir && pwd`;; esac dnl get _MAKE_VERSION . $srcdir/VERSION OS=`uname -s` dnl AC_ARG_WITH(defshell, [ --with-defshell=SHELL use SHELL by default - must be sh compatible, use sh or ksh to pick the internal definitions], [case "${withval}" in yes) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for bmake DEFSHELL) ;; no) ;; *) case "$with_defshell" in sh) DEFSHELL_INDEX=DEFSHELL_INDEX_SH;; # it's the default anyway ksh) DEFSHELL_INDEX=DEFSHELL_INDEX_KSH;; csh) DEFSHELL_INDEX=DEFSHELL_INDEX_CSH;; # kidding right? *) defshell_path=$with_defshell;; # better be sh compatible! esac ;; esac]) dnl case "$OS" in CYGWIN*|MINGW*) use_makefile=no;; *) use_makefile=yes;; esac AC_ARG_WITH(makefile, [ --without-makefile dissable use of generated makefile], [case "${withval}" in yes|no) use_makefile=${withval};; *) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for makefile) ;; esac]) dnl use_meta=yes AC_ARG_WITH(meta, [ --without-meta dissable use of meta-mode], [case "${withval}" in yes|no) use_meta=${withval};; *) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for meta) ;; esac]) dnl AC_ARG_WITH(filemon, [ --with-filemon={no,dev,ktrace,path/filemon.h} indicate filemon method for meta-mode. Path to filemon.h implies dev], [ case "/${withval}" in /no) use_filemon=no;; /*trace) filemon_h=no use_filemon="${withval}";; */filemon.h) filemon_h="${withval}";; */filemon*) filemon_h="${withval}/filemon.h";; *) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for filemon) ;; -esac], +esac +case "$use_filemon,$filemon_h" in +,*.h) use_filemon=dev;; +esac +], [ case "$OS" in NetBSD) filemon_h=no use_filemon=ktrace;; *) for d in "/usr/include/dev/filemon" "$prefix/include/dev/filemon" "$srcdir/../../sys/dev/filemon" do for x in "/$OS" "" do filemon_h="$d$x/filemon.h" test -s "$filemon_h" && break done test -s "$filemon_h" && { use_filemon=dev; break; } done ;; esac use_filemon=${use_filemon:-no} case "$use_filemon" in dev) ;; *) filemon_h=no;; esac ]) dnl echo "Note: use_meta=$use_meta use_filemon=$use_filemon filemon_h=$filemon_h" >&6 case "$use_meta" in yes) case "$use_filemon" in no) ;; *) echo "Using: filemon_${use_filemon}.c" >&6;; esac ;; esac dnl dnl Check for OS problems dnl Solaris's signal.h only privides sigset_t etc if one of dnl _EXTENSIONS_ _POSIX_C_SOURCE or _XOPEN_SOURCE are defined. dnl The later two seem to cause more problems than they solve so if we dnl see _EXTENSIONS_ we use it. AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS dnl Checks for programs. AC_PROG_CC -AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL +AC_PROG_CC_C99 +dnl AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL AC_PROG_INSTALL dnl Executable suffix - normally empty; .exe on os2. AC_SUBST(ac_exe_suffix)dnl dnl dnl Hurd refuses to define PATH_MAX or MAXPATHLEN if test -x /usr/bin/getconf; then bmake_path_max=`getconf PATH_MAX / 2> /dev/null` # only a numeric response is useful test ${bmake_path_max:-0} -gt 0 2> /dev/null || bmake_path_max= fi bmake_path_max=${bmake_path_max:-1024} if test $bmake_path_max -gt 1024; then # this is all we expect bmake_path_max=1024 fi echo "Using: BMAKE_PATH_MAX=$bmake_path_max" >&6 AC_SUBST(bmake_path_max)dnl dnl dnl AC_C_CROSS dnl dnl Checks for header files. AC_HEADER_STDC AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT AC_HEADER_DIRENT dnl Keep this list sorted AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/param.h) dnl On BSDi at least we really need sys/param.h for sys/sysctl.h AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/sysctl.h], [], [], [#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H # include # endif ]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS( \ ar.h \ err.h \ fcntl.h \ libgen.h \ limits.h \ paths.h \ poll.h \ ranlib.h \ string.h \ sys/mman.h \ sys/select.h \ sys/socket.h \ sys/time.h \ sys/uio.h \ unistd.h \ utime.h \ ) dnl Both *BSD and Linux have sys/cdefs.h, most do not. dnl If it is missing, we add -I${srcdir}/missing to CFLAGS dnl also if sys/cdefs.h does not have __RCSID we need to use ours dnl but we need to include the host's one too *sigh* AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/cdefs.h, echo $ECHO_N "checking whether sys/cdefs.h is compatible... $ECHO_C" >&6 AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [#include #ifdef __RCSID yes #endif ], echo yes >&6, echo no >&6; CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} -I`cd ${srcdir}/missing && pwd` -DNEED_HOST_CDEFS_H"), CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} -I`cd ${srcdir}/missing && pwd`") dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics. AC_C___ATTRIBUTE__ AC_C_BIGENDIAN AC_C_CONST AC_TYPE_MODE_T AC_TYPE_OFF_T AC_TYPE_PID_T AC_TYPE_SIZE_T AC_TYPE_UINT32_T AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST AC_HEADER_TIME AC_STRUCT_TM dnl Checks for library functions. AC_TYPE_SIGNAL AC_FUNC_VFORK AC_FUNC_VPRINTF AC_FUNC_WAIT3 dnl Keep this list sorted AC_CHECK_FUNCS( \ err \ errx \ getcwd \ getenv \ getopt \ getwd \ killpg \ mmap \ putenv \ select \ setenv \ setpgid \ setsid \ sigaction \ sigvec \ snprintf \ strerror \ strftime \ strsep \ strtod \ strtol \ sysctl \ unsetenv \ vsnprintf \ wait3 \ wait4 \ waitpid \ warn \ warnx \ ) dnl functions which we may need to provide AC_REPLACE_FUNCS( \ realpath \ dirname \ stresep \ strlcpy \ ) AC_CHECK_LIB([util], [emalloc], [ AC_CHECK_LIB([util], [erealloc], [ AC_CHECK_LIB([util], [estrdup], [ AC_CHECK_LIB([util], [estrndup], [ LIBS="$LIBS -lutil" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DUSE_EMALLOC" ])])])]) dnl dnl Structures dnl AC_HEADER_STAT AC_STRUCT_ST_RDEV dnl echo "checking if compiler supports __func__" >&6 AC_LANG(C) AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[[const char *func = __func__;]])],, AC_DEFINE(__func__, __FUNCTION__, C99 function name)) dnl dnl we want this for unit-tests/Makefile echo $ECHO_N "checking if diff -u works... $ECHO_C" >&6 if diff -u /dev/null /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then diff_u=-u echo yes >&6 else diff_u= echo no >&6 fi dnl dnl AC_* don't quite cut it. dnl echo "checking for MACHINE & MACHINE_ARCH..." >&6 cat > conftest.$ac_ext < #ifdef MACHINE machine=MACHINE #endif #ifdef MACHINE_ARCH machine_arch=MACHINE_ARCH #endif EOF default_machine=`(eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | egrep machine= | tr -d ' "'` rm -rf conftest* if test "$default_machine"; then eval "$default_machine" fi machine=${machine:-`$srcdir/machine.sh`} machine_arch=${machine_arch:-`$srcdir/machine.sh arch`} echo "defaults: MACHINE=$machine, MACHINE_ARCH=$machine_arch" 1>&6 dnl dnl now allow overrides dnl AC_ARG_WITH(machine, [ --with-machine=MACHINE explicitly set MACHINE], [case "${withval}" in yes) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for bmake MACHINE) ;; no) ;; generic) machine=`$srcdir/machine.sh`;; *) machine=$with_machine;; esac]) force_machine= AC_ARG_WITH(force_machine, [ --with-force-machine=MACHINE set FORCE_MACHINE], [case "${withval}" in yes) force_machine=FORCE_;; no) ;; *) force_machine=FORCE_; machine=$with_force_machine;; esac]) dnl force_machine_arch= AC_ARG_WITH(force_machine_arch, [ --with-force-machine-arch=MACHINE set FORCE_MACHINE_ARCH], [case "${withval}" in yes) force_machine_arch=FORCE_;; no) ;; *) force_machine_arch=FORCE_; machine_arch=$with_force_machine;; esac]) dnl AC_ARG_WITH(machine_arch, [ --with-machine_arch=MACHINE_ARCH explicitly set MACHINE_ARCH], [case "${withval}" in yes) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for bmake MACHINE_ARCH) ;; no) ;; *) machine_arch=$with_machine_arch;; esac]) dnl dnl Tell them what we ended up with dnl echo "Using: ${force_machine}MACHINE=$machine, MACHINE_ARCH=$machine_arch" 1>&6 dnl dnl Allow folk to control _PATH_DEFSYSPATH dnl default_sys_path=\${prefix}/share/mk AC_ARG_WITH(default-sys-path, [ --with-default-sys-path=PATH:DIR:LIST use an explicit _PATH_DEFSYSPATH MAKESYSPATH is a ':' separated list of directories that bmake will search for system .mk files. _PATH_DEFSYSPATH is its default value.], [case "${withval}" in yes) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for bmake _PATH_DEFSYSPATH) ;; no) ;; *) default_sys_path="$with_default_sys_path" ;; esac]) dnl dnl Some folk don't like this one dnl AC_ARG_WITH(path-objdirprefix, [ --with-path-objdirprefix=PATH override _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX], [case "${withval}" in yes) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for bmake _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX) ;; no) CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DNO_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX" ;; *) CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS \"-D_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX=\\\"$with_path-objdir\\\"\"" ;; esac]) dnl dnl And this can be handy to do with out. dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE(pwd-override, [ --disable-pwd-override disable \$PWD overriding getcwd()], [case "${enableval}" in yes) ;; no) CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DNO_PWD_OVERRIDE" ;; *) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${enableval} given for pwd-override option) ;; esac]) dnl dnl Just for grins dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE(check-make-chdir, [ --disable-check-make-chdir disable make trying to guess when it should automatically cd \${.CURDIR}], [case "${enableval}" in yes) ;; no) CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DNO_CHECK_MAKE_CHDIR" ;; *) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${enableval} given for check-make-chdir option) ;; esac]) dnl dnl On non-BSD systems, bootstrap won't work without mk dnl AC_ARG_WITH(mksrc, [ --with-mksrc=PATH tell makefile.boot where to find mk src], [case "${withval}" in ""|yes|no) ;; *) test -s $withval/install-mk && mksrc=$withval || AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for mksrc cannot find install-mk) ;; esac ]) dnl dnl Now make sure we have a value dnl srcdir=`cd $srcdir && pwd` for mksrc in $mksrc $srcdir/mk $srcdir/../mk mk do test -s $mksrc/install-mk || continue mksrc=`cd $mksrc && pwd` break done mksrc=`echo $mksrc | sed "s,$srcdir,\\\${srcdir},"` echo "Using: MKSRC=$mksrc" 1>&6 dnl On some systems we want a different default shell by default if test -x /usr/xpg4/bin/sh; then defshell_path=${defshell_path:-/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} fi if test -n "$defshell_path"; then echo "Using: SHELL=$defshell_path" >&6 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFSHELL_CUSTOM, "$defshell_path", Path of default shell) fi if test -n "$DEFSHELL_INDEX"; then AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFSHELL_INDEX, $DEFSHELL_INDEX, Shell spec to use by default) fi dnl AC_SUBST(machine) AC_SUBST(force_machine) AC_SUBST(machine_arch) AC_SUBST(mksrc) AC_SUBST(default_sys_path) AC_SUBST(INSTALL) AC_SUBST(GCC) AC_SUBST(diff_u) AC_SUBST(use_meta) AC_SUBST(use_filemon) AC_SUBST(filemon_h) AC_SUBST(_MAKE_VERSION) bm_outfiles="Makefile.config unit-tests/Makefile.config make-bootstrap.sh" if test $use_makefile = yes; then bm_outfiles="makefile $bm_outfiles" fi AC_OUTPUT($bm_outfiles) cat < #ifndef lint #if 0 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)dir.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 1/2/94"; #else -__RCSID("$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.73 2018/07/12 18:03:31 christos Exp $"); +__RCSID("$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.74 2020/06/05 18:03:59 sjg Exp $"); #endif #endif /* not lint */ #endif /*- * dir.c -- * Directory searching using wildcards and/or normal names... * Used both for source wildcarding in the Makefile and for finding * implicit sources. * * The interface for this module is: * Dir_Init Initialize the module. * * Dir_InitCur Set the cur Path. * * Dir_InitDot Set the dot Path. * * Dir_End Cleanup the module. * * Dir_SetPATH Set ${.PATH} to reflect state of dirSearchPath. * * Dir_HasWildcards Returns TRUE if the name given it needs to * be wildcard-expanded. * * Dir_Expand Given a pattern and a path, return a Lst of names * which match the pattern on the search path. * * Dir_FindFile Searches for a file on a given search path. * If it exists, the entire path is returned. * Otherwise NULL is returned. * * Dir_FindHereOrAbove Search for a path in the current directory and * then all the directories above it in turn until * the path is found or we reach the root ("/"). * * Dir_MTime Return the modification time of a node. The file * is searched for along the default search path. * The path and mtime fields of the node are filled * in. * * Dir_AddDir Add a directory to a search path. * * Dir_MakeFlags Given a search path and a command flag, create * a string with each of the directories in the path * preceded by the command flag and all of them * separated by a space. * * Dir_Destroy Destroy an element of a search path. Frees up all * things that can be freed for the element as long * as the element is no longer referenced by any other * search path. * Dir_ClearPath Resets a search path to the empty list. * * For debugging: * Dir_PrintDirectories Print stats about the directory cache. */ #include #include #include #include #include #include "make.h" #include "hash.h" #include "dir.h" #include "job.h" /* * A search path consists of a Lst of Path structures. A Path structure * has in it the name of the directory and a hash table of all the files * in the directory. This is used to cut down on the number of system * calls necessary to find implicit dependents and their like. Since * these searches are made before any actions are taken, we need not * worry about the directory changing due to creation commands. If this * hampers the style of some makefiles, they must be changed. * * A list of all previously-read directories is kept in the * openDirectories Lst. This list is checked first before a directory * is opened. * * The need for the caching of whole directories is brought about by * the multi-level transformation code in suff.c, which tends to search * for far more files than regular make does. In the initial * implementation, the amount of time spent performing "stat" calls was * truly astronomical. The problem with hashing at the start is, * of course, that pmake doesn't then detect changes to these directories * during the course of the make. Three possibilities suggest themselves: * * 1) just use stat to test for a file's existence. As mentioned * above, this is very inefficient due to the number of checks * engendered by the multi-level transformation code. * 2) use readdir() and company to search the directories, keeping * them open between checks. I have tried this and while it * didn't slow down the process too much, it could severely * affect the amount of parallelism available as each directory * open would take another file descriptor out of play for * handling I/O for another job. Given that it is only recently * that UNIX OS's have taken to allowing more than 20 or 32 * file descriptors for a process, this doesn't seem acceptable * to me. * 3) record the mtime of the directory in the Path structure and * verify the directory hasn't changed since the contents were * hashed. This will catch the creation or deletion of files, * but not the updating of files. However, since it is the * creation and deletion that is the problem, this could be * a good thing to do. Unfortunately, if the directory (say ".") * were fairly large and changed fairly frequently, the constant * rehashing could seriously degrade performance. It might be * good in such cases to keep track of the number of rehashes * and if the number goes over a (small) limit, resort to using * stat in its place. * * An additional thing to consider is that pmake is used primarily * to create C programs and until recently pcc-based compilers refused * to allow you to specify where the resulting object file should be * placed. This forced all objects to be created in the current * directory. This isn't meant as a full excuse, just an explanation of * some of the reasons for the caching used here. * * One more note: the location of a target's file is only performed * on the downward traversal of the graph and then only for terminal * nodes in the graph. This could be construed as wrong in some cases, * but prevents inadvertent modification of files when the "installed" * directory for a file is provided in the search path. * * Another data structure maintained by this module is an mtime * cache used when the searching of cached directories fails to find * a file. In the past, Dir_FindFile would simply perform an access() * call in such a case to determine if the file could be found using * just the name given. When this hit, however, all that was gained * was the knowledge that the file existed. Given that an access() is * essentially a stat() without the copyout() call, and that the same * filesystem overhead would have to be incurred in Dir_MTime, it made * sense to replace the access() with a stat() and record the mtime * in a cache for when Dir_MTime was actually called. */ Lst dirSearchPath; /* main search path */ static Lst openDirectories; /* the list of all open directories */ /* * Variables for gathering statistics on the efficiency of the hashing * mechanism. */ static int hits, /* Found in directory cache */ misses, /* Sad, but not evil misses */ nearmisses, /* Found under search path */ bigmisses; /* Sought by itself */ static Path *dot; /* contents of current directory */ static Path *cur; /* contents of current directory, if not dot */ static Path *dotLast; /* a fake path entry indicating we need to * look for . last */ static Hash_Table mtimes; /* Results of doing a last-resort stat in * Dir_FindFile -- if we have to go to the * system to find the file, we might as well * have its mtime on record. XXX: If this is done * way early, there's a chance other rules will * have already updated the file, in which case * we'll update it again. Generally, there won't * be two rules to update a single file, so this * should be ok, but... */ static Hash_Table lmtimes; /* same as mtimes but for lstat */ static int DirFindName(const void *, const void *); static int DirMatchFiles(const char *, Path *, Lst); static void DirExpandCurly(const char *, const char *, Lst, Lst); static void DirExpandInt(const char *, Lst, Lst); static int DirPrintWord(void *, void *); static int DirPrintDir(void *, void *); static char *DirLookup(Path *, const char *, const char *, Boolean); static char *DirLookupSubdir(Path *, const char *); static char *DirFindDot(Boolean, const char *, const char *); static char *DirLookupAbs(Path *, const char *, const char *); /* * We use stat(2) a lot, cache the results * mtime and mode are all we care about. */ struct cache_st { - time_t mtime; + time_t lmtime; /* lstat */ + time_t mtime; /* stat */ mode_t mode; }; /* minimize changes below */ #define CST_LSTAT 1 #define CST_UPDATE 2 static int cached_stats(Hash_Table *htp, const char *pathname, struct stat *st, int flags) { Hash_Entry *entry; struct cache_st *cst; int rc; if (!pathname || !pathname[0]) return -1; entry = Hash_FindEntry(htp, pathname); if (entry && (flags & CST_UPDATE) == 0) { cst = entry->clientPtr; memset(st, 0, sizeof(*st)); - st->st_mtime = cst->mtime; st->st_mode = cst->mode; - if (DEBUG(DIR)) { - fprintf(debug_file, "Using cached time %s for %s\n", - Targ_FmtTime(st->st_mtime), pathname); + st->st_mtime = (flags & CST_LSTAT) ? cst->lmtime : cst->mtime; + if (st->st_mtime) { + if (DEBUG(DIR)) { + fprintf(debug_file, "Using cached time %s for %s\n", + Targ_FmtTime(st->st_mtime), pathname); + } + return 0; } - return 0; } rc = (flags & CST_LSTAT) ? lstat(pathname, st) : stat(pathname, st); if (rc == -1) return -1; if (st->st_mtime == 0) st->st_mtime = 1; /* avoid confusion with missing file */ if (!entry) entry = Hash_CreateEntry(htp, pathname, NULL); - if (!entry->clientPtr) + if (!entry->clientPtr) { entry->clientPtr = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*cst)); + memset(entry->clientPtr, 0, sizeof(*cst)); + } cst = entry->clientPtr; - cst->mtime = st->st_mtime; + if ((flags & CST_LSTAT)) { + cst->lmtime = st->st_mtime; + } else { + cst->mtime = st->st_mtime; + } cst->mode = st->st_mode; if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " Caching %s for %s\n", Targ_FmtTime(st->st_mtime), pathname); } return 0; } int cached_stat(const char *pathname, void *st) { return cached_stats(&mtimes, pathname, st, 0); } int cached_lstat(const char *pathname, void *st) { return cached_stats(&lmtimes, pathname, st, CST_LSTAT); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_Init -- * initialize things for this module * * Results: * none * * Side Effects: * some directories may be opened. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Dir_Init(const char *cdname) { if (!cdname) { dirSearchPath = Lst_Init(FALSE); openDirectories = Lst_Init(FALSE); Hash_InitTable(&mtimes, 0); Hash_InitTable(&lmtimes, 0); return; } Dir_InitCur(cdname); dotLast = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Path)); dotLast->refCount = 1; dotLast->hits = 0; dotLast->name = bmake_strdup(".DOTLAST"); Hash_InitTable(&dotLast->files, -1); } /* * Called by Dir_Init() and whenever .CURDIR is assigned to. */ void Dir_InitCur(const char *cdname) { Path *p; if (cdname != NULL) { /* * Our build directory is not the same as our source directory. * Keep this one around too. */ if ((p = Dir_AddDir(NULL, cdname))) { p->refCount += 1; if (cur && cur != p) { /* * We've been here before, cleanup. */ cur->refCount -= 1; Dir_Destroy(cur); } cur = p; } } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_InitDot -- * (re)initialize "dot" (current/object directory) path hash * * Results: * none * * Side Effects: * some directories may be opened. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Dir_InitDot(void) { if (dot != NULL) { LstNode ln; /* Remove old entry from openDirectories, but do not destroy. */ ln = Lst_Member(openDirectories, dot); (void)Lst_Remove(openDirectories, ln); } dot = Dir_AddDir(NULL, "."); if (dot == NULL) { Error("Cannot open `.' (%s)", strerror(errno)); exit(1); } /* * We always need to have dot around, so we increment its reference count * to make sure it's not destroyed. */ dot->refCount += 1; Dir_SetPATH(); /* initialize */ } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_End -- * cleanup things for this module * * Results: * none * * Side Effects: * none *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Dir_End(void) { #ifdef CLEANUP if (cur) { cur->refCount -= 1; Dir_Destroy(cur); } dot->refCount -= 1; dotLast->refCount -= 1; Dir_Destroy(dotLast); Dir_Destroy(dot); Dir_ClearPath(dirSearchPath); Lst_Destroy(dirSearchPath, NULL); Dir_ClearPath(openDirectories); Lst_Destroy(openDirectories, NULL); Hash_DeleteTable(&mtimes); #endif } /* * We want ${.PATH} to indicate the order in which we will actually * search, so we rebuild it after any .PATH: target. * This is the simplest way to deal with the effect of .DOTLAST. */ void Dir_SetPATH(void) { LstNode ln; /* a list element */ Path *p; Boolean hasLastDot = FALSE; /* true we should search dot last */ Var_Delete(".PATH", VAR_GLOBAL); if (Lst_Open(dirSearchPath) == SUCCESS) { if ((ln = Lst_First(dirSearchPath)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); if (p == dotLast) { hasLastDot = TRUE; Var_Append(".PATH", dotLast->name, VAR_GLOBAL); } } if (!hasLastDot) { if (dot) Var_Append(".PATH", dot->name, VAR_GLOBAL); if (cur) Var_Append(".PATH", cur->name, VAR_GLOBAL); } while ((ln = Lst_Next(dirSearchPath)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); if (p == dotLast) continue; if (p == dot && hasLastDot) continue; Var_Append(".PATH", p->name, VAR_GLOBAL); } if (hasLastDot) { if (dot) Var_Append(".PATH", dot->name, VAR_GLOBAL); if (cur) Var_Append(".PATH", cur->name, VAR_GLOBAL); } Lst_Close(dirSearchPath); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirFindName -- * See if the Path structure describes the same directory as the * given one by comparing their names. Called from Dir_AddDir via * Lst_Find when searching the list of open directories. * * Input: * p Current name * dname Desired name * * Results: * 0 if it is the same. Non-zero otherwise * * Side Effects: * None *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int DirFindName(const void *p, const void *dname) { return (strcmp(((const Path *)p)->name, dname)); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_HasWildcards -- * see if the given name has any wildcard characters in it * be careful not to expand unmatching brackets or braces. * XXX: This code is not 100% correct. ([^]] fails etc.) * I really don't think that make(1) should be expanding * patterns, because then you have to set a mechanism for * escaping the expansion! * * Input: * name name to check * * Results: * returns TRUE if the word should be expanded, FALSE otherwise * * Side Effects: * none *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Boolean Dir_HasWildcards(char *name) { char *cp; int wild = 0, brace = 0, bracket = 0; for (cp = name; *cp; cp++) { switch(*cp) { case '{': brace++; wild = 1; break; case '}': brace--; break; case '[': bracket++; wild = 1; break; case ']': bracket--; break; case '?': case '*': wild = 1; break; default: break; } } return wild && bracket == 0 && brace == 0; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirMatchFiles -- * Given a pattern and a Path structure, see if any files * match the pattern and add their names to the 'expansions' list if * any do. This is incomplete -- it doesn't take care of patterns like * src / *src / *.c properly (just *.c on any of the directories), but it * will do for now. * * Input: * pattern Pattern to look for * p Directory to search * expansion Place to store the results * * Results: * Always returns 0 * * Side Effects: * File names are added to the expansions lst. The directory will be * fully hashed when this is done. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int DirMatchFiles(const char *pattern, Path *p, Lst expansions) { Hash_Search search; /* Index into the directory's table */ Hash_Entry *entry; /* Current entry in the table */ Boolean isDot; /* TRUE if the directory being searched is . */ isDot = (*p->name == '.' && p->name[1] == '\0'); for (entry = Hash_EnumFirst(&p->files, &search); entry != NULL; entry = Hash_EnumNext(&search)) { /* * See if the file matches the given pattern. Note we follow the UNIX * convention that dot files will only be found if the pattern * begins with a dot (note also that as a side effect of the hashing * scheme, .* won't match . or .. since they aren't hashed). */ if (Str_Match(entry->name, pattern) && ((entry->name[0] != '.') || (pattern[0] == '.'))) { (void)Lst_AtEnd(expansions, (isDot ? bmake_strdup(entry->name) : str_concat(p->name, entry->name, STR_ADDSLASH))); } } return (0); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirExpandCurly -- * Expand curly braces like the C shell. Does this recursively. * Note the special case: if after the piece of the curly brace is * done there are no wildcard characters in the result, the result is * placed on the list WITHOUT CHECKING FOR ITS EXISTENCE. * * Input: * word Entire word to expand * brace First curly brace in it * path Search path to use * expansions Place to store the expansions * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * The given list is filled with the expansions... * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DirExpandCurly(const char *word, const char *brace, Lst path, Lst expansions) { const char *end; /* Character after the closing brace */ const char *cp; /* Current position in brace clause */ const char *start; /* Start of current piece of brace clause */ int bracelevel; /* Number of braces we've seen. If we see a * right brace when this is 0, we've hit the * end of the clause. */ char *file; /* Current expansion */ int otherLen; /* The length of the other pieces of the * expansion (chars before and after the * clause in 'word') */ char *cp2; /* Pointer for checking for wildcards in * expansion before calling Dir_Expand */ start = brace+1; /* * Find the end of the brace clause first, being wary of nested brace * clauses. */ for (end = start, bracelevel = 0; *end != '\0'; end++) { if (*end == '{') { bracelevel++; } else if ((*end == '}') && (bracelevel-- == 0)) { break; } } if (*end == '\0') { Error("Unterminated {} clause \"%s\"", start); return; } else { end++; } otherLen = brace - word + strlen(end); for (cp = start; cp < end; cp++) { /* * Find the end of this piece of the clause. */ bracelevel = 0; while (*cp != ',') { if (*cp == '{') { bracelevel++; } else if ((*cp == '}') && (bracelevel-- <= 0)) { break; } cp++; } /* * Allocate room for the combination and install the three pieces. */ file = bmake_malloc(otherLen + cp - start + 1); if (brace != word) { strncpy(file, word, brace-word); } if (cp != start) { strncpy(&file[brace-word], start, cp-start); } strcpy(&file[(brace-word)+(cp-start)], end); /* * See if the result has any wildcards in it. If we find one, call * Dir_Expand right away, telling it to place the result on our list * of expansions. */ for (cp2 = file; *cp2 != '\0'; cp2++) { switch(*cp2) { case '*': case '?': case '{': case '[': Dir_Expand(file, path, expansions); goto next; } } if (*cp2 == '\0') { /* * Hit the end w/o finding any wildcards, so stick the expansion * on the end of the list. */ (void)Lst_AtEnd(expansions, file); } else { next: free(file); } start = cp+1; } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirExpandInt -- * Internal expand routine. Passes through the directories in the * path one by one, calling DirMatchFiles for each. NOTE: This still * doesn't handle patterns in directories... * * Input: * word Word to expand * path Path on which to look * expansions Place to store the result * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * Things are added to the expansions list. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DirExpandInt(const char *word, Lst path, Lst expansions) { LstNode ln; /* Current node */ Path *p; /* Directory in the node */ if (Lst_Open(path) == SUCCESS) { while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); DirMatchFiles(word, p, expansions); } Lst_Close(path); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirPrintWord -- * Print a word in the list of expansions. Callback for Dir_Expand * when DEBUG(DIR), via Lst_ForEach. * * Results: * === 0 * * Side Effects: * The passed word is printed, followed by a space. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int DirPrintWord(void *word, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", (char *)word); return 0; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_Expand -- * Expand the given word into a list of words by globbing it looking * in the directories on the given search path. * * Input: * word the word to expand * path the list of directories in which to find the * resulting files * expansions the list on which to place the results * * Results: * A list of words consisting of the files which exist along the search * path matching the given pattern. * * Side Effects: * Directories may be opened. Who knows? *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Dir_Expand(const char *word, Lst path, Lst expansions) { const char *cp; if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Expanding \"%s\"... ", word); } cp = strchr(word, '{'); if (cp) { DirExpandCurly(word, cp, path, expansions); } else { cp = strchr(word, '/'); if (cp) { /* * The thing has a directory component -- find the first wildcard * in the string. */ for (cp = word; *cp; cp++) { if (*cp == '?' || *cp == '[' || *cp == '*' || *cp == '{') { break; } } if (*cp == '{') { /* * This one will be fun. */ DirExpandCurly(word, cp, path, expansions); return; } else if (*cp != '\0') { /* * Back up to the start of the component */ char *dirpath; while (cp > word && *cp != '/') { cp--; } if (cp != word) { char sc; /* * If the glob isn't in the first component, try and find * all the components up to the one with a wildcard. */ sc = cp[1]; ((char *)UNCONST(cp))[1] = '\0'; dirpath = Dir_FindFile(word, path); ((char *)UNCONST(cp))[1] = sc; /* * dirpath is null if can't find the leading component * XXX: Dir_FindFile won't find internal components. * i.e. if the path contains ../Etc/Object and we're * looking for Etc, it won't be found. Ah well. * Probably not important. */ if (dirpath != NULL) { char *dp = &dirpath[strlen(dirpath) - 1]; if (*dp == '/') *dp = '\0'; path = Lst_Init(FALSE); (void)Dir_AddDir(path, dirpath); DirExpandInt(cp+1, path, expansions); Lst_Destroy(path, NULL); } } else { /* * Start the search from the local directory */ DirExpandInt(word, path, expansions); } } else { /* * Return the file -- this should never happen. */ DirExpandInt(word, path, expansions); } } else { /* * First the files in dot */ DirMatchFiles(word, dot, expansions); /* * Then the files in every other directory on the path. */ DirExpandInt(word, path, expansions); } } if (DEBUG(DIR)) { Lst_ForEach(expansions, DirPrintWord, NULL); fprintf(debug_file, "\n"); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirLookup -- * Find if the file with the given name exists in the given path. * * Results: * The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a * different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd. * * Side Effects: * None. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * DirLookup(Path *p, const char *name MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *cp, Boolean hasSlash MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED) { char *file; /* the current filename to check */ if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " %s ...\n", p->name); } if (Hash_FindEntry(&p->files, cp) == NULL) return NULL; file = str_concat(p->name, cp, STR_ADDSLASH); if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " returning %s\n", file); } p->hits += 1; hits += 1; return file; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirLookupSubdir -- * Find if the file with the given name exists in the given path. * * Results: * The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a * different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd. * * Side Effects: * If the file is found, it is added in the modification times hash * table. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * DirLookupSubdir(Path *p, const char *name) { struct stat stb; /* Buffer for stat, if necessary */ char *file; /* the current filename to check */ if (p != dot) { file = str_concat(p->name, name, STR_ADDSLASH); } else { /* * Checking in dot -- DON'T put a leading ./ on the thing. */ file = bmake_strdup(name); } if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "checking %s ...\n", file); } if (cached_stat(file, &stb) == 0) { nearmisses += 1; return (file); } free(file); return NULL; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirLookupAbs -- * Find if the file with the given name exists in the given path. * * Results: * The path to the file, the empty string or NULL. If the file is * the empty string, the search should be terminated. * This path is guaranteed to be in a different part of memory * than name and so may be safely free'd. * * Side Effects: * None. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * DirLookupAbs(Path *p, const char *name, const char *cp) { char *p1; /* pointer into p->name */ const char *p2; /* pointer into name */ if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " %s ...\n", p->name); } /* * If the file has a leading path component and that component * exactly matches the entire name of the current search * directory, we can attempt another cache lookup. And if we don't * have a hit, we can safely assume the file does not exist at all. */ for (p1 = p->name, p2 = name; *p1 && *p1 == *p2; p1++, p2++) { continue; } if (*p1 != '\0' || p2 != cp - 1) { return NULL; } if (Hash_FindEntry(&p->files, cp) == NULL) { if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " must be here but isn't -- returning\n"); } /* Return empty string: terminates search */ return bmake_strdup(""); } p->hits += 1; hits += 1; if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " returning %s\n", name); } return (bmake_strdup(name)); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirFindDot -- * Find the file given on "." or curdir * * Results: * The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a * different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd. * * Side Effects: * Hit counts change *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * DirFindDot(Boolean hasSlash MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *name, const char *cp) { if (Hash_FindEntry(&dot->files, cp) != NULL) { if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " in '.'\n"); } hits += 1; dot->hits += 1; return (bmake_strdup(name)); } if (cur && Hash_FindEntry(&cur->files, cp) != NULL) { if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " in ${.CURDIR} = %s\n", cur->name); } hits += 1; cur->hits += 1; return str_concat(cur->name, cp, STR_ADDSLASH); } return NULL; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_FindFile -- * Find the file with the given name along the given search path. * * Input: * name the file to find * path the Lst of directories to search * * Results: * The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a * different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd. * * Side Effects: * If the file is found in a directory which is not on the path * already (either 'name' is absolute or it is a relative path * [ dir1/.../dirn/file ] which exists below one of the directories * already on the search path), its directory is added to the end * of the path on the assumption that there will be more files in * that directory later on. Sometimes this is true. Sometimes not. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ char * Dir_FindFile(const char *name, Lst path) { LstNode ln; /* a list element */ char *file; /* the current filename to check */ Path *p; /* current path member */ const char *cp; /* Terminal name of file */ Boolean hasLastDot = FALSE; /* true we should search dot last */ Boolean hasSlash; /* true if 'name' contains a / */ struct stat stb; /* Buffer for stat, if necessary */ const char *trailing_dot = "."; /* * Find the final component of the name and note whether it has a * slash in it (the name, I mean) */ cp = strrchr(name, '/'); if (cp) { hasSlash = TRUE; cp += 1; } else { hasSlash = FALSE; cp = name; } if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Searching for %s ...", name); } if (Lst_Open(path) == FAILURE) { if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "couldn't open path, file not found\n"); } misses += 1; return NULL; } if ((ln = Lst_First(path)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); if (p == dotLast) { hasLastDot = TRUE; if (DEBUG(DIR)) fprintf(debug_file, "[dot last]..."); } } if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "\n"); } /* * If there's no leading directory components or if the leading * directory component is exactly `./', consult the cached contents * of each of the directories on the search path. */ if (!hasSlash || (cp - name == 2 && *name == '.')) { /* * We look through all the directories on the path seeking one which * contains the final component of the given name. If such a beast * is found, we concatenate the directory name and the final * component and return the resulting string. If we don't find any * such thing, we go on to phase two... * * No matter what, we always look for the file in the current * directory before anywhere else (unless we found the magic * DOTLAST path, in which case we search it last) and we *do not* * add the ./ to it if it exists. * This is so there are no conflicts between what the user * specifies (fish.c) and what pmake finds (./fish.c). */ if (!hasLastDot && (file = DirFindDot(hasSlash, name, cp)) != NULL) { Lst_Close(path); return file; } while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); if (p == dotLast) continue; if ((file = DirLookup(p, name, cp, hasSlash)) != NULL) { Lst_Close(path); return file; } } if (hasLastDot && (file = DirFindDot(hasSlash, name, cp)) != NULL) { Lst_Close(path); return file; } } Lst_Close(path); /* * We didn't find the file on any directory in the search path. * If the name doesn't contain a slash, that means it doesn't exist. * If it *does* contain a slash, however, there is still hope: it * could be in a subdirectory of one of the members of the search * path. (eg. /usr/include and sys/types.h. The above search would * fail to turn up types.h in /usr/include, but it *is* in * /usr/include/sys/types.h). * [ This no longer applies: If we find such a beast, we assume there * will be more (what else can we assume?) and add all but the last * component of the resulting name onto the search path (at the * end).] * This phase is only performed if the file is *not* absolute. */ if (!hasSlash) { if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " failed.\n"); } misses += 1; return NULL; } if (*cp == '\0') { /* we were given a trailing "/" */ cp = trailing_dot; } if (name[0] != '/') { Boolean checkedDot = FALSE; if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " Trying subdirectories...\n"); } if (!hasLastDot) { if (dot) { checkedDot = TRUE; if ((file = DirLookupSubdir(dot, name)) != NULL) return file; } if (cur && (file = DirLookupSubdir(cur, name)) != NULL) return file; } (void)Lst_Open(path); while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); if (p == dotLast) continue; if (p == dot) { if (checkedDot) continue; checkedDot = TRUE; } if ((file = DirLookupSubdir(p, name)) != NULL) { Lst_Close(path); return file; } } Lst_Close(path); if (hasLastDot) { if (dot && !checkedDot) { checkedDot = TRUE; if ((file = DirLookupSubdir(dot, name)) != NULL) return file; } if (cur && (file = DirLookupSubdir(cur, name)) != NULL) return file; } if (checkedDot) { /* * Already checked by the given name, since . was in the path, * so no point in proceeding... */ if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " Checked . already, returning NULL\n"); } return NULL; } } else { /* name[0] == '/' */ /* * For absolute names, compare directory path prefix against the * the directory path of each member on the search path for an exact * match. If we have an exact match on any member of the search path, * use the cached contents of that member to lookup the final file * component. If that lookup fails we can safely assume that the * file does not exist at all. This is signified by DirLookupAbs() * returning an empty string. */ if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " Trying exact path matches...\n"); } if (!hasLastDot && cur && ((file = DirLookupAbs(cur, name, cp)) != NULL)) { if (file[0] == '\0') { free(file); return NULL; } return file; } (void)Lst_Open(path); while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); if (p == dotLast) continue; if ((file = DirLookupAbs(p, name, cp)) != NULL) { Lst_Close(path); if (file[0] == '\0') { free(file); return NULL; } return file; } } Lst_Close(path); if (hasLastDot && cur && ((file = DirLookupAbs(cur, name, cp)) != NULL)) { if (file[0] == '\0') { free(file); return NULL; } return file; } } /* * Didn't find it that way, either. Sigh. Phase 3. Add its directory * onto the search path in any case, just in case, then look for the * thing in the hash table. If we find it, grand. We return a new * copy of the name. Otherwise we sadly return a NULL pointer. Sigh. * Note that if the directory holding the file doesn't exist, this will * do an extra search of the final directory on the path. Unless something * weird happens, this search won't succeed and life will be groovy. * * Sigh. We cannot add the directory onto the search path because * of this amusing case: * $(INSTALLDIR)/$(FILE): $(FILE) * * $(FILE) exists in $(INSTALLDIR) but not in the current one. * When searching for $(FILE), we will find it in $(INSTALLDIR) * b/c we added it here. This is not good... */ #ifdef notdef if (cp == traling_dot) { cp = strrchr(name, '/'); cp += 1; } cp[-1] = '\0'; (void)Dir_AddDir(path, name); cp[-1] = '/'; bigmisses += 1; ln = Lst_Last(path); if (ln == NULL) { return NULL; } else { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); } if (Hash_FindEntry(&p->files, cp) != NULL) { return (bmake_strdup(name)); } else { return NULL; } #else /* !notdef */ if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " Looking for \"%s\" ...\n", name); } bigmisses += 1; if (cached_stat(name, &stb) == 0) { return (bmake_strdup(name)); } if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " failed. Returning NULL\n"); } return NULL; #endif /* notdef */ } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_FindHereOrAbove -- * search for a path starting at a given directory and then working * our way up towards the root. * * Input: * here starting directory * search_path the path we are looking for * result the result of a successful search is placed here * rlen the length of the result buffer * (typically MAXPATHLEN + 1) * * Results: * 0 on failure, 1 on success [in which case the found path is put * in the result buffer]. * * Side Effects: *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Dir_FindHereOrAbove(char *here, char *search_path, char *result, int rlen) { struct stat st; char dirbase[MAXPATHLEN + 1], *db_end; char try[MAXPATHLEN + 1], *try_end; /* copy out our starting point */ snprintf(dirbase, sizeof(dirbase), "%s", here); db_end = dirbase + strlen(dirbase); /* loop until we determine a result */ while (1) { /* try and stat(2) it ... */ snprintf(try, sizeof(try), "%s/%s", dirbase, search_path); if (cached_stat(try, &st) != -1) { /* * success! if we found a file, chop off * the filename so we return a directory. */ if ((st.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFDIR) { try_end = try + strlen(try); while (try_end > try && *try_end != '/') try_end--; if (try_end > try) *try_end = 0; /* chop! */ } /* * done! */ snprintf(result, rlen, "%s", try); return(1); } /* * nope, we didn't find it. if we used up dirbase we've * reached the root and failed. */ if (db_end == dirbase) break; /* failed! */ /* * truncate dirbase from the end to move up a dir */ while (db_end > dirbase && *db_end != '/') db_end--; *db_end = 0; /* chop! */ } /* while (1) */ /* * we failed... */ return(0); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_MTime -- * Find the modification time of the file described by gn along the * search path dirSearchPath. * * Input: * gn the file whose modification time is desired * * Results: * The modification time or 0 if it doesn't exist * * Side Effects: * The modification time is placed in the node's mtime slot. * If the node didn't have a path entry before, and Dir_FindFile * found one for it, the full name is placed in the path slot. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Dir_MTime(GNode *gn, Boolean recheck) { char *fullName; /* the full pathname of name */ struct stat stb; /* buffer for finding the mod time */ if (gn->type & OP_ARCHV) { return Arch_MTime(gn); } else if (gn->type & OP_PHONY) { gn->mtime = 0; return 0; } else if (gn->path == NULL) { if (gn->type & OP_NOPATH) fullName = NULL; else { fullName = Dir_FindFile(gn->name, Suff_FindPath(gn)); if (fullName == NULL && gn->flags & FROM_DEPEND && !Lst_IsEmpty(gn->iParents)) { char *cp; cp = strrchr(gn->name, '/'); if (cp) { /* * This is an implied source, and it may have moved, * see if we can find it via the current .PATH */ cp++; fullName = Dir_FindFile(cp, Suff_FindPath(gn)); if (fullName) { /* * Put the found file in gn->path * so that we give that to the compiler. */ gn->path = bmake_strdup(fullName); if (!Job_RunTarget(".STALE", gn->fname)) fprintf(stdout, "%s: %s, %d: ignoring stale %s for %s, " "found %s\n", progname, gn->fname, gn->lineno, makeDependfile, gn->name, fullName); } } } if (DEBUG(DIR)) fprintf(debug_file, "Found '%s' as '%s'\n", gn->name, fullName ? fullName : "(not found)" ); } } else { fullName = gn->path; } if (fullName == NULL) { fullName = bmake_strdup(gn->name); } if (cached_stats(&mtimes, fullName, &stb, recheck ? CST_UPDATE : 0) < 0) { if (gn->type & OP_MEMBER) { if (fullName != gn->path) free(fullName); return Arch_MemMTime(gn); } else { stb.st_mtime = 0; } } if (fullName && gn->path == NULL) { gn->path = fullName; } gn->mtime = stb.st_mtime; return (gn->mtime); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_AddDir -- * Add the given name to the end of the given path. The order of * the arguments is backwards so ParseDoDependency can do a * Lst_ForEach of its list of paths... * * Input: * path the path to which the directory should be * added * name the name of the directory to add * * Results: * none * * Side Effects: * A structure is added to the list and the directory is * read and hashed. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Path * Dir_AddDir(Lst path, const char *name) { LstNode ln = NULL; /* node in case Path structure is found */ Path *p = NULL; /* pointer to new Path structure */ DIR *d; /* for reading directory */ struct dirent *dp; /* entry in directory */ if (strcmp(name, ".DOTLAST") == 0) { ln = Lst_Find(path, name, DirFindName); if (ln != NULL) return (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); else { dotLast->refCount += 1; (void)Lst_AtFront(path, dotLast); } } if (path) ln = Lst_Find(openDirectories, name, DirFindName); if (ln != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); if (path && Lst_Member(path, p) == NULL) { p->refCount += 1; (void)Lst_AtEnd(path, p); } } else { if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Caching %s ...", name); } if ((d = opendir(name)) != NULL) { p = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Path)); p->name = bmake_strdup(name); p->hits = 0; p->refCount = 1; Hash_InitTable(&p->files, -1); while ((dp = readdir(d)) != NULL) { #if defined(sun) && defined(d_ino) /* d_ino is a sunos4 #define for d_fileno */ /* * The sun directory library doesn't check for a 0 inode * (0-inode slots just take up space), so we have to do * it ourselves. */ if (dp->d_fileno == 0) { continue; } #endif /* sun && d_ino */ (void)Hash_CreateEntry(&p->files, dp->d_name, NULL); } (void)closedir(d); (void)Lst_AtEnd(openDirectories, p); if (path != NULL) (void)Lst_AtEnd(path, p); } if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "done\n"); } } return p; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_CopyDir -- * Callback function for duplicating a search path via Lst_Duplicate. * Ups the reference count for the directory. * * Results: * Returns the Path it was given. * * Side Effects: * The refCount of the path is incremented. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void * Dir_CopyDir(void *p) { ((Path *)p)->refCount += 1; return (p); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_MakeFlags -- * Make a string by taking all the directories in the given search * path and preceding them by the given flag. Used by the suffix * module to create variables for compilers based on suffix search * paths. * * Input: * flag flag which should precede each directory * path list of directories * * Results: * The string mentioned above. Note that there is no space between * the given flag and each directory. The empty string is returned if * Things don't go well. * * Side Effects: * None *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ char * Dir_MakeFlags(const char *flag, Lst path) { char *str; /* the string which will be returned */ char *s1, *s2;/* the current directory preceded by 'flag' */ LstNode ln; /* the node of the current directory */ Path *p; /* the structure describing the current directory */ str = bmake_strdup(""); if (Lst_Open(path) == SUCCESS) { while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); s2 = str_concat(flag, p->name, 0); str = str_concat(s1 = str, s2, STR_ADDSPACE); free(s1); free(s2); } Lst_Close(path); } return (str); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_Destroy -- * Nuke a directory descriptor, if possible. Callback procedure * for the suffixes module when destroying a search path. * * Input: * pp The directory descriptor to nuke * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * If no other path references this directory (refCount == 0), * the Path and all its data are freed. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Dir_Destroy(void *pp) { Path *p = (Path *)pp; p->refCount -= 1; if (p->refCount == 0) { LstNode ln; ln = Lst_Member(openDirectories, p); (void)Lst_Remove(openDirectories, ln); Hash_DeleteTable(&p->files); free(p->name); free(p); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_ClearPath -- * Clear out all elements of the given search path. This is different * from destroying the list, notice. * * Input: * path Path to clear * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * The path is set to the empty list. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Dir_ClearPath(Lst path) { Path *p; while (!Lst_IsEmpty(path)) { p = (Path *)Lst_DeQueue(path); Dir_Destroy(p); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_Concat -- * Concatenate two paths, adding the second to the end of the first. * Makes sure to avoid duplicates. * * Input: * path1 Dest * path2 Source * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * Reference counts for added dirs are upped. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Dir_Concat(Lst path1, Lst path2) { LstNode ln; Path *p; for (ln = Lst_First(path2); ln != NULL; ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); if (Lst_Member(path1, p) == NULL) { p->refCount += 1; (void)Lst_AtEnd(path1, p); } } } /********** DEBUG INFO **********/ void Dir_PrintDirectories(void) { LstNode ln; Path *p; fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Directory Cache:\n"); fprintf(debug_file, "# Stats: %d hits %d misses %d near misses %d losers (%d%%)\n", hits, misses, nearmisses, bigmisses, (hits+bigmisses+nearmisses ? hits * 100 / (hits + bigmisses + nearmisses) : 0)); fprintf(debug_file, "# %-20s referenced\thits\n", "directory"); if (Lst_Open(openDirectories) == SUCCESS) { while ((ln = Lst_Next(openDirectories)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); fprintf(debug_file, "# %-20s %10d\t%4d\n", p->name, p->refCount, p->hits); } Lst_Close(openDirectories); } } static int DirPrintDir(void *p, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", ((Path *)p)->name); return 0; } void Dir_PrintPath(Lst path) { Lst_ForEach(path, DirPrintDir, NULL); } Index: vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/dirname.c =================================================================== --- vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/dirname.c (revision 361953) +++ vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/dirname.c (revision 361954) @@ -1,126 +1,125 @@ /* $NetBSD: dirname.c,v 1.14 2018/09/27 00:45:34 kre Exp $ */ /*- * Copyright (c) 1997, 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. * All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation * by Klaus Klein and Jason R. Thorpe. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #ifndef HAVE_DIRNAME #include #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) __RCSID("$NetBSD: dirname.c,v 1.14 2018/09/27 00:45:34 kre Exp $"); #endif /* !LIBC_SCCS && !lint */ -#include "namespace.h" #include #ifdef HAVE_LIBGEN_H #include #endif #ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H #include #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H #include #endif #ifndef PATH_MAX # define PATH_MAX 1024 #endif #ifndef MIN # define MIN(a, b) ((a < b) ? a : b) #endif static size_t xdirname_r(const char *path, char *buf, size_t buflen) { const char *endp; size_t len; /* * If `path' is a null pointer or points to an empty string, * return a pointer to the string ".". */ if (path == NULL || *path == '\0') { path = "."; len = 1; goto out; } /* Strip trailing slashes, if any. */ endp = path + strlen(path) - 1; while (endp != path && *endp == '/') endp--; /* Find the start of the dir */ while (endp > path && *endp != '/') endp--; if (endp == path) { path = *endp == '/' ? "/" : "."; len = 1; goto out; } do endp--; while (endp > path && *endp == '/'); len = endp - path + 1; out: if (buf != NULL && buflen != 0) { buflen = MIN(len, buflen - 1); if (buf != path) memcpy(buf, path, buflen); buf[buflen] = '\0'; } return len; } char * dirname(char *path) { static char result[PATH_MAX]; (void)xdirname_r(path, result, sizeof(result)); return result; } #ifdef MAIN #include #include int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { printf("%s\n", dirname(argv[1])); exit(0); } #endif #endif Index: vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/make.1 =================================================================== --- vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/make.1 (revision 361953) +++ vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/make.1 (revision 361954) @@ -1,2437 +1,2440 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: make.1,v 1.280 2020/04/27 20:03:08 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: make.1,v 1.282 2020/06/06 20:28:42 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors .\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software .\" without specific prior written permission. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)make.1 8.4 (Berkeley) 3/19/94 .\" -.Dd April 27, 2020 +.Dd June 5, 2020 .Dt MAKE 1 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm make .Nd maintain program dependencies .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm .Op Fl BeikNnqrstWwX .Op Fl C Ar directory .Op Fl D Ar variable .Op Fl d Ar flags .Op Fl f Ar makefile .Op Fl I Ar directory .Op Fl J Ar private .Op Fl j Ar max_jobs .Op Fl m Ar directory .Op Fl T Ar file .Op Fl V Ar variable .Op Fl v Ar variable .Op Ar variable=value .Op Ar target ... .Sh DESCRIPTION .Nm is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other programs. Its input is a list of specifications as to the files upon which programs and other files depend. If no .Fl f Ar makefile makefile option is given, .Nm will try to open .Ql Pa makefile then .Ql Pa Makefile in order to find the specifications. If the file .Ql Pa .depend exists, it is read (see .Xr mkdep 1 ) . .Pp This manual page is intended as a reference document only. For a more thorough description of .Nm and makefiles, please refer to .%T "PMake \- A Tutorial" . .Pp .Nm will prepend the contents of the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable to the command line arguments before parsing them. .Pp The options are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Fl B Try to be backwards compatible by executing a single shell per command and by executing the commands to make the sources of a dependency line in sequence. .It Fl C Ar directory Change to .Ar directory before reading the makefiles or doing anything else. If multiple .Fl C options are specified, each is interpreted relative to the previous one: .Fl C Pa / Fl C Pa etc is equivalent to .Fl C Pa /etc . .It Fl D Ar variable Define .Ar variable to be 1, in the global context. .It Fl d Ar [-]flags Turn on debugging, and specify which portions of .Nm are to print debugging information. Unless the flags are preceded by .Ql \- they are added to the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable and will be processed by any child make processes. By default, debugging information is printed to standard error, but this can be changed using the .Ar F debugging flag. The debugging output is always unbuffered; in addition, if debugging is enabled but debugging output is not directed to standard output, then the standard output is line buffered. .Ar Flags is one or more of the following: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ar A Print all possible debugging information; equivalent to specifying all of the debugging flags. .It Ar a Print debugging information about archive searching and caching. .It Ar C Print debugging information about current working directory. .It Ar c Print debugging information about conditional evaluation. .It Ar d Print debugging information about directory searching and caching. .It Ar e Print debugging information about failed commands and targets. .It Ar F Ns Oo Sy \&+ Oc Ns Ar filename Specify where debugging output is written. This must be the last flag, because it consumes the remainder of the argument. If the character immediately after the .Ql F flag is .Ql \&+ , then the file will be opened in append mode; otherwise the file will be overwritten. If the file name is .Ql stdout or .Ql stderr then debugging output will be written to the standard output or standard error output file descriptors respectively (and the .Ql \&+ option has no effect). Otherwise, the output will be written to the named file. If the file name ends .Ql .%d then the .Ql %d is replaced by the pid. .It Ar f Print debugging information about loop evaluation. .It Ar "g1" Print the input graph before making anything. .It Ar "g2" Print the input graph after making everything, or before exiting on error. .It Ar "g3" Print the input graph before exiting on error. .It Ar j Print debugging information about running multiple shells. .It Ar l Print commands in Makefiles regardless of whether or not they are prefixed by .Ql @ or other "quiet" flags. Also known as "loud" behavior. .It Ar M Print debugging information about "meta" mode decisions about targets. .It Ar m Print debugging information about making targets, including modification dates. .It Ar n Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when running commands. These temporary scripts are created in the directory referred to by the .Ev TMPDIR environment variable, or in .Pa /tmp if .Ev TMPDIR is unset or set to the empty string. The temporary scripts are created by .Xr mkstemp 3 , and have names of the form .Pa makeXXXXXX . .Em NOTE : This can create many files in .Ev TMPDIR or .Pa /tmp , so use with care. .It Ar p Print debugging information about makefile parsing. .It Ar s Print debugging information about suffix-transformation rules. .It Ar t Print debugging information about target list maintenance. .It Ar V Force the .Fl V option to print raw values of variables, overriding the default behavior set via .Va .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES . .It Ar v Print debugging information about variable assignment. .It Ar x Run shell commands with .Fl x so the actual commands are printed as they are executed. .El .It Fl e Specify that environment variables override macro assignments within makefiles. .It Fl f Ar makefile Specify a makefile to read instead of the default .Ql Pa makefile . If .Ar makefile is .Ql Fl , standard input is read. Multiple makefiles may be specified, and are read in the order specified. .It Fl I Ar directory Specify a directory in which to search for makefiles and included makefiles. The system makefile directory (or directories, see the .Fl m option) is automatically included as part of this list. .It Fl i Ignore non-zero exit of shell commands in the makefile. Equivalent to specifying .Ql Fl before each command line in the makefile. .It Fl J Ar private This option should .Em not be specified by the user. .Pp When the .Ar j option is in use in a recursive build, this option is passed by a make to child makes to allow all the make processes in the build to cooperate to avoid overloading the system. .It Fl j Ar max_jobs Specify the maximum number of jobs that .Nm may have running at any one time. The value is saved in .Va .MAKE.JOBS . Turns compatibility mode off, unless the .Ar B flag is also specified. When compatibility mode is off, all commands associated with a target are executed in a single shell invocation as opposed to the traditional one shell invocation per line. This can break traditional scripts which change directories on each command invocation and then expect to start with a fresh environment on the next line. It is more efficient to correct the scripts rather than turn backwards compatibility on. .It Fl k Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on those targets that do not depend on the target whose creation caused the error. .It Fl m Ar directory Specify a directory in which to search for sys.mk and makefiles included via the .Li \&< Ns Ar file Ns Li \&> Ns -style include statement. The .Fl m option can be used multiple times to form a search path. This path will override the default system include path: /usr/share/mk. Furthermore the system include path will be appended to the search path used for .Li \*q Ns Ar file Ns Li \*q Ns -style include statements (see the .Fl I option). .Pp If a file or directory name in the .Fl m argument (or the .Ev MAKESYSPATH environment variable) starts with the string .Qq \&.../ then .Nm will search for the specified file or directory named in the remaining part of the argument string. The search starts with the current directory of the Makefile and then works upward towards the root of the file system. If the search is successful, then the resulting directory replaces the .Qq \&.../ specification in the .Fl m argument. If used, this feature allows .Nm to easily search in the current source tree for customized sys.mk files (e.g., by using .Qq \&.../mk/sys.mk as an argument). .It Fl n Display the commands that would have been executed, but do not actually execute them unless the target depends on the .MAKE special source (see below). .It Fl N Display the commands which would have been executed, but do not actually execute any of them; useful for debugging top-level makefiles without descending into subdirectories. .It Fl q Do not execute any commands, but exit 0 if the specified targets are up-to-date and 1, otherwise. .It Fl r Do not use the built-in rules specified in the system makefile. .It Fl s Do not echo any commands as they are executed. Equivalent to specifying .Ql Ic @ before each command line in the makefile. .It Fl T Ar tracefile When used with the .Fl j flag, append a trace record to .Ar tracefile for each job started and completed. .It Fl t Rather than re-building a target as specified in the makefile, create it or update its modification time to make it appear up-to-date. .It Fl V Ar variable Print the value of .Ar variable . Do not build any targets. Multiple instances of this option may be specified; the variables will be printed one per line, with a blank line for each null or undefined variable. The value printed is extracted from the global context after all makefiles have been read. By default, the raw variable contents (which may include additional unexpanded variable references) are shown. If .Ar variable contains a .Ql \&$ then the value will be recursively expanded to its complete resultant text before printing. The expanded value will also be printed if .Va .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES is set to true and the .Fl dV option has not been used to override it. Note that loop-local and target-local variables, as well as values taken temporarily by global variables during makefile processing, are not accessible via this option. The .Fl dv debug mode can be used to see these at the cost of generating substantial extraneous output. .It Fl v Ar variable Like .Fl V but the variable is always expanded to its complete value. .It Fl W Treat any warnings during makefile parsing as errors. .It Fl w Print entering and leaving directory messages, pre and post processing. .It Fl X Don't export variables passed on the command line to the environment individually. Variables passed on the command line are still exported via the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable. This option may be useful on systems which have a small limit on the size of command arguments. .It Ar variable=value Set the value of the variable .Ar variable to .Ar value . Normally, all values passed on the command line are also exported to sub-makes in the environment. The .Fl X flag disables this behavior. Variable assignments should follow options for POSIX compatibility but no ordering is enforced. .El .Pp There are seven different types of lines in a makefile: file dependency specifications, shell commands, variable assignments, include statements, conditional directives, for loops, and comments. .Pp In general, lines may be continued from one line to the next by ending them with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . The trailing newline character and initial whitespace on the following line are compressed into a single space. .Sh FILE DEPENDENCY SPECIFICATIONS Dependency lines consist of one or more targets, an operator, and zero or more sources. This creates a relationship where the targets .Dq depend on the sources and are usually created from them. The exact relationship between the target and the source is determined by the operator that separates them. The three operators are as follows: .Bl -tag -width flag .It Ic \&: A target is considered out-of-date if its modification time is less than those of any of its sources. Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if .Nm is interrupted. .It Ic \&! Targets are always re-created, but not until all sources have been examined and re-created as necessary. Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if .Nm is interrupted. .It Ic \&:: If no sources are specified, the target is always re-created. Otherwise, a target is considered out-of-date if any of its sources has been modified more recently than the target. Sources for a target do not accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target will not be removed if .Nm is interrupted. .El .Pp Targets and sources may contain the shell wildcard values .Ql \&? , .Ql * , .Ql [] , and .Ql {} . The values .Ql \&? , .Ql * , and .Ql [] may only be used as part of the final component of the target or source, and must be used to describe existing files. The value .Ql {} need not necessarily be used to describe existing files. Expansion is in directory order, not alphabetically as done in the shell. .Sh SHELL COMMANDS Each target may have associated with it one or more lines of shell commands, normally used to create the target. Each of the lines in this script .Em must be preceded by a tab. (For historical reasons, spaces are not accepted.) While targets can appear in many dependency lines if desired, by default only one of these rules may be followed by a creation script. If the .Ql Ic \&:: operator is used, however, all rules may include scripts and the scripts are executed in the order found. .Pp Each line is treated as a separate shell command, unless the end of line is escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e in which case that line and the next are combined. .\" The escaped newline is retained and passed to the shell, which .\" normally ignores it. .\" However, the tab at the beginning of the following line is removed. If the first characters of the command are any combination of .Ql Ic @ , .Ql Ic + , or .Ql Ic \- , the command is treated specially. A .Ql Ic @ causes the command not to be echoed before it is executed. A .Ql Ic + causes the command to be executed even when .Fl n is given. This is similar to the effect of the .MAKE special source, except that the effect can be limited to a single line of a script. A .Ql Ic \- in compatibility mode causes any non-zero exit status of the command line to be ignored. .Pp When .Nm is run in jobs mode with .Fl j Ar max_jobs , the entire script for the target is fed to a single instance of the shell. In compatibility (non-jobs) mode, each command is run in a separate process. If the command contains any shell meta characters .Pq Ql #=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\e\en it will be passed to the shell; otherwise .Nm will attempt direct execution. If a line starts with .Ql Ic \- and the shell has ErrCtl enabled then failure of the command line will be ignored as in compatibility mode. Otherwise .Ql Ic \- affects the entire job; the script will stop at the first command line that fails, but the target will not be deemed to have failed. .Pp Makefiles should be written so that the mode of .Nm operation does not change their behavior. For example, any command which needs to use .Dq cd or .Dq chdir without potentially changing the directory for subsequent commands should be put in parentheses so it executes in a subshell. To force the use of one shell, escape the line breaks so as to make the whole script one command. For example: .Bd -literal -offset indent avoid-chdir-side-effects: @echo Building $@ in `pwd` @(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} $@) @echo Back in `pwd` ensure-one-shell-regardless-of-mode: @echo Building $@ in `pwd`; \e (cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} $@); \e echo Back in `pwd` .Ed .Pp Since .Nm will .Xr chdir 2 to .Ql Va .OBJDIR before executing any targets, each child process starts with that as its current working directory. .Sh VARIABLE ASSIGNMENTS Variables in make are much like variables in the shell, and, by tradition, consist of all upper-case letters. .Ss Variable assignment modifiers The five operators that can be used to assign values to variables are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ic \&= Assign the value to the variable. Any previous value is overridden. .It Ic \&+= Append the value to the current value of the variable. .It Ic \&?= Assign the value to the variable if it is not already defined. .It Ic \&:= Assign with expansion, i.e. expand the value before assigning it to the variable. Normally, expansion is not done until the variable is referenced. .Em NOTE : References to undefined variables are .Em not expanded. This can cause problems when variable modifiers are used. .It Ic \&!= Expand the value and pass it to the shell for execution and assign the result to the variable. Any newlines in the result are replaced with spaces. .El .Pp Any white-space before the assigned .Ar value is removed; if the value is being appended, a single space is inserted between the previous contents of the variable and the appended value. .Pp Variables are expanded by surrounding the variable name with either curly braces .Pq Ql {} or parentheses .Pq Ql () and preceding it with a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ . If the variable name contains only a single letter, the surrounding braces or parentheses are not required. This shorter form is not recommended. .Pp If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded first. This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names containing dollar, braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best avoided! .Pp If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ the string is expanded again. .Pp Variable substitution occurs at three distinct times, depending on where the variable is being used. .Bl -enum .It Variables in dependency lines are expanded as the line is read. .It Variables in shell commands are expanded when the shell command is executed. .It .Dq .for loop index variables are expanded on each loop iteration. Note that other variables are not expanded inside loops so the following example code: .Bd -literal -offset indent .Dv .for i in 1 2 3 a+= ${i} j= ${i} b+= ${j} .Dv .endfor all: @echo ${a} @echo ${b} .Ed will print: .Bd -literal -offset indent 1 2 3 3 3 3 .Ed Because while ${a} contains .Dq 1 2 3 after the loop is executed, ${b} contains .Dq ${j} ${j} ${j} which expands to .Dq 3 3 3 since after the loop completes ${j} contains .Dq 3 . .El .Ss Variable classes The four different classes of variables (in order of increasing precedence) are: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Environment variables Variables defined as part of .Nm Ns 's environment. .It Global variables Variables defined in the makefile or in included makefiles. .It Command line variables Variables defined as part of the command line. .It Local variables Variables that are defined specific to a certain target. .El .Pp Local variables are all built in and their values vary magically from target to target. It is not currently possible to define new local variables. The seven local variables are as follows: .Bl -tag -width ".ARCHIVE" -offset indent .It Va .ALLSRC The list of all sources for this target; also known as .Ql Va \&> . .It Va .ARCHIVE The name of the archive file; also known as .Ql Va \&! . .It Va .IMPSRC In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the source from which the target is to be transformed (the .Dq implied source); also known as .Ql Va \&< . It is not defined in explicit rules. .It Va .MEMBER The name of the archive member; also known as .Ql Va % . .It Va .OODATE The list of sources for this target that were deemed out-of-date; also known as .Ql Va \&? . .It Va .PREFIX The file prefix of the target, containing only the file portion, no suffix or preceding directory components; also known as .Ql Va * . The suffix must be one of the known suffixes declared with .Ic .SUFFIXES or it will not be recognized. .It Va .TARGET The name of the target; also known as .Ql Va @ . For compatibility with other makes this is an alias for .Ic .ARCHIVE in archive member rules. .El .Pp The shorter forms .Ql ( Va > , .Ql Va \&! , .Ql Va < , .Ql Va % , .Ql Va \&? , .Ql Va * , and .Ql Va @ ) are permitted for backward compatibility with historical makefiles and legacy POSIX make and are not recommended. .Pp Variants of these variables with the punctuation followed immediately by .Ql D or .Ql F , e.g. .Ql Va $(@D) , are legacy forms equivalent to using the .Ql :H and .Ql :T modifiers. These forms are accepted for compatibility with .At V makefiles and POSIX but are not recommended. .Pp Four of the local variables may be used in sources on dependency lines because they expand to the proper value for each target on the line. These variables are .Ql Va .TARGET , .Ql Va .PREFIX , .Ql Va .ARCHIVE , and .Ql Va .MEMBER . .Ss Additional built-in variables In addition, .Nm sets or knows about the following variables: .Bl -tag -width .MAKEOVERRIDES .It Va \&$ A single dollar sign .Ql \&$ , i.e. .Ql \&$$ expands to a single dollar sign. .It Va .ALLTARGETS The list of all targets encountered in the Makefile. If evaluated during Makefile parsing, lists only those targets encountered thus far. .It Va .CURDIR A path to the directory where .Nm was executed. Refer to the description of .Ql Ev PWD for more details. .It Va .INCLUDEDFROMDIR The directory of the file this Makefile was included from. .It Va .INCLUDEDFROMFILE The filename of the file this Makefile was included from. .It Ev MAKE The name that .Nm was executed with .Pq Va argv[0] . For compatibility .Nm also sets .Va .MAKE with the same value. The preferred variable to use is the environment variable .Ev MAKE because it is more compatible with other versions of .Nm and cannot be confused with the special target with the same name. .It Va .MAKE.DEPENDFILE Names the makefile (default .Ql Pa .depend ) from which generated dependencies are read. .It Va .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES A boolean that controls the default behavior of the .Fl V option. If true, variable values printed with .Fl V are fully expanded; if false, the raw variable contents (which may include additional unexpanded variable references) are shown. .It Va .MAKE.EXPORTED The list of variables exported by .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.JOBS The argument to the .Fl j option. .It Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX If .Nm is run with .Ar j then output for each target is prefixed with a token .Ql --- target --- the first part of which can be controlled via .Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX . If .Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX is empty, no token is printed. .br For example: .Li .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX=${.newline}---${.MAKE:T}[${.MAKE.PID}] would produce tokens like .Ql ---make[1234] target --- making it easier to track the degree of parallelism being achieved. .It Ev MAKEFLAGS The environment variable .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS may contain anything that may be specified on .Nm Ns 's command line. Anything specified on .Nm Ns 's command line is appended to the .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS variable which is then entered into the environment for all programs which .Nm executes. .It Va .MAKE.LEVEL The recursion depth of .Nm . The initial instance of .Nm will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the environment to be seen by the next generation. This allows tests like: .Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 to protect things which should only be evaluated in the initial instance of .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE The ordered list of makefile names (default .Ql Pa makefile , .Ql Pa Makefile ) that .Nm will look for. .It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILES The list of makefiles read by .Nm , which is useful for tracking dependencies. Each makefile is recorded only once, regardless of the number of times read. .It Va .MAKE.MODE Processed after reading all makefiles. Can affect the mode that .Nm runs in. It can contain a number of keywords: .Bl -hang -width missing-filemon=bf. .It Pa compat Like .Fl B , puts .Nm into "compat" mode. .It Pa meta Puts .Nm into "meta" mode, where meta files are created for each target to capture the command run, the output generated and if .Xr filemon 4 is available, the system calls which are of interest to .Nm . The captured output can be very useful when diagnosing errors. .It Pa curdirOk= Ar bf Normally .Nm will not create .meta files in .Ql Va .CURDIR . This can be overridden by setting .Va bf to a value which represents True. .It Pa missing-meta= Ar bf If .Va bf is True, then a missing .meta file makes the target out-of-date. .It Pa missing-filemon= Ar bf If .Va bf is True, then missing filemon data makes the target out-of-date. .It Pa nofilemon Do not use .Xr filemon 4 . .It Pa env For debugging, it can be useful to include the environment in the .meta file. .It Pa verbose If in "meta" mode, print a clue about the target being built. This is useful if the build is otherwise running silently. The message printed the value of: .Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX . .It Pa ignore-cmd Some makefiles have commands which are simply not stable. This keyword causes them to be ignored for determining whether a target is out of date in "meta" mode. See also .Ic .NOMETA_CMP . .It Pa silent= Ar bf If .Va bf is True, when a .meta file is created, mark the target .Ic .SILENT . .El .It Va .MAKE.META.BAILIWICK In "meta" mode, provides a list of prefixes which match the directories controlled by .Nm . If a file that was generated outside of .Va .OBJDIR but within said bailiwick is missing, the current target is considered out-of-date. .It Va .MAKE.META.CREATED In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files updated. If not empty, it can be used to trigger processing of .Va .MAKE.META.FILES . .It Va .MAKE.META.FILES In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files used (updated or not). This list can be used to process the meta files to extract dependency information. .It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS Provides a list of path prefixes that should be ignored; because the contents are expected to change over time. The default list includes: .Ql Pa /dev /etc /proc /tmp /var/run /var/tmp .It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATTERNS Provides a list of patterns to match against pathnames. Ignore any that match. .It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_FILTER Provides a list of variable modifiers to apply to each pathname. Ignore if the expansion is an empty string. .It Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX Defines the message printed for each meta file updated in "meta verbose" mode. The default value is: .Dl Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T} .It Va .MAKEOVERRIDES This variable is used to record the names of variables assigned to on the command line, so that they may be exported as part of .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS . This behavior can be disabled by assigning an empty value to .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES within a makefile. Extra variables can be exported from a makefile by appending their names to .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES . .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS is re-exported whenever .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES is modified. .It Va .MAKE.PATH_FILEMON If .Nm was built with .Xr filemon 4 support, this is set to the path of the device node. This allows makefiles to test for this support. .It Va .MAKE.PID The process-id of .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.PPID The parent process-id of .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.SAVE_DOLLARS value should be a boolean that controls whether .Ql $$ are preserved when doing .Ql := assignments. The default is false, for backwards compatibility. Set to true for compatability with other makes. If set to false, .Ql $$ becomes .Ql $ per normal evaluation rules. .It Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR When .Nm stops due to an error, it sets .Ql Va .ERROR_TARGET to the name of the target that failed, .Ql Va .ERROR_CMD to the commands of the failed target, and in "meta" mode, it also sets .Ql Va .ERROR_CWD to the .Xr getcwd 3 , and .Ql Va .ERROR_META_FILE to the path of the meta file (if any) describing the failed target. It then prints its name and the value of .Ql Va .CURDIR as well as the value of any variables named in .Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR . .It Va .newline This variable is simply assigned a newline character as its value. This allows expansions using the .Cm \&:@ modifier to put a newline between iterations of the loop rather than a space. For example, the printing of .Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR could be done as ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}. .It Va .OBJDIR A path to the directory where the targets are built. Its value is determined by trying to .Xr chdir 2 to the following directories in order and using the first match: .Bl -enum .It .Ev ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${.CURDIR} .Pp (Only if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set in the environment or on the command line.) .It .Ev ${MAKEOBJDIR} .Pp (Only if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR is set in the environment or on the command line.) .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj. Ns Ev ${MACHINE} .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj .It .Pa /usr/obj/ Ns Ev ${.CURDIR} .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} .El .Pp Variable expansion is performed on the value before it's used, so expressions such as .Dl ${.CURDIR:S,^/usr/src,/var/obj,} may be used. This is especially useful with .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR . .Pp .Ql Va .OBJDIR may be modified in the makefile via the special target .Ql Ic .OBJDIR . In all cases, .Nm will .Xr chdir 2 to the specified directory if it exists, and set .Ql Va .OBJDIR and .Ql Ev PWD to that directory before executing any targets. . .It Va .PARSEDIR A path to the directory of the current .Ql Pa Makefile being parsed. .It Va .PARSEFILE The basename of the current .Ql Pa Makefile being parsed. This variable and .Ql Va .PARSEDIR are both set only while the .Ql Pa Makefiles are being parsed. If you want to retain their current values, assign them to a variable using assignment with expansion: .Pq Ql Cm \&:= . .It Va .PATH A variable that represents the list of directories that .Nm will search for files. The search list should be updated using the target .Ql Va .PATH rather than the variable. .It Ev PWD Alternate path to the current directory. .Nm normally sets .Ql Va .CURDIR to the canonical path given by .Xr getcwd 3 . However, if the environment variable .Ql Ev PWD is set and gives a path to the current directory, then .Nm sets .Ql Va .CURDIR to the value of .Ql Ev PWD instead. This behavior is disabled if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set or .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR contains a variable transform. .Ql Ev PWD is set to the value of .Ql Va .OBJDIR for all programs which .Nm executes. .It Ev .TARGETS The list of targets explicitly specified on the command line, if any. .It Ev VPATH Colon-separated .Pq Dq \&: lists of directories that .Nm will search for files. The variable is supported for compatibility with old make programs only, use .Ql Va .PATH instead. .El .Ss Variable modifiers Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the variable (where a .Dq word is white-space delimited sequence of characters). The general format of a variable expansion is as follows: .Pp .Dl ${variable[:modifier[:...]]} .Pp Each modifier begins with a colon, which may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . .Pp A set of modifiers can be specified via a variable, as follows: .Pp .Dl modifier_variable=modifier[:...] .Dl ${variable:${modifier_variable}[:...]} .Pp In this case the first modifier in the modifier_variable does not start with a colon, since that must appear in the referencing variable. If any of the modifiers in the modifier_variable contain a dollar sign .Pq Ql $ , these must be doubled to avoid early expansion. .Pp The supported modifiers are: .Bl -tag -width EEE .It Cm \&:E Replaces each word in the variable with its suffix. .It Cm \&:H Replaces each word in the variable with everything but the last component. .It Cm \&:M Ns Ar pattern Select only those words that match .Ar pattern . The standard shell wildcard characters .Pf ( Ql * , .Ql \&? , and .Ql Oo Oc ) may be used. The wildcard characters may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . As a consequence of the way values are split into words, matched, and then joined, a construct like .Dl ${VAR:M*} will normalize the inter-word spacing, removing all leading and trailing space, and converting multiple consecutive spaces to single spaces. . .It Cm \&:N Ns Ar pattern This is identical to .Ql Cm \&:M , but selects all words which do not match .Ar pattern . .It Cm \&:O Order every word in variable alphabetically. -To sort words in -reverse order use the -.Ql Cm \&:O:[-1..1] -combination of modifiers. +.It Cm \&:Or +Order every word in variable in reverse alphabetical order. .It Cm \&:Ox Randomize words in variable. The results will be different each time you are referring to the modified variable; use the assignment with expansion .Pq Ql Cm \&:= to prevent such behavior. For example, .Bd -literal -offset indent LIST= uno due tre quattro RANDOM_LIST= ${LIST:Ox} STATIC_RANDOM_LIST:= ${LIST:Ox} all: @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" .Ed may produce output similar to: .Bd -literal -offset indent quattro due tre uno tre due quattro uno due uno quattro tre due uno quattro tre .Ed .It Cm \&:Q Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, so that it can be passed safely to the shell. .It Cm \&:q Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, and also doubles .Sq $ characters so that it can be passed safely through recursive invocations of .Nm . This is equivalent to: .Sq \&:S/\e\&$/&&/g:Q . .It Cm \&:R Replaces each word in the variable with everything but its suffix. .It Cm \&:range[=count] The value is an integer sequence representing the words of the original value, or the supplied .Va count . .It Cm \&:gmtime[=utc] The value is a format string for .Xr strftime 3 , using .Xr gmtime 3 . If a .Va utc value is not provided or is 0, the current time is used. .It Cm \&:hash Compute a 32-bit hash of the value and encode it as hex digits. .It Cm \&:localtime[=utc] The value is a format string for .Xr strftime 3 , using .Xr localtime 3 . If a .Va utc value is not provided or is 0, the current time is used. .It Cm \&:tA Attempt to convert variable to an absolute path using .Xr realpath 3 , if that fails, the value is unchanged. .It Cm \&:tl Converts variable to lower-case letters. .It Cm \&:ts Ns Ar c Words in the variable are normally separated by a space on expansion. This modifier sets the separator to the character .Ar c . If .Ar c is omitted, then no separator is used. The common escapes (including octal numeric codes), work as expected. .It Cm \&:tu Converts variable to upper-case letters. .It Cm \&:tW Causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). See also .Ql Cm \&:[*] . .It Cm \&:tw Causes the value to be treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. See also .Ql Cm \&:[@] . .Sm off .It Cm \&:S No \&/ Ar old_string No \&/ Ar new_string No \&/ Op Cm 1gW .Sm on Modify the first occurrence of .Ar old_string in the variable's value, replacing it with .Ar new_string . If a .Ql g is appended to the last slash of the pattern, all occurrences in each word are replaced. If a .Ql 1 is appended to the last slash of the pattern, only the first word is affected. If a .Ql W is appended to the last slash of the pattern, then the value is treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). If .Ar old_string begins with a caret .Pq Ql ^ , .Ar old_string is anchored at the beginning of each word. If .Ar old_string ends with a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , it is anchored at the end of each word. Inside .Ar new_string , an ampersand .Pq Ql & is replaced by .Ar old_string (without any .Ql ^ or .Ql \&$ ) . Any character may be used as a delimiter for the parts of the modifier string. The anchoring, ampersand and delimiter characters may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . .Pp Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both .Ar old_string and .Ar new_string with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , not a preceding dollar sign as is usual. .Sm off .It Cm \&:C No \&/ Ar pattern No \&/ Ar replacement No \&/ Op Cm 1gW .Sm on The .Cm \&:C modifier is just like the .Cm \&:S modifier except that the old and new strings, instead of being simple strings, are an extended regular expression (see .Xr regex 3 ) string .Ar pattern and an .Xr ed 1 Ns \-style string .Ar replacement . Normally, the first occurrence of the pattern .Ar pattern in each word of the value is substituted with .Ar replacement . The .Ql 1 modifier causes the substitution to apply to at most one word; the .Ql g modifier causes the substitution to apply to as many instances of the search pattern .Ar pattern as occur in the word or words it is found in; the .Ql W modifier causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Note that .Ql 1 and .Ql g are orthogonal; the former specifies whether multiple words are potentially affected, the latter whether multiple substitutions can potentially occur within each affected word. .Pp As for the .Cm \&:S modifier, the .Ar pattern and .Ar replacement are subjected to variable expansion before being parsed as regular expressions. .It Cm \&:T Replaces each word in the variable with its last component. .It Cm \&:u Remove adjacent duplicate words (like .Xr uniq 1 ) . .Sm off .It Cm \&:\&? Ar true_string Cm \&: Ar false_string .Sm on If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if conditional expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the .Ar true_string , otherwise return the .Ar false_string . Since the variable name is used as the expression, \&:\&? must be the first modifier after the variable name itself - which will, of course, usually contain variable expansions. A common error is trying to use expressions like .Dl ${NUMBERS:M42:?match:no} which actually tests defined(NUMBERS), to determine is any words match "42" you need to use something like: .Dl ${"${NUMBERS:M42}" != \&"\&":?match:no} . .It Ar :old_string=new_string This is the .At V style variable substitution. It must be the last modifier specified. If .Ar old_string or .Ar new_string do not contain the pattern matching character .Ar % then it is assumed that they are anchored at the end of each word, so only suffixes or entire words may be replaced. Otherwise .Ar % is the substring of .Ar old_string to be replaced in .Ar new_string . If only .Ar old_string contains the pattern matching character .Ar % , -and +and .Ar old_string matches, then the result is the .Ar new_string . If only the .Ar new_string contains the pattern matching character .Ar % , then it is not treated specially and it is printed as a literal .Ar % on match. If there is more than one pattern matching character .Ar ( % ) in either the .Ar new_string or .Ar old_string , only the first instance is treated specially (as the pattern character); all subsequent instances are treated as regular characters .Pp Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both .Ar old_string and .Ar new_string with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , not a preceding dollar sign as is usual. .Sm off .It Cm \&:@ Ar temp Cm @ Ar string Cm @ .Sm on This is the loop expansion mechanism from the OSF Development Environment (ODE) make. Unlike .Cm \&.for loops expansion occurs at the time of reference. Assign .Ar temp to each word in the variable and evaluate .Ar string . The ODE convention is that .Ar temp should start and end with a period. For example. .Dl ${LINKS:@.LINK.@${LN} ${TARGET} ${.LINK.}@} .Pp However a single character variable is often more readable: .Dl ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@} .It Cm \&:_[=var] Save the current variable value in .Ql $_ or the named .Va var for later reference. Example usage: .Bd -literal -offset indent M_cmpv.units = 1 1000 1000000 M_cmpv = S,., ,g:_:range:@i@+ $${_:[-$$i]} \&\\ \\* $${M_cmpv.units:[$$i]}@:S,^,expr 0 ,1:sh .Dv .if ${VERSION:${M_cmpv}} < ${3.1.12:L:${M_cmpv}} .Ed Here .Ql $_ is used to save the result of the .Ql :S modifier which is later referenced using the index values from .Ql :range . .It Cm \&:U Ns Ar newval If the variable is undefined .Ar newval is the value. If the variable is defined, the existing value is returned. This is another ODE make feature. It is handy for setting per-target CFLAGS for instance: .Dl ${_${.TARGET:T}_CFLAGS:U${DEF_CFLAGS}} If a value is only required if the variable is undefined, use: .Dl ${VAR:D:Unewval} .It Cm \&:D Ns Ar newval If the variable is defined .Ar newval is the value. .It Cm \&:L The name of the variable is the value. .It Cm \&:P The path of the node which has the same name as the variable is the value. If no such node exists or its path is null, then the name of the variable is used. In order for this modifier to work, the name (node) must at least have appeared on the rhs of a dependency. .Sm off .It Cm \&:\&! Ar cmd Cm \&! .Sm on The output of running .Ar cmd is the value. .It Cm \&:sh If the variable is non-empty it is run as a command and the output becomes the new value. .It Cm \&::= Ns Ar str The variable is assigned the value .Ar str after substitution. This modifier and its variations are useful in obscure situations such as wanting to set a variable when shell commands are being parsed. These assignment modifiers always expand to nothing, so if appearing in a rule line by themselves should be preceded with something to keep .Nm happy. .Pp The .Ql Cm \&:: helps avoid false matches with the .At V style .Cm \&:= modifier and since substitution always occurs the .Cm \&::= form is vaguely appropriate. .It Cm \&::?= Ns Ar str As for .Cm \&::= but only if the variable does not already have a value. .It Cm \&::+= Ns Ar str Append .Ar str to the variable. .It Cm \&::!= Ns Ar cmd Assign the output of .Ar cmd to the variable. .It Cm \&:\&[ Ns Ar range Ns Cm \&] Selects one or more words from the value, or performs other operations related to the way in which the value is divided into words. .Pp Ordinarily, a value is treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Some modifiers suppress this behavior, causing a value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). An empty value, or a value that consists entirely of white-space, is treated as a single word. For the purposes of the .Ql Cm \&:[] modifier, the words are indexed both forwards using positive integers (where index 1 represents the first word), and backwards using negative integers (where index \-1 represents the last word). .Pp The .Ar range is subjected to variable expansion, and the expanded result is then interpreted as follows: .Bl -tag -width index .\" :[n] .It Ar index Selects a single word from the value. .\" :[start..end] .It Ar start Ns Cm \&.. Ns Ar end Selects all words from .Ar start to .Ar end , inclusive. For example, .Ql Cm \&:[2..-1] selects all words from the second word to the last word. If .Ar start is greater than .Ar end , then the words are output in reverse order. For example, .Ql Cm \&:[-1..1] selects all the words from last to first. +If the list is already ordered, then this effectively reverses +the list, but it is more efficient to use +.Ql Cm \&:Or +instead of +.Ql Cm \&:O:[-1..1] . .\" :[*] .It Cm \&* Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Analogous to the effect of \&"$*\&" in Bourne shell. .\" :[0] .It 0 Means the same as .Ql Cm \&:[*] . .\" :[*] .It Cm \&@ Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Analogous to the effect of \&"$@\&" in Bourne shell. .\" :[#] .It Cm \&# Returns the number of words in the value. .El \" :[range] .El .Sh INCLUDE STATEMENTS, CONDITIONALS AND FOR LOOPS Makefile inclusion, conditional structures and for loops reminiscent of the C programming language are provided in .Nm . All such structures are identified by a line beginning with a single dot .Pq Ql \&. character. Files are included with either .Cm \&.include \&< Ns Ar file Ns Cm \&> or .Cm \&.include \&\*q Ns Ar file Ns Cm \&\*q . Variables between the angle brackets or double quotes are expanded to form the file name. If angle brackets are used, the included makefile is expected to be in the system makefile directory. If double quotes are used, the including makefile's directory and any directories specified using the .Fl I option are searched before the system makefile directory. For compatibility with other versions of .Nm .Ql include file ... is also accepted. .Pp If the include statement is written as .Cm .-include or as .Cm .sinclude then errors locating and/or opening include files are ignored. .Pp If the include statement is written as .Cm .dinclude not only are errors locating and/or opening include files ignored, but stale dependencies within the included file will be ignored just like .Va .MAKE.DEPENDFILE . .Pp Conditional expressions are also preceded by a single dot as the first character of a line. The possible conditionals are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ic .error Ar message The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number, then .Nm will exit. .It Ic .export Ar variable ... Export the specified global variable. If no variable list is provided, all globals are exported except for internal variables (those that start with .Ql \&. ) . This is not affected by the .Fl X flag, so should be used with caution. For compatibility with other .Nm programs .Ql export variable=value is also accepted. .Pp Appending a variable name to .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED is equivalent to exporting a variable. .It Ic .export-env Ar variable ... The same as .Ql .export , except that the variable is not appended to .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED . This allows exporting a value to the environment which is different from that used by .Nm internally. .It Ic .export-literal Ar variable ... The same as .Ql .export-env , except that variables in the value are not expanded. .It Ic .info Ar message The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. .It Ic .undef Ar variable Un-define the specified global variable. Only global variables may be un-defined. .It Ic .unexport Ar variable ... The opposite of .Ql .export . The specified global .Va variable will be removed from .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED . If no variable list is provided, all globals are unexported, and .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED deleted. .It Ic .unexport-env Unexport all globals previously exported and clear the environment inherited from the parent. This operation will cause a memory leak of the original environment, so should be used sparingly. Testing for .Va .MAKE.LEVEL being 0, would make sense. Also note that any variables which originated in the parent environment should be explicitly preserved if desired. For example: .Bd -literal -offset indent .Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 PATH := ${PATH} .Li .unexport-env .Li .export PATH .Li .endif .Pp .Ed Would result in an environment containing only .Ql Ev PATH , which is the minimal useful environment. Actually .Ql Ev .MAKE.LEVEL will also be pushed into the new environment. .It Ic .warning Ar message The message prefixed by .Ql Pa warning: is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. .It Ic \&.if Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ... Test the value of an expression. .It Ic .ifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... Test the value of a variable. .It Ic .ifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... Test the value of a variable. .It Ic .ifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... Test the target being built. .It Ic .ifnmake Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar target Op Ar operator target ... Test the target being built. .It Ic .else Reverse the sense of the last conditional. .It Ic .elif Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .if . .It Ic .elifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifdef . .It Ic .elifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifndef . .It Ic .elifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifmake . .It Ic .elifnmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifnmake . .It Ic .endif End the body of the conditional. .El .Pp The .Ar operator may be any one of the following: .Bl -tag -width "Cm XX" .It Cm \&|\&| Logical OR. .It Cm \&&& Logical .Tn AND ; of higher precedence than .Dq \&|\&| . .El .Pp As in C, .Nm will only evaluate a conditional as far as is necessary to determine its value. Parentheses may be used to change the order of evaluation. The boolean operator .Ql Ic \&! may be used to logically negate an entire conditional. It is of higher precedence than .Ql Ic \&&& . .Pp The value of .Ar expression may be any of the following: .Bl -tag -width defined .It Ic defined Takes a variable name as an argument and evaluates to true if the variable has been defined. .It Ic make Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target was specified as part of .Nm Ns 's command line or was declared the default target (either implicitly or explicitly, see .Va .MAIN ) before the line containing the conditional. .It Ic empty Takes a variable, with possible modifiers, and evaluates to true if the expansion of the variable would result in an empty string. .It Ic exists Takes a file name as an argument and evaluates to true if the file exists. The file is searched for on the system search path (see .Va .PATH ) . .It Ic target Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined. .It Ic commands Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined and has commands associated with it. .El .Pp .Ar Expression may also be an arithmetic or string comparison. Variable expansion is performed on both sides of the comparison, after which the integral values are compared. A value is interpreted as hexadecimal if it is preceded by 0x, otherwise it is decimal; octal numbers are not supported. The standard C relational operators are all supported. If after variable expansion, either the left or right hand side of a .Ql Ic == or .Ql Ic "!=" operator is not an integral value, then string comparison is performed between the expanded variables. If no relational operator is given, it is assumed that the expanded variable is being compared against 0 or an empty string in the case of a string comparison. .Pp When .Nm is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it encounters a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either the .Dq make or .Dq defined expression is applied to it, depending on the form of the conditional. If the form is .Ql Ic .ifdef , .Ql Ic .ifndef , or .Ql Ic .if the .Dq defined expression is applied. Similarly, if the form is .Ql Ic .ifmake or .Ql Ic .ifnmake , the .Dq make expression is applied. .Pp If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile continues as before. If it evaluates to false, the following lines are skipped. In both cases this continues until a .Ql Ic .else or .Ql Ic .endif is found. .Pp For loops are typically used to apply a set of rules to a list of files. The syntax of a for loop is: .Pp .Bl -tag -compact -width Ds .It Ic \&.for Ar variable Oo Ar variable ... Oc Ic in Ar expression .It Aq make-rules .It Ic \&.endfor .El .Pp After the for .Ic expression is evaluated, it is split into words. On each iteration of the loop, one word is taken and assigned to each .Ic variable , in order, and these .Ic variables are substituted into the .Ic make-rules inside the body of the for loop. The number of words must come out even; that is, if there are three iteration variables, the number of words provided must be a multiple of three. .Sh COMMENTS Comments begin with a hash .Pq Ql \&# character, anywhere but in a shell command line, and continue to the end of an unescaped new line. .Sh SPECIAL SOURCES (ATTRIBUTES) .Bl -tag -width .IGNOREx .It Ic .EXEC Target is never out of date, but always execute commands anyway. .It Ic .IGNORE Ignore any errors from the commands associated with this target, exactly as if they all were preceded by a dash .Pq Ql \- . .\" .It Ic .INVISIBLE .\" XXX .\" .It Ic .JOIN .\" XXX .It Ic .MADE Mark all sources of this target as being up-to-date. .It Ic .MAKE Execute the commands associated with this target even if the .Fl n or .Fl t options were specified. Normally used to mark recursive .Nm Ns s . .It Ic .META Create a meta file for the target, even if it is flagged as .Ic .PHONY , .Ic .MAKE , or .Ic .SPECIAL . Usage in conjunction with .Ic .MAKE is the most likely case. In "meta" mode, the target is out-of-date if the meta file is missing. .It Ic .NOMETA Do not create a meta file for the target. Meta files are also not created for .Ic .PHONY , .Ic .MAKE , or .Ic .SPECIAL targets. .It Ic .NOMETA_CMP Ignore differences in commands when deciding if target is out of date. This is useful if the command contains a value which always changes. If the number of commands change, though, the target will still be out of date. The same effect applies to any command line that uses the variable .Va .OODATE , which can be used for that purpose even when not otherwise needed or desired: .Bd -literal -offset indent skip-compare-for-some: @echo this will be compared @echo this will not ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP} @echo this will also be compared .Ed The .Cm \&:M pattern suppresses any expansion of the unwanted variable. .It Ic .NOPATH Do not search for the target in the directories specified by .Ic .PATH . .It Ic .NOTMAIN Normally .Nm selects the first target it encounters as the default target to be built if no target was specified. This source prevents this target from being selected. .It Ic .OPTIONAL If a target is marked with this attribute and .Nm can't figure out how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume the file isn't needed or already exists. .It Ic .PHONY The target does not correspond to an actual file; it is always considered to be out of date, and will not be created with the .Fl t option. Suffix-transformation rules are not applied to .Ic .PHONY targets. .It Ic .PRECIOUS When .Nm is interrupted, it normally removes any partially made targets. This source prevents the target from being removed. .It Ic .RECURSIVE Synonym for .Ic .MAKE . .It Ic .SILENT Do not echo any of the commands associated with this target, exactly as if they all were preceded by an at sign .Pq Ql @ . .It Ic .USE Turn the target into .Nm Ns 's version of a macro. When the target is used as a source for another target, the other target acquires the commands, sources, and attributes (except for .Ic .USE ) of the source. If the target already has commands, the .Ic .USE target's commands are appended to them. .It Ic .USEBEFORE Exactly like .Ic .USE , but prepend the .Ic .USEBEFORE target commands to the target. .It Ic .WAIT If .Ic .WAIT appears in a dependency line, the sources that precede it are made before the sources that succeed it in the line. Since the dependents of files are not made until the file itself could be made, this also stops the dependents being built unless they are needed for another branch of the dependency tree. So given: .Bd -literal x: a .WAIT b echo x a: echo a b: b1 echo b b1: echo b1 .Ed the output is always .Ql a , .Ql b1 , .Ql b , .Ql x . .br The ordering imposed by .Ic .WAIT is only relevant for parallel makes. .El .Sh SPECIAL TARGETS Special targets may not be included with other targets, i.e. they must be the only target specified. .Bl -tag -width .BEGINx .It Ic .BEGIN Any command lines attached to this target are executed before anything else is done. .It Ic .DEFAULT This is sort of a .Ic .USE rule for any target (that was used only as a source) that .Nm can't figure out any other way to create. Only the shell script is used. The .Ic .IMPSRC variable of a target that inherits .Ic .DEFAULT Ns 's commands is set to the target's own name. .It Ic .DELETE_ON_ERROR If this target is present in the makefile, it globally causes make to delete targets whose commands fail. (By default, only targets whose commands are interrupted during execution are deleted. This is the historical behavior.) This setting can be used to help prevent half-finished or malformed targets from being left around and corrupting future rebuilds. .It Ic .END Any command lines attached to this target are executed after everything else is done. .It Ic .ERROR Any command lines attached to this target are executed when another target fails. The .Ic .ERROR_TARGET variable is set to the target that failed. See also .Ic MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR . .It Ic .IGNORE Mark each of the sources with the .Ic .IGNORE attribute. If no sources are specified, this is the equivalent of specifying the .Fl i option. .It Ic .INTERRUPT If .Nm is interrupted, the commands for this target will be executed. .It Ic .MAIN If no target is specified when .Nm is invoked, this target will be built. .It Ic .MAKEFLAGS This target provides a way to specify flags for .Nm when the makefile is used. The flags are as if typed to the shell, though the .Fl f option will have no effect. .\" XXX: NOT YET!!!! .\" .It Ic .NOTPARALLEL .\" The named targets are executed in non parallel mode. .\" If no targets are .\" specified, then all targets are executed in non parallel mode. .It Ic .NOPATH Apply the .Ic .NOPATH attribute to any specified sources. .It Ic .NOTPARALLEL Disable parallel mode. .It Ic .NO_PARALLEL Synonym for .Ic .NOTPARALLEL , for compatibility with other pmake variants. .It Ic .OBJDIR The source is a new value for .Ql Va .OBJDIR . If it exists, .Nm will .Xr chdir 2 to it and update the value of .Ql Va .OBJDIR . .It Ic .ORDER The named targets are made in sequence. This ordering does not add targets to the list of targets to be made. Since the dependents of a target do not get built until the target itself could be built, unless .Ql a is built by another part of the dependency graph, the following is a dependency loop: .Bd -literal \&.ORDER: b a b: a .Ed .Pp The ordering imposed by .Ic .ORDER is only relevant for parallel makes. .\" XXX: NOT YET!!!! .\" .It Ic .PARALLEL .\" The named targets are executed in parallel mode. .\" If no targets are .\" specified, then all targets are executed in parallel mode. .It Ic .PATH The sources are directories which are to be searched for files not found in the current directory. If no sources are specified, any previously specified directories are deleted. If the source is the special .Ic .DOTLAST target, then the current working directory is searched last. .It Ic .PATH. Ns Va suffix Like .Ic .PATH but applies only to files with a particular suffix. The suffix must have been previously declared with .Ic .SUFFIXES . .It Ic .PHONY Apply the .Ic .PHONY attribute to any specified sources. .It Ic .PRECIOUS Apply the .Ic .PRECIOUS attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the .Ic .PRECIOUS attribute is applied to every target in the file. .It Ic .SHELL Sets the shell that .Nm will use to execute commands. The sources are a set of .Ar field=value pairs. .Bl -tag -width hasErrCtls .It Ar name This is the minimal specification, used to select one of the built-in shell specs; .Ar sh , .Ar ksh , and .Ar csh . .It Ar path Specifies the path to the shell. .It Ar hasErrCtl Indicates whether the shell supports exit on error. .It Ar check The command to turn on error checking. .It Ar ignore The command to disable error checking. .It Ar echo The command to turn on echoing of commands executed. .It Ar quiet The command to turn off echoing of commands executed. .It Ar filter The output to filter after issuing the .Ar quiet command. It is typically identical to .Ar quiet . .It Ar errFlag The flag to pass the shell to enable error checking. .It Ar echoFlag The flag to pass the shell to enable command echoing. .It Ar newline The string literal to pass the shell that results in a single newline character when used outside of any quoting characters. .El Example: .Bd -literal \&.SHELL: name=ksh path=/bin/ksh hasErrCtl=true \e check="set \-e" ignore="set +e" \e echo="set \-v" quiet="set +v" filter="set +v" \e echoFlag=v errFlag=e newline="'\en'" .Ed .It Ic .SILENT Apply the .Ic .SILENT attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the .Ic .SILENT attribute is applied to every command in the file. .It Ic .STALE This target gets run when a dependency file contains stale entries, having .Va .ALLSRC set to the name of that dependency file. .It Ic .SUFFIXES Each source specifies a suffix to .Nm . If no sources are specified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted. It allows the creation of suffix-transformation rules. .Pp Example: .Bd -literal \&.SUFFIXES: .o \&.c.o: cc \-o ${.TARGET} \-c ${.IMPSRC} .Ed .El .Sh ENVIRONMENT .Nm uses the following environment variables, if they exist: .Ev MACHINE , .Ev MACHINE_ARCH , .Ev MAKE , .Ev MAKEFLAGS , .Ev MAKEOBJDIR , .Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX , .Ev MAKESYSPATH , .Ev PWD , and .Ev TMPDIR . .Pp .Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX and .Ev MAKEOBJDIR may only be set in the environment or on the command line to .Nm and not as makefile variables; see the description of .Ql Va .OBJDIR for more details. .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /usr/share/mk -compact .It .depend list of dependencies .It Makefile list of dependencies .It makefile list of dependencies .It sys.mk system makefile .It /usr/share/mk system makefile directory .El .Sh COMPATIBILITY The basic make syntax is compatible between different versions of make; however the special variables, variable modifiers and conditionals are not. .Ss Older versions An incomplete list of changes in older versions of .Nm : .Pp The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after .Nx 5.0 so that they still appear to be variable expansions. In particular this stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some obscure problems using them in .if statements. .Pp The way that parallel makes are scheduled changed in .Nx 4.0 so that .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependent nodes. The algorithms used may change again in the future. .Ss Other make dialects Other make dialects (GNU make, SVR4 make, POSIX make, etc.) do not support most of the features of .Nm as described in this manual. Most notably: .Bl -bullet -offset indent .It The .Ic .WAIT and .Ic .ORDER declarations and most functionality pertaining to parallelization. (GNU make supports parallelization but lacks these features needed to control it effectively.) .It Directives, including for loops and conditionals and most of the forms of include files. (GNU make has its own incompatible and less powerful syntax for conditionals.) .It All built-in variables that begin with a dot. .It Most of the special sources and targets that begin with a dot, with the notable exception of .Ic .PHONY , .Ic .PRECIOUS , and .Ic .SUFFIXES . .It Variable modifiers, except for the .Dl :old=new string substitution, which does not portably support globbing with .Ql % and historically only works on declared suffixes. .It The .Ic $> variable even in its short form; most makes support this functionality but its name varies. .El .Pp Some features are somewhat more portable, such as assignment with .Ic += , .Ic ?= , and .Ic != . The .Ic .PATH functionality is based on an older feature .Ic VPATH found in GNU make and many versions of SVR4 make; however, historically its behavior is too ill-defined (and too buggy) to rely upon. .Pp The .Ic $@ and .Ic $< variables are more or less universally portable, as is the .Ic $(MAKE) variable. Basic use of suffix rules (for files only in the current directory, not trying to chain transformations together, etc.) is also reasonably portable. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr mkdep 1 .Sh HISTORY A .Nm command appeared in .At v7 . This .Nm implementation is based on Adam De Boor's pmake program which was written for Sprite at Berkeley. It was designed to be a parallel distributed make running jobs on different machines using a daemon called .Dq customs . .Pp Historically the target/dependency .Dq FRC has been used to FoRCe rebuilding (since the target/dependency does not exist... unless someone creates an .Dq FRC file). .Sh BUGS The .Nm syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting on the data. For instance, finding the end of a variable's use should involve scanning each of the modifiers, using the correct terminator for each field. In many places .Nm just counts {} and () in order to find the end of a variable expansion. .Pp There is no way of escaping a space character in a filename. Index: vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/mk/ChangeLog =================================================================== --- vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/mk/ChangeLog (revision 361953) +++ vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/mk/ChangeLog (revision 361954) @@ -1,1540 +1,1557 @@ +2020-06-06 Simon J Gerraty + + * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20200606 + + * dirdeps-targets.mk: allow for filtering of .TARGETS + + * meta2deps.py: fix bug in processing 'L'ink and 'M'ove + entries - and we don't care about 'W'rite entries. + Also ignore absolute paths that do not exist. + +2020-05-25 Simon J Gerraty + + * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20200525 + + * init.mk: expand and simplify handling of qualified vars + like CPPFLAGS.${.TARGET:T} + 2020-05-15 Simon J Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20200515 * dirdeps.mk: set _debug_* earlier and allow passing -d* flags to submake when building DIRDEPS_CACHE 2020-05-09 Simon J Gerraty * whats.mk: more easily extensible 2020-05-02 Simon J Gerraty * whats.mk: greatly simplify by adding what.c to SRCS 2020-05-01 Simon J Gerraty * whats.mk: for libs take care how we add to *OBJS * lib.mk: : works better with whats.mk 2020-04-25 Simon J Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20200420 * meta.stage.mk: it is not a STAGE_CONFLICT if some-target.dirdep contains the same ${RELDIR} and a prefix match for our ${TARGET_SPEC} 2020-04-16 Simon J Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20200416 * sys/*.mk: set MAKE_SHELL rather than SHELL so as not to interfere with user env. * sys.mk: default MAKE_SHELL to sh and SHELL to MAKE_SHELL * autodep.mk: use MAKE_SHELL. 2019-11-21 Simon J Gerraty * gendirdeps.mk: clear .SUFFIXES to avoid a lot of wasted effort, and unexport _meta_files when no longer needed as it consumes space we need for command line. 2019-11-11 Simon J Gerraty * dirdeps.mk _DIRDEP_USE: use DIRDEP_DIR and add DIRDEP_USE_PRELUDE at start - facilitates job distribution 2019-10-04 Simon J Gerraty * dirdeps-targets.mk: Use TARGET_SPEC_LAST_LIST defaults to ${${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[-1]}_LIST} to match valid TARGET_SPEC qualified depend files. 2019-10-02 Simon J Gerraty * dirdeps-targets.mk: encapsulate logic for finding top-level targets to set initial DIRDEPS for DIRDEPS_BUILD 2019-09-27 Simon J Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20190911 * compiler.mk: set COMPILER_TYPE 2019-07-17 Simon J Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20190704 * sys/Darwin.mk: support for Objective-C and clang 2019-05-30 Simon J Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: avoid insanely long command line when generating cache 2019-05-23 Simon J Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20190505 * whats.mk: handle corner case SHLIB defined but not LIB 2018-09-19 Simon J Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20180919 * dirdeps-options.mk: .undef cannot handle var that expands to more than one var. 2018-07-08 Simon J Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: allow wildcards in STAGE_FILES.* etc. 2018-06-01 Simon J Gerraty * meta.autodep.mk: export META_FILES to avoid command line limit * gendirdeps.mk: if we have lots of .meta files put them in an @list 2018-05-28 Simon J Gerraty * dirdeps-options.mk: use local.dirdeps-options.mk not local.dirdeps-option.mk 2018-04-20 Simon J Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20180420 * dirdeps.mk: include local.dirdeps-build.mk when .MAKE.LEVEL > 0 ie. we are building something. 2018-04-14 Simon J Gerraty * FILES: add dirdeps-options.mk to deal with optional DIRDEPS. 2018-04-05 Simon J Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20180405 * ldorder.mk: describe how to use LDORDER_EXTERN_BARRIER if needed. 2018-01-18 Simon J Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20180118 * ldorder.mk: let make compute correct link order 2017-12-12 Simon J Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20171212 * gendirdeps.mk: guard against bogus entries in GENDIRDEPS_FILTER 2017-11-14 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20171111 * lib.mk: ensure META_NOECHO is set 2017-10-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Allow for host32 on rare occasions. 2017-10-18 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20171018 * whats.mk: include what_thing in what_uuid to avoid problem when building multiple apps in the same directory. 2017-08-12 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20170812 * autoconf.mk: Use CONFIGURE_DEPS so Makefile can add dependencies for config.recheck and config.gen 2017-06-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20170630 * meta.stage.mk: avoid triggering stage_* targets with nothing to do. 2017-05-23 Simon J. Gerraty * meta2deps.py: take special care of '..' 2017-05-15 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20170515 * dirdeps.mk (DEP_EXPORT_VARS): on rare occasions it is useful/necessary for a Makefile.depend file to export some knobs. This is complicated when we are doing DIRDEPS_CACHE, so we will handle export of any variables listed in DEP_EXPORT_VARS. 2017-05-08 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20170505 * meta2deps.py: fix botched indenation. 2017-05-05 Simon J. Gerraty * sys/*.mk: Remove setting of MAKE it is unnecessary and in many cases wrong (basname rather than full path) * scripts.mk (SCRIPTSGROUPS): make this more like files.mk and inc.mk * init.mk: define realbuild to simplify logic in {lib,prog}.mk etc 2017-05-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20170501 * doc.mk: fix typo in DOC_INSTALL_OWN * inc.mk: handle INCGROUPS similar to freebsd * files.mk: add something for files too * add staging logic to lib.mk prog.mk etc. 2017-04-24 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20170424 * dirdeps.mk: set NO_DIRDEPS when bootstrapping. also target of bootstrap-this when sed is needed should be ${_want:T} 2017-04-18 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20170418 * auto.obj.mk: if using MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX check if it is a prefix match for .CURDIR - in which case .CURDIR *is* __objdir. 2017-04-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20170401 * meta2deps.py: add is_src so we can check if obj dependency is also a src dependency. 2017-03-26 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20170326 * meta.stage.mk: do nothing if NO_STAGING is defined. 2017-03-24 Simon J. Gerraty * auto.obj.mk: handle the case of __objdir=obj or obj.${MACHINE} etc. 2017-03-18 Simon J. Gerraty * mkopt.sh: treat WITH_*=NO like no; ie. WITHOUT_* 2017-03-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20170301 * dirdeps.mk (_build_all_dirs): update this outside test for empty DIRDEPS. * meta.stage.mk: allow multiple inclusion to the extent it makes sense. 2017-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty * prog.mk (install_links): depends on realinstall 2017-02-12 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20170212 * dpadd.mk: avoid applying :T:R twice to DPLIBS entries 2017-01-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20170130 * dirdeps.mk: use :range if we can. * sys.vars.mk: provide M_cmpv if MAKE_VERSION >= 20170130 * meta2deps.py: clean paths without using realpath() where possible. fix sort_unique. 2016-12-12 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20161212 * meta2deps.py: set pid_cwd[pid] when we process 'C'hdir, rather than when we detect pid change. 2016-12-07 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20161207 * meta.stage.mk: add stage_as_and_symlink for staging packages. We build foo.tgz stage_as foo-${VERSION}.tgz but want to be able to use foo.tgz to reference the latest staged version - so we make foo.tgz a symlink to it. Using a target to do both operations ensures we stay in sync. 2016-11-26 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20161126 * dirdeps.mk: set DIRDEPS_CACHE before we include local.dirdeps.mk so it can add dependencies. 2016-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: set DEP_* before we expand .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE do that they can influence the result correctly. * dirdeps.mk (${DIRDEPS_CACHE}): make sure we pass on TARGET_SPEC * dirdeps.mk: Add ONLY_TARGET_SPEC_LIST and NOT_TARGET_SPEC_LIST similar to ONLY_MACHINE_LIST and NOT_MACHINE_LIST 2016-10-05 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: remove dependence on jot (normal situations anyway). Before we read another Makefile.depend* set DEP_* vars from _DEP_TARGET_SPEC in case it uses any of them with := When bootstrapping, trim any ,* from extention of chosen _src Makefile.depend* to get the machine value we subst for. 2016-09-30 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: use TARGET_SPEC_VARS to qualify components added to DEP_SKIP_DIR and DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER * sys.mk: extract some bits to sys.{debug,vars}.mk for easier re-use by others. 2016-09-23 Simon Gerraty * lib.mk: Use ${PICO} for extension for PIC objects. default to .pico (like NetBSD) safe on case insensitive filesystem. 2016-08-19 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.sys.mk (META_COOKIE_TOUCH): use ${.OBJDIR}/${.TARGET:T} as default 2016-08-15 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160815 * dirdeps.mk (.MAKE.META.IGNORE_FILTER): set filter to only consider Makefile.depend* when checking if DIRDEPS_CACHE is up-to-date. 2016-08-13 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.sys.mk (.MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS): in meta mode we can ignore the mtime of makefiles 2016-08-02 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160802 * lib.mk (libinstall): depends on beforinstall * prog.mk (proginstall): depends on beforinstall patch from Lauri Tirkkonen * dirdeps.mk (bootstrap): When bootstrapping; creat .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT and allow additional filtering via .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_BOOTSTRAP_SED * dirdeps.mk: move some comments to where they make sense. 2016-07-27 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk (DIRDEPS_CACHE): no dirname. 2016-06-02 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160602 * meta.autodep.mk: when passing META_FILES to gendirdeps.mk do not apply :T to META_XTRAS patch from Bryan Drewery at FreeBSD.org. 2016-05-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160530 * meta.stage.mk: we assume ${CLEANFILES} gets .NOPATH make it so. 2016-05-12 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160512 * dpadd.mk: always include local.dpadd.mk if it exists remove some things that better belong in local.dpadd.mk skip INCLUDES_* for staged libs unless SRC_* defined. * own.mk: add INCLUDEDIR 2016-04-18 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: when doing -f dirdeps.mk if target suppies no TARGET_MACHINE - :E will be empty or match part of path, use ${MACHINE} 2016-04-07 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.autodep.mk: issue a warning if UPDATE_DEPENDFILE=NO due to NO_FILEMON_COOKIE * dirdeps.mk: move the logic that allows for make -f dirdeps.mk some/dir.${TARGET_SPEC} inside the check for !target(_DIRDEP_USE) 2016-04-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Use <> when including local*.mk and others which may exist elsewhere so that user can better control what they get. * meta.autodep.mk (NO_FILEMON_COOKIE): create a cookie if we ever build dir with nofilemon so that UPDATE_DEPENDFILE will be forced to NO until cleaned. 2016-04-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160401 * meta2deps.py: fix old print statement when debugging. * gendirdeps.mk: META2DEPS_CMD append M2D_EXCLUDES with -X patch from Bryan Drewery 2016-03-22 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160317 (St. Pats) * warnings.mk: g++ does not like -Wimplicit * sys.mk sys/*.mk lib.mk prog.mk: use CXX_SUFFIXES to handle the pelthora of common suffixes for C++ * lib.mk: use .So for shared objects 2016-03-15 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160315 * meta.stage.mk (LN_CP_SCRIPT): do not ln(1) if we have to chmod(1) normally only applies to scripts. * dirdeps.mk: NO_DIRDEPS_BELOW to supress DIRDEPS below RELDIR as well as outside it. 2016-03-10 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160310 * dirdeps.mk: use targets rather than a list to track DIRDEPS that we have processed; the list gets very inefficient as number of DIRDEPS gets large. * sys.dependfile.mk: fix comment wrt MACHINE * meta.autodep.mk: ignore staged DPADDs when bootstrapping. patch from Bryan Drewery 2016-03-02 Simon J. Gerraty * meta2deps.sh: don't ignore subdirs. patch from Bryan Drewery 2016-02-26 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160226 * gendirdeps.mk: mark _DEPENDFILE .NOMETA 2016-02-20 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: we shouldn't normally include .depend but if we do use .dinclude if we can. 2016-02-18 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160218 * sys.clean-env.mk: with recent change to Var_Subst() we cannot use the '$$' trick, but .export-literal does the job we need. * auto.dep.mk: make use .dinclude if we can. 2016-02-05 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: Add _build_all_dirs such that local.dirdeps.mk can add fully qualified dirs to it. These will be built normally but the current DEP_RELDIR will not depend on then (to avoid cycles). This makes it easy to hook things like unit-tests into build. 2016-01-21 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: add bootstrap-empty 2015-12-12 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20151212 * auto.obj.mk: do not require MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX to exist. only apply :tA to __objdir when comparing to .OBJDIR 2015-11-14 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20151111 * meta.sys.mk: include sys.dependfile.mk * sys.mk (OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO): use options.mk to set MK_AUTO_OBJ and MK_DIRDEPS_BUILD include local.sys.env.mk early include local.sys.mk later * own.mk (OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO): AUTO_OBJ etc moved to sys.mk 2015-11-13 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.sys.mk (META_COOKIE_TOUCH): add ${META_COOKIE_TOUCH} to the end of scripts to touch cookie * meta.stage.mk: stage_libs should ignore SYMLINKS. 2015-10-23 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20151022 * sys.mk: BSD/OS does not have 'type' as a shell builtin. 2015-10-20 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20151020 * dirdeps.mk: Add logic for make -f dirdeps.mk some/dir.${TARGET_SPEC} 2015-10-14 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20151010 2015-10-02 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: use staging: ${STAGE_TARGETS:... to have stage_lins run last in non-jobs mode. Use .ORDER only for jobs mode. 2015-09-02 Simon J. Gerraty * rst2htm.mk: allow for per target flags etc. 2015-09-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20150901 * doc.mk: create dir if needed use DOC_INSTALL_OWN 2015-06-15 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20150615 * auto.obj.mk: allow use of MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX too. Follow make's normal precedence rules. * gendirdeps.mk: allow customization of the header. eg. for FreeBSD: GENDIRDEPS_HEADER= echo '\# ${FreeBSD:L:@v@$$$v$$ @:M*F*}'; * meta.autodep.mk: ignore dirdeps.cache* * meta.stage.mk: when bootstrapping options it can be handy to throw warnings rather than errors for staging conflicts. * meta.sys.mk: include local.meta.sys.mk for customization 2015-06-06 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20150606 * dirdeps.mk: don't rely on manually maintained Makefile.depend to set DEP_RELDIR and reset DIRDEPS. By setting DEP_RELDIR ourselves we can skip :tA * gendirdeps.mk: skip setting DEP_RELDIR. 2015-05-24 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: avoid wildcards like make(bootstrap*) 2015-05-20 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20150520 * dirdeps.mk: when we are building dirdeps cache file we *want* meta_oodate to look at all the Makefile.depend files, so set .MAKE.DEPENDFILE to something that won't match. * meta.stage.mk: for STAGE_AS_* basename of file may not be unique so first use absolute path as key. Also skip staging at level 0. 2015-04-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20150430 * dirdeps.mk: fix _count_dirdeps for non-cache case. 2015-04-16 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20150411 bump version * own.mk: put AUTO_OBJ in OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO rather than YES. it is here mainly for documentation purposes, since if using auto.obj.mk it is better done via sys.mk 2015-04-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20150401 * meta2deps.sh: support @list * meta2deps.py: updates from Juniper o add EXCLUDES o skip bogus input files. o treat 'M' and 'L' as both an 'R' and a 'W' 2015-03-03 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20150303 * dirdeps.mk: if MK_DIRDEPS_CACHE is yes, use dirdeps-cache which is built via sub-make so we have a .meta file to tell if it is out-of-date. The dirdeps-cache contains the same dependency rules that we normaly construct on the fly. This adds a few seconds overhead when the cache is out of date, but for a large target, the savings can be significant (10-20min). 2014-11-18 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20141118 * meta.stage.mk: add stale_staged * dirdeps.mk (_DIRDEP_USE_LEVEL): allow this to be tweaked only useful under very rare conditions such as FreeBSD's make universe. * auto.obj.mk: Allow MK_AUTO_OBJ to set MKOBJDIRS=auto 2014-11-11 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20141111 * mkopt.sh: use consistent semantics for _mk_opt and _mk_opts 2014-11-09 Simon J. Gerraty * FILES: include mkopt.sh which allows handling options in shell scripts in a manner compatible with options.mk 2014-10-12 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: ensure only _STAGED_DIRS under objroot are used for GENDIRDEPS_FILTER to avoid surprises. 2014-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk (NSkipHostDir): this needs SRCTOP prepended since by the time it is applied to __depdirs they have. * dirdeps.mk fix filtering of _machines since M_dep_qual_fixes expects patterns like *.${MACHINE} * cython.mk (pyprefix?): use pyprefix to find python bits since prefix might be something else (where we install our stuff) 2014-09-11 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20140911 * dirdeps.mk: add bootstrap target to simplify adding support for new MACHINE. 2014-09-01 Simon J. Gerraty * gendirdeps.mk: Add handling of GENDIRDEPS_FILTER_DIR_VARS and GENDIRDEPS_FILTER_VARS to make it easier to produce sharable Makefile.depend files. 2014-08-28 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20140828 * cython.mk: capture logic for building python extension modules with Cython. 2014-08-08 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk (_STAGE_AS_BASENAME_USE): Add StageAs variant 2014-08-02 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20140801 * dep.mk: use explicit MKDEP_MK rather than overload MKDEP to identify the autodep.mk variant. * sys.dependfile.mk: delete .MAKE.DEPENDFILE if its initial value does not match .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX * meta.autodep.mk: if _bootstrap_dirdeps add RELDIR to DIRDEPS 2014-05-22 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20140522 * lib.mk: use CC to link shlib for linux too patch from Brendan MacDonell 2014-05-05 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.autodep.mk: add _reldir_{finish,failed} for gathering stats if WITH_META_STATS is defined. 2014-05-02 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: accept -DWITHOUT_DIRDEPS (same a as -DNO_DIRDEPS) to supress dirdeps outside of .CURDIR. 2014-04-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Fix spelling errors - patch from Pedro Giffuni 2014-03-14 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20140314 * dirdeps.mk (beforedirdeps): a handy hook * dirdeps.mk (DIRDEP_MAKE): allow the actual command we run to visit leaf dirs to be intercepted (eg. for distributed build). * dirdeps.mk (__depdirs): ensure // don't sneak in * gendirdeps.mk (DIRDEPS): ensure // don't sneak in 2014-02-21 Simon J. Gerraty * rst2htm.mk (RST2PDF): add support for rst2pdf 2014-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * dirdeps.mk (_last_dependfile): use .INCLUDEDFROMFILE if available. 2014-02-10 Simon J. Gerraty * options.mk: avoid :U so this isn't bmake dependent 2014-02-09 Simon J. Gerraty * options.mk: cleanup and simplify semanitcs NO_* dominates all, if both WITH_* and WITHOUT_* are defined then result is DOMINATE_* which defaults to "no". Ie. WITHOUT_ normally wins. 2013-12-12 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * meta2deps.py: convert to print function for python3 compat. we also need to open files with mode 'r' rather than 'rb' otherwise we get bytes instead of strings. 2013-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * dirdeps.mk: when TARGET_SPEC_VARS is more than just MACHINE apply the same filtering (M_dep_qual_fixes) when setting _machines as _build_dirs. Also fix the filtering of Makefile.depend files - for reporting what we are looking for (M_dep_qual_fixes can get confused by Makefile.depend) Add some more debug info. 2013-09-04 Simon J. Gerraty * gendirdeps.mk (_objtops): fix typo also while processing M2D_OBJROOTS to gather qualdir_list qualify $ql with loop iterator to ensure correct results. 2013-08-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20130801 * libs.mk: update to match progs.mk 2013-07-26 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20130726 some updates from Juniper and FreeBSD o meta2deps.py: indicate file and line number when we hit parse errors also allow @file to provide huge list of .meta files. * meta2deps.py: add try_parse() to cleanup the above. 2013-07-16 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20130716 * own.mk: add GPROG as an option * prog.mk: honor MK_GPROF==yes 2013-05-10 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20130505 * gendirdeps.mk, meta2deps.py, meta2deps.sh: handle $TARGET_SPEC for when $MACHINE isn't enough for objdir distinction. Bring meta2deps.sh closer to par with meta2deps.py. 2013-04-18 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: set INSTALL to STAGE_INSTALL when making 'all' also if the target 'beforeinstall' exists, make it depend on .dirdep (incase it uses STAGE_INSTALL). 2013-04-17 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20130401 ;-) * meta.stage.mk (STAGE_INSTALL_SH): add stage-install.sh as wrapper around install(1). * options.mk (OPTION_PREFIX): Allow a prefix other than MK_ 2013-03-30 Simon J. Gerraty * meta2deps.py (MetaFile.__init__): ensure self.cwd is initialized. * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version 2013-03-21 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * gendirdeps.mk: do not apply :tA to DPADD entries, since we lose any trailing /., rather apply :tA only when needed. * gendirdeps.mk: better mimic meta2deps handling of .dirdep files. * meta.stage.mk (LN_CP_SCRIPT): Add LnCp to do the ln||cp dance consistently. * dirdeps.mk: better describe the dance in sys.mk for TARGET_SPEC. 2013-03-18 Simon J. Gerraty * gendirdeps.mk: revert the dance around .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT it is simpler to just not update when say building for "host" (where we know we apply filters to DIRDEPS), and using a non-machine qualified dependfile. 2013-03-16 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: improve DIRDEPS filtering by allowing DEP_SKIP_DIR and DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER to vary by DEP_MACHINE and DEP_TARGET_SPEC * gendirdeps.mk: ensure _objroot has trailing / if it needs it. * meta2deps.py: if machine is "host", then also trim self.host_target from any OBJROOTS. 2013-03-11 Simon J. Gerraty * gendirdeps.mk: if .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT is not machine qualified but _DEPENDFILE is, and .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT exists but _DEPENDFILE does not, compare the new _DEPENDFILE against .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT and discard if the same. 2013-03-08 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: use STAGE_TARGETS to control .ORDER and hook to all: via staging: 2013-03-07 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.dependfile.mk (.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT): use a separate variable for the default .MAKE.DEPENDFILE value so that it can be controlled independently of .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE * meta.stage.mk: throw error if cp fails etc. Stage*() return early if passed no args. .ORDER stage_* 2013-03-03 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * gendirdeps.mk: handle multiple M2D_OBJROOTS better. 2013-02-10 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20130210 * import latest dirdeps.mk, gendirdeps.mk and meta2deps.py from Juniper. o dirdeps.mk now fully supports TARGET_SPEC consisting of more than just MACHINE. o no longer use DEP_MACHINE from Makefile.depend* so remove it. 2013-01-23 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20130123 * meta.stage.mk: add stage_links (hard links). if doing hard links, we add dest to link as well. Default the stage dir for [sym]links to STAGE_OBJTOP since these are typically specified as absolute paths. Add -m "mode" flag to StageFiles and StageAs. 2012-11-11 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20121111 * autoconf.mk: avoid meta mode seeing changed commands for config.status * meta.autodep.mk: pass resolved MAKESYSPATH to gendirdeps in case we were found via .../mk * sys.clean-env.mk: move it from examples, we and others use it "as is". * FILES: add srctop.mk and options.mk * own.mk: convert to using options.mk which is modeled after FreeBSD's handling of MK_* but more flexible. This allows MK_* for boolean knobs to not be confused with MK* which can be commands. * examples/sys.clean-env.mk: add WITH[OUT]_ to MAKE_ENV_SAVE_PREFIX_LIST. Mention that HOME=/var/empty might be a good idea. 2012-11-08 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.dependfile.mk: if not depend file exists, $MACHINE specific ones are supported but not the default, check if any exist and follow suit. 2012-11-06 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20121106 2012-11-05 Simon J. Gerraty * import latest dirdeps.mk and meta2deps.py from Juniper. * progs.mk: add MAN and CXXFLAGS to PROG_VARS also add PROGS_TARGETS and pass on PROG_CXX if it seems appropriate. 2012-11-04 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: update CLEANFILES remove redundant cp of .dirdep from STAGE_AS_SCRIPT. * progs.mk: Add LDADD to PROG_VARS 2012-10-12 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk (STAGE_DIR_FILTER): track dirs we stage to in _STAGED_DIRS so that these can be turned into filters for GENDIRDEPS_FILTER. 2012-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20121010 * meta.stage.mk (STAGE_DIRDEP_SCRIPT): check that an existing target.dirdep matches .dirdep 2012-08-08 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120808 * import latest meta2deps.py from Juniper. 2012-07-11 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120711 * dep.mk: add explicit dependencies on SRCS after applying SRCS_DEP_FILTER * meta.autodep.mk: add explicit dependencies on SRCS after applying SRCS_DEP_FILTER * meta.autodep.mk: ensure GENDIRDEPS_FILTER is exported if needed. 2012-06-26 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120626 * meta.sys.mk: ignore PYTHON if it does not exist compare ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:E} against ${MACHINE} is more reliable. * meta.stage.mk: examine .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE for any entries ending in .${MACHINE} to decide if qualified _dirdep is needed. * gendirdeps.mk: only produce unqualified deps if no .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE ends in .${MACHINE} * meta.subdir.mk: apply SUBDIRDEPS_FILTER 2012-04-20 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120420 * add sys.dependfile.mk so we can experiment with .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE * meta.autodep.mk: _DEPENDFILE is precious! 2012-03-15 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120315 * install-new.mk: avoid being interrupted 2012-02-26 Simon J. Gerraty * man.mk: MAN might have multiple values so be careful with exists(). 2012-01-19 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120112 * fix examples/sys.clean-env.mk so that MAKEOBJDIR is handled as: MAKEOBJDIR='${.CURDIR:S,${SRCTOP},${OBJTOP},}' 2011-12-03 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111201 * import dirdeps.mk from Juniper sjg@ o more consistent handling of DEP_MACHINE, especially when dealing with an odd Makefile.depend, when normally using Makefile.depend.${MACHINE} 2011-11-22 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111122 * meta.autodep.mk: add some debug output, be more crisp about updating. Use ${.ALLTARGETS:M*.o} as a clue for .depend 2011-11-13 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111111 it's too cool to miss * import meta* updates from Juniper sjg@ o dirdeps.mk set DEP_MACHINE for Makefile.depend (when we are normally using Makefile.depend.${MACHINE}), handy for read-only manually maintained dependencies. o meta2deps.py add a clear 'ERROR:' token if an exception is raised. o gendirdeps.mk if ERROR: from meta2deps.py do not update anything. 2011-10-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-new.mk separate the cmp and copy logic to its own function. 2011-10-28 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111028 * sys.mk: include auto.obj.mk if MKOBJDIRS is set to auto * subdir.mk: ensure _SUBDIRUSE is provided * meta.autodep.mk: remove dependency of gendirdeps.mk on auto.obj.mk * meta.subdir.mk: always allow for Makefile.depend 2011-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111010 o minor tweak to *dirdeps.mk from Juniper sjg@ 2011-10-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111001 o add meta2deps.py from Juniper sjg@ o tweak gendirdeps.mk to work with meta2deps.py when not cross-building * autoconf.mk: add autoconf-input as a hook for regenerating AUTOCONF_INPUTS (configure). 2011-08-24 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.autodep.mk: if we do not have OBJS, .depend isn't a useful trigger for updating Makefile.depend* 2011-08-08 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110808 * obj.mk: minor cleanup * auto.obj.mk: improve description of Mkdirs and honor NO_OBJ too. 2011-08-01 Simon J. Gerraty * auto.obj.mk (.OBJDIR): throw an error if we cannot use the specified dir. 2011-06-28 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.autodep.mk: if XMAKE_META_FILE is set the makefile uses a foreign make, and so dependencies can only be gathered from a clean tree build. 2011-06-24 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110622 * meta.autodep.mk: improve bootstraping 2011-06-10 Simon J. Gerraty * yacc.mk: handle the corner case of .c being removed while .h remains. 2011-06-08 Simon J. Gerraty * yacc.mk: do .y.h and .y.c separately 2011-06-04 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110606 * don't store SRC_DIRDEPS in Makefile.depend* by default not everyone needs it. 2011-05-04 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110505 first release including meta mode makefiles 2011-05-02 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: add STAGE_AS_SETS and stage_as for things that need to be staged with different names. 2011-05-01 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: add notion of STAGE_SETS so a makefile can stage to multiple dirs 2011-04-03 Simon J. Gerraty * rst2htm.mk: convert rst to s5 (slides) or plain html depending on target name. 2011-03-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110330 2011-03-29 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.mk (_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS): use indirection so that DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS0 can be used to debug level 0 only and DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS for the rest. * sys.mk: re-define M_whence in terms of M_type. M_type is useful for checking if something is a builtin. 2011-03-16 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: add stage_symlinks and leverage StageLinks for stage_libs 2011-03-10 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: correct value for _depdir_files depends on .MAKE.DEPENDFILE Add our copyright - just to make it clear we have frobbed this quite a bit. DEP_MACHINE needs to be set to MACHINE each time, if using only Makefile.depend (cf. Makefile.depend.${MACHINE}) * meta.stage.mk: meta mode version of staging * init.mk, final.mk: include local.*.mk to simplify customization 2011-03-03 Simon J. Gerraty * auto.obj.mk: just because we are doing mk destroy, we should still set .OBJDIR correctly if it exists. * install-mk (mksrc): do not exclude meta.sys.mk 2011-03-01 Simon J. Gerraty * host-target.mk: set/export _HOST_ARCH etc separately, catch junk resulting from uname -p, so we can find sys/Linux.mk correctly. 2011-02-18 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.sys.mk: throw an error if /dev/filemon is missing and we expected to be updating Makefile.depend* 2011-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110214 * meta.subdir.mk: add support for -DBOOTSTRAP_DEPENDFILES 2010-09-25 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.sys.mk: not valid for older bmake 2010-09-24 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100919 include dirdeps.mk et al from Juniper Networks, for meta mode - requires filemon(9). * sys.mk, subdir.mk: Add hooks for meta mode. we do this as meta.sys.mk, meta.autodep.mk and meta.subdir.mk to make turning it on/off simple. 2010-06-16 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100616 * fix typo in sys.mk 2010-06-12 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100612 * lib.mk: remove duplicate addition to SOBJS 2010-06-10 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.mk: Add a means of selectively turning on debug flags. Eg. DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS=-dv DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS="*lib/sjg" will act as if we did make -dv if .CURDIR ends in lib/sjg DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS does the same thing, but we set the flags at the start of sys.mk rather than the end. This only makes sense for leaf dirs, so we check that .MAKE.LEVEL > 0 2010-06-09 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100608 * sys.mk: include sys.env.mk later so it can use M_ListToSkip et al. * examples/sys.clean-env.mk: require MAKE_VERIONS >= 20100606 also make it easier for folk to tweak 2010-06-08 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100606 do not install examples/* * FILES: add examples/sys.clean-env.mk * examples/sys.clean-env.mk: use .export-env to handle MAKEOBJDIR this requires bmake-20100606 or later to work. 2010-05-13 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.mk (M_tA): better simulate the result of :tA if not available. 2010-05-04 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.mk: canonicalize MAKE_VERSION old versions reported bmake- build- whereas we only care about 2010-04-25 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk: just warn about FORCE_{BSD,SYS}_MK being ignored * lib.mk: we only build the shared lib if SHLIB_FULLVERSION is !empty 2010-04-22 Simon J. Gerraty * dpadd.mk: use LDADD_* if defined. 2010-04-21 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100420 * sys/NetBSD.mk: add MACHINE_CPU to keep netbsd makefiles happy * autoconf.mk allow AUTO_AUTOCONF 2010-04-19 Simon J. Gerraty * obj.mk: add objwarn to keep freebsd makefiles happy * auto.obj.mk: ensure Mkdirs is available. * FILES: add auto.dep.mk - a simpler version of autodep.mk * dep.mk: auto.dep.mk does not do 'make depend' so ignore it if asked to do that. fix/simplify the tests for when to run mkdep. * auto.dep.mk: add some explanation of how/what we do. * autodep.mk: skip the .OPTIONAL frobbing of .depend bmake's FROM_DEPEND flag makes it redundant. 2010-04-13 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100404 * subdir.mk: protect from multiple inclusion using _SUBDIRUSE. * obj.mk: protect from multiple inclusion even as bsd.obj.mk Also create a target _SUBDIRUSE so that we can be used without subdir.mk 2010-04-12 Simon J. Gerraty * dep.mk: use <> when .including so can override. 2010-01-11 Simon J. Gerraty * lib.mk (SHLIB_LINKS): ensure a string comparison. 2010-01-04 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100102 * own.mk: ensure PRINTOBJDIR works * autoconf.mk: pass on CONFIGURE_ARGS * init.mk: handle COPTS.${.IMPSRC:T} etc. * lib.mk: allow sys.mk to control SHLIB_FULLVERSION fix handling of symlinks for darwin * libnames.mk: add DSHLIBEXT for libs which only exist as shared. * man.mk: suppress chown when not root. * rst2htm.mk: allow srcs from multiple locations. * sys.mk: M_whence, stop after 1st line of output. * sys/Darwin.mk: Use .dylib for DSHLIBEXT and HOST_LIBEXT * sys/SunOS.mk: we need to export PATH 2009-12-23 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version include rst2htm.mk 2009-12-17 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.mk,libnames.mk add .-include this allows local customization without the need to edit the distributed files. 2009-12-14 Simon J. Gerraty * dpadd.mk (__dpadd_libdirs): order -L's to avoid picking up older versions already installed. 2009-12-13 Simon J. Gerraty * stage.mk (.stage-install): generalize lib.mk's .libinstall * rules.mk rules for generic Makefile. * inc.mk install for includes. 2009-12-11 Simon J. Gerraty * sys/NetBSD.mk (MAKE_VERSION): some of our *.mk want to check this, so provide it if using native make. 2009-12-10 Simon J. Gerraty * FILES: move all the platform *.sys.mk files to sys/*.mk * Rename Generic.sys.mk to sys.mk - we always want it. 2009-11-17 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * host-target.mk: only export the expensive stuff * Generic.sys.mk (sys_mk): for SunOS we need to look for ${HOST_OS}.${HOST_OSMAJOR} too! 2009-11-07 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * lib.mk: if sys.mk doesn't give us an lorder, don't use it. based on patch from Greg Olszewski. * Generic.sys.mk: if we have nothing to work with set LORDER etc only if we can find it. 2009-09-08 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * man.mk: cleanman: remove CLEANMAN if defined. 2009-09-04 Simon J. Gerraty * SunOS.5.sys.mk (CC): Use ?= like the other *sys.mk 2009-07-17 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version include auto.obj.mk 2009-03-26 Simon J. Gerraty * prog.mk,lib.mk: ensure test of USE_DPADD_MK doesn't fail. 2008-11-11 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version man.mk: ensure we generate *.cat1 etc in . 2008-07-16 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version add prlist.mk 2007-11-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Generic.sys.mk: Allow os specific sys.mk to be in a subdir of ${.PARSEDIR} 2007-11-22 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * general cleanup * dpadd.mk introduce DPMAGIC_LIBS_* 2007-04-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * libs.mk, progs.mk, autodep.mk: allow for per lib/prog depend files and ensure clean is called for each lib/prog. 2007-03-27 Simon J. Gerraty * autodep.mk (.depend): delete lines that do not start with space and do not contain ':' 2007-02-16 Simon J. Gerraty * autodep.mk (.depend): gcc may wrap lines if pathnames are long so make sure the transform for .OPTIONAL copes. 2007-02-03 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * own.mk: make sure RM and LN are defined. * obj.mk: fix a typo, and objlink target. 2006-12-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * added libs.mk - analogous to progs.mk make both of them always inlcude {lib,prog}.mk 2006-12-28 Simon J. Gerraty * progs.mk: add a means of building multiple apps in one dir. 2006-11-26 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20061126 * warnings.mk: detect invalid WARNINGS_SET * warnings.mk: use ${.TARGET:T:R}.o when looking for target specific warnings. * For .cc sources, turn off warnings that g++ vomits on. 2006-11-08 Simon J. Gerraty * own.mk: if __initialized__ target doesn't exist and we are FreeBSD we got here directly from sys.mk 2006-11-06 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20061106 add scripts.mk 2006-03-18 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20060318 * autodep.mk: avoid := when modifying OBJS into __dependsrcs 2006-03-02 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20060302 * autodep.mk: use -MF et al to help gcc+ccache DTRT. 2006-03-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20060301 * autodep.mk (.depend): if MAKE_VERSION is newer than 20050530 we can make .END depend on .depend and make .depend depend on __depsrcs that exist. * dpadd.mk: add SRC_PATHADD 2005-11-04 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20051104 * prog.mk: remove all the LIBC?= junk, use .-include libnames.mk instead (none by default). also if USE_DPADD_MK is set, include that. 2005-10-09 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20051001 Add UnixWare.sys.mk from Klaus Heinz. 2005-04-05 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk: always install *.sys.mk and if need be symlink one to sys.mk 2005-03-22 Simon J. Gerraty * subdir.mk, own.mk: use .MAKE rather than MAKE 2004-02-15 Simon J. Gerraty * own.mk: don't use NetBSD's _SRC_TOP_ it can cause confusion. Also don't take just 'mk' as a srctop indicator. 2004-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty * warnings.mk: overhauled, now very powerful. 2004-02-03 Simon J. Gerraty * Generic.sys.mk: need to use ${.PARSEDIR} with exists(). 2004-02-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20040201 * extract HOST_TARGET stuff to host-target.mk so own.mk and Generic.sys.mk can share. * fix typo in autodep.mk _SUBDIRUSE not _SUBDIR. 2003-09-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20030930 * rename generic.sys.mk to Generic.sys.mk so that it does not get installed (unless being used as sys.mk) * set OS and ROOT_GROUP for those that we know the value. for others (eg. Generic.sys.mk) wrap the != in an .ifndef so we don't do it again for each sub-make. 2003-09-28 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20030928 Add some extra *.sys.mk from bootstrap-pkgsrc some of these likely still need work. Make everything default to root:wheel ownership, sys.mk can set ROOT_GROUP accordingly. 2003-08-07 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk: if FORCE_BSD_MK={cp,ln} use the ones in SYS_MK_DIR not the portable ones. 2003-07-31 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk: add ability to use cp -f when updating destination .mk files. Also now possible to play games with FORCE_SYS_MK=ln etc on *BSD machines to link /usr/share/mk/sys.mk into dest - not recommended unless you seriously want to. 2003-07-28 Simon J. Gerraty * own.mk (IMPFLAGS): add support for COPTS.${IMPSRC:T} etc for semi-compatability with NetBSD. 2003-07-23 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk: add a version indicator 2003-07-22 Simon J. Gerraty * prog.mk: don't try and use ${LIBCRT0} if its /dev/null * install-mk: Allow FORCE_SYS_MK to come from env Index: vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/mk/dirdeps-targets.mk =================================================================== --- vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/mk/dirdeps-targets.mk (revision 361953) +++ vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/mk/dirdeps-targets.mk (revision 361954) @@ -1,133 +1,136 @@ # RCSid: -# $Id: dirdeps-targets.mk,v 1.9 2019/10/06 20:07:50 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: dirdeps-targets.mk,v 1.10 2020/06/06 22:41:02 sjg Exp $ # -# @(#) Copyright (c) 2019 Simon J. Gerraty +# @(#) Copyright (c) 2019-2020 Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # ## # This makefile is used to set initial DIRDEPS for top-level build # targets. # # The basic idea is that we have a list of directories in # DIRDEPS_TARGETS_DIRS which are relative to SRCTOP. # When asked to make 'foo' we look for any directory named 'foo' # under DIRDEPS_TARGETS_DIRS. # We then search those dirs for any Makefile.depend* # Finally we select any that match conditions like REQUESTED_MACHINE # or TARGET_SPEC and initialize DIRDEPS accordingly. # .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 # pickup customizations .-include # for DIRDEPS_BUILD this is how we prime the pump DIRDEPS_TARGETS_DIRS ?= targets targets/pseudo # these prefixes can modify how we behave # they need to be stripped when looking for target dirs DIRDEPS_TARGETS_PREFIX_LIST ?= pkg- build- +# some .TARGETS need filtering +DIRDEPS_TARGETS_FILTER += Nall + # matching target dirs if any -tdirs := ${.TARGETS:Nall:${DIRDEPS_TARGETS_PREFIX_LIST:@p@S,^$p,,@:ts:}:@t@${DIRDEPS_TARGETS_DIRS:@d@$d/$t@}@:@d@${exists(${SRCTOP}/$d):?$d:}@} +tdirs := ${.TARGETS:${DIRDEPS_TARGETS_FILTER:ts:}:${DIRDEPS_TARGETS_PREFIX_LIST:@p@S,^$p,,@:ts:}:@t@${DIRDEPS_TARGETS_DIRS:@d@$d/$t@}@:@d@${exists(${SRCTOP}/$d):?$d:}@} .if !empty(DEBUG_DIRDEPS_TARGETS) .info tdirs=${tdirs} .endif .if !empty(tdirs) # some things we know we want to ignore DIRDEPS_TARGETS_SKIP_LIST += \ *~ \ *.bak \ *.inc \ *.old \ *.options \ *.orig \ *.rej \ # the list of MACHINEs we consider DIRDEPS_TARGETS_MACHINE_LIST += \ ${ALL_MACHINE_LIST:U} \ ${PSEUDO_MACHINE_LIST:Ucommon host host32} \ ${TARGET_MACHINE_LIST} DIRDEPS_TARGETS_MACHINE_LIST := ${DIRDEPS_TARGETS_MACHINE_LIST:O:u} # raw Makefile.depend* list tdeps != 'cd' ${SRCTOP} && 'ls' -1 ${tdirs:O:u:@d@$d/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}*@} 2> /dev/null; echo .if ${DEBUG_DIRDEPS_TARGETS:U:Mdep*} != "" .info tdeps=${tdeps} .endif # remove things we know we don't want tdeps := ${tdeps:${DIRDEPS_TARGETS_SKIP_LIST:${M_ListToSkip}}} .if ${DEBUG_DIRDEPS_TARGETS:U:Mdep*} != "" .info tdeps=${tdeps} .endif # plain entries (no qualifiers) these apply to any TARGET_SPEC ptdeps := ${tdeps:M*${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}:S,/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX},,} # MACHINE qualified entries mqtdeps := ${DIRDEPS_TARGETS_MACHINE_LIST:@m@${tdeps:M*.$m}@:S,/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX},,} tqtdeps = .if ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]} > 1 # TARGET_SPEC qualified entries .if !empty(TARGET_SPEC_LIST) # we have a list of valid TARGET_SPECS; use it tqtdeps := ${TARGET_SPEC_LIST:U:O:u:@t@${tdeps:M*.$t}@:S,/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX},,} .else # do we have a list of valid tuple members for at least # the last tupple element? if so match on that TARGET_SPEC_LAST_LIST ?= ${${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[-1]}_LIST} .if !empty(TARGET_SPEC_LAST_LIST) tqtdeps := ${TARGET_SPEC_LAST_LIST:U:O:u:@t@${tdeps:M*,$t}@:S,/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX},,} .else # this is sub-optimal match MACHINE, tqtdeps := ${DIRDEPS_TARGETS_MACHINE_LIST:@m@${tdeps:M*.$m,*}@:S,/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX},,} .endif .endif .endif # now work out what we want in DIRDEPS .if empty(REQUESTED_MACHINE) # we want them all just as found DIRDEPS = ${ptdeps} ${mqtdeps} ${tqtdeps} .else # we only want those that match REQUESTED_MACHINE/REQUESTED_TARGET_SPEC # or REQUESTED_TARGET_SPEC (TARGET_SPEC) DIRDEPS = \ ${ptdeps:@d@$d.${REQUESTED_TARGET_SPEC:U${TARGET_SPEC:U${REQUESTED_MACHINE}}}@} \ ${mqtdeps:M*.${REQUESTED_MACHINE}} \ ${tqtdeps:M*.${REQUESTED_TARGET_SPEC:U${TARGET_SPEC}}} .endif # clean up DIRDEPS := ${DIRDEPS:O:u} .if !empty(DEBUG_DIRDEPS_TARGETS) .for x in tdeps ptdeps mqtdeps tqtdeps DIRDEPS .info $x=${$x} .endfor .endif .endif # if we got DIRDEPS get to work .if !empty(DIRDEPS) .include DIRDEPS_TARGETS_SKIP += all clean* destroy* .for t in ${.TARGETS:${DIRDEPS_TARGETS_SKIP:${M_ListToSkip}}} $t: dirdeps .endfor .endif .endif Index: vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/mk/init.mk =================================================================== --- vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/mk/init.mk (revision 361953) +++ vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/mk/init.mk (revision 361954) @@ -1,70 +1,89 @@ -# $Id: init.mk,v 1.16 2019/09/28 16:54:02 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: init.mk,v 1.17 2020/05/25 20:15:07 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 2002, Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # .if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__) __${.PARSEFILE}__: .if ${MAKE_VERSION:U0} > 20100408 _this_mk_dir := ${.PARSEDIR:tA} .else _this_mk_dir := ${.PARSEDIR} .endif .-include .-include <${.CURDIR:H}/Makefile.inc> .include .include .MAIN: all # should have been set by sys.mk CXX_SUFFIXES?= .cc .cpp .cxx .C .if !empty(WARNINGS_SET) || !empty(WARNINGS_SET_${MACHINE_ARCH}) .include .endif -.for x in COPTS CPPFLAGS CPUFLAGS LDFLAGS -$x += ${$x.${COMPILER_TYPE}:U} ${$x.${.IMPSRC:T}:U} +# these are applied in order, least specific to most +VAR_QUALIFIER_LIST += \ + ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:UMACHINE:@v@${$v}@} \ + ${COMPILER_TYPE} \ + ${.TARGET:T:R} \ + ${.TARGET:T} \ + ${.IMPSRC:T} \ + ${VAR_QUALIFIER_XTRA_LIST} + +QUALIFIED_VAR_LIST += \ + CFLAGS \ + COPTS \ + CPPFLAGS \ + CPUFLAGS \ + LDFLAGS \ + +# a final :U avoids errors if someone uses := +.for V in ${QUALIFIED_VAR_LIST:O:u:@q@$q $q_LAST@} +.for Q in ${VAR_QUALIFIER_LIST:u} +$V += ${$V.$Q:U} ${$V.$Q.${COMPILER_TYPE}:U} +.endfor .endfor CC_PG?= -pg CXX_PG?= ${CC_PG} CC_PIC?= -DPIC CXX_PIC?= ${CC_PIC} PROFFLAGS?= -DGPROF -DPROF .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL:U1} == 0 && ${BUILD_AT_LEVEL0:Uyes:tl} == "no" # this tells lib.mk and prog.mk to not actually build anything _SKIP_BUILD = not building at level 0 .endif .if !defined(.PARSEDIR) # no-op is the best we can do if not bmake. .WAIT: .endif # define this once for consistency .if empty(_SKIP_BUILD) # beforebuild is a hook for things that must be done early all: beforebuild .WAIT realbuild .else all: .PHONY .warning ${_SKIP_BUILD} .endif beforebuild: realbuild: .endif Index: vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/mk/install-mk =================================================================== --- vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/mk/install-mk (revision 361953) +++ vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/mk/install-mk (revision 361954) @@ -1,185 +1,185 @@ : # NAME: # install-mk - install mk files # # SYNOPSIS: # install-mk [options] [var=val] [dest] # # DESCRIPTION: # This tool installs mk files in a semi-intelligent manner into # "dest". # # Options: # # -n just say what we want to do, but don't touch anything. # # -f use -f when copying sys,mk. # # -v be verbose # # -q be quiet # # -m "mode" # Use "mode" for installed files (444). # # -o "owner" # Use "owner" for installed files. # # -g "group" # Use "group" for installed files. # # var=val # Set "var" to "val". See below. # # All our *.mk files are copied to "dest" with appropriate # ownership and permissions. # # By default if a sys.mk can be found in a standard location # (that bmake will find) then no sys.mk will be put in "dest". # # SKIP_SYS_MK: # If set, we will avoid installing our 'sys.mk' # This is probably a bad idea. # # SKIP_BSD_MK: # If set, we will skip making bsd.*.mk links to *.mk # # sys.mk: # # By default (and provided we are not installing to the system # mk dir - '/usr/share/mk') we install our own 'sys.mk' which # includes a sys specific file, or a generic one. # # # AUTHOR: # Simon J. Gerraty # RCSid: -# $Id: install-mk,v 1.170 2020/05/15 21:40:24 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: install-mk,v 1.172 2020/06/06 22:41:15 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 1994 Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # -MK_VERSION=20200515 +MK_VERSION=20200606 OWNER= GROUP= MODE=444 BINMODE=555 ECHO=: SKIP= cp_f=-f while : do case "$1" in *=*) eval "$1"; shift;; +f) cp_f=; shift;; -f) cp_f=-f; shift;; -m) MODE=$2; shift 2;; -o) OWNER=$2; shift 2;; -g) GROUP=$2; shift 2;; -v) ECHO=echo; shift;; -q) ECHO=:; shift;; -n) ECHO=echo SKIP=:; shift;; --) shift; break;; *) break;; esac done case $# in 0) echo "$0 [options] []" echo "eg." echo "$0 -o bin -g bin -m 444 /usr/local/share/mk" exit 1 ;; esac dest=$1 os=${2:-`uname`} osrel=${3:-`uname -r`} Do() { $ECHO "$@" $SKIP "$@" } Error() { echo "ERROR: $@" >&2 exit 1 } Warning() { echo "WARNING: $@" >&2 } [ "$FORCE_SYS_MK" ] && Warning "ignoring: FORCE_{BSD,SYS}_MK (no longer supported)" SYS_MK_DIR=${SYS_MK_DIR:-/usr/share/mk} SYS_MK=${SYS_MK:-$SYS_MK_DIR/sys.mk} realpath() { [ -d $1 ] && cd $1 && 'pwd' && return echo $1 } if [ -s $SYS_MK -a -d $dest ]; then # if this is a BSD system we don't want to touch $SYS_MK dest=`realpath $dest` sys_mk_dir=`realpath $SYS_MK_DIR` if [ $dest = $sys_mk_dir ]; then case "$os" in *BSD*) SKIP_SYS_MK=: SKIP_BSD_MK=: ;; *) # could be fake? if [ ! -d $dest/sys -a ! -s $dest/Generic.sys.mk ]; then SKIP_SYS_MK=: # play safe SKIP_BSD_MK=: fi ;; esac fi fi [ -d $dest/sys ] || Do mkdir -p $dest/sys [ -d $dest/sys ] || Do mkdir $dest/sys || exit 1 [ -z "$SKIP" ] && dest=`realpath $dest` cd `dirname $0` mksrc=`'pwd'` if [ $mksrc = $dest ]; then SKIP_MKFILES=: else # we do not install the examples mk_files=`grep '^[a-z].*\.mk' FILES | egrep -v '(examples/|^sys\.mk|sys/)'` mk_scripts=`egrep '^[a-z].*\.(sh|py)' FILES | egrep -v '/'` sys_mk_files=`grep 'sys/.*\.mk' FILES` SKIP_MKFILES= [ -z "$SKIP_SYS_MK" ] && mk_files="sys.mk $mk_files" fi $SKIP_MKFILES Do cp $cp_f $mk_files $dest $SKIP_MKFILES Do cp $cp_f $sys_mk_files $dest/sys $SKIP_MKFILES Do cp $cp_f $mk_scripts $dest $SKIP cd $dest $SKIP_MKFILES Do chmod $MODE $mk_files $sys_mk_files $SKIP_MKFILES Do chmod $BINMODE $mk_scripts [ "$GROUP" ] && $SKIP_MKFILES Do chgrp $GROUP $mk_files $sys_mk_files [ "$OWNER" ] && $SKIP_MKFILES Do chown $OWNER $mk_files $sys_mk_files # if this is a BSD system the bsd.*.mk should exist and be used. if [ -z "$SKIP_BSD_MK" ]; then for f in dep doc files inc init lib links man nls obj own prog subdir do b=bsd.$f.mk [ -s $b ] || Do ln -s $f.mk $b done fi exit 0 Index: vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/mk/meta2deps.py =================================================================== --- vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/mk/meta2deps.py (revision 361953) +++ vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/mk/meta2deps.py (revision 361954) @@ -1,755 +1,765 @@ #!/usr/bin/env python from __future__ import print_function """ This script parses each "meta" file and extracts the information needed to deduce build and src dependencies. It works much the same as the original shell script, but is *much* more efficient. The parsing work is handled by the class MetaFile. We only pay attention to a subset of the information in the "meta" files. Specifically: 'CWD' to initialize our notion. 'C' to track chdir(2) on a per process basis 'R' files read are what we really care about. directories read, provide a clue to resolving subsequent relative paths. That is if we cannot find them relative to 'cwd', we check relative to the last dir read. 'W' files opened for write or read-write, for filemon V3 and earlier. 'E' files executed. 'L' files linked 'V' the filemon version, this record is used as a clue that we have reached the interesting bit. """ """ RCSid: - $Id: meta2deps.py,v 1.28 2020/05/16 23:21:48 sjg Exp $ + $Id: meta2deps.py,v 1.30 2020/06/08 23:05:00 sjg Exp $ Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Simon J. Gerraty Copyright (c) 2011-2017, Juniper Networks, Inc. All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. """ import os, re, sys def getv(dict, key, d=None): """Lookup key in dict and return value or the supplied default.""" if key in dict: return dict[key] return d def resolve(path, cwd, last_dir=None, debug=0, debug_out=sys.stderr): """ Return an absolute path, resolving via cwd or last_dir if needed. """ if path.endswith('/.'): path = path[0:-2] if len(path) > 0 and path[0] == '/': - return path + if os.path.exists(path): + return path + if debug > 2: + print("skipping non-existent:", path, file=debug_out) + return None if path == '.': return cwd if path.startswith('./'): return cwd + path[1:] if last_dir == cwd: last_dir = None for d in [last_dir, cwd]: if not d: continue if path == '..': dw = d.split('/') p = '/'.join(dw[:-1]) if not p: p = '/' return p p = '/'.join([d,path]) if debug > 2: print("looking for:", p, end=' ', file=debug_out) if not os.path.exists(p): if debug > 2: print("nope", file=debug_out) p = None continue if debug > 2: print("found:", p, file=debug_out) return p return None def cleanpath(path): """cleanup path without using realpath(3)""" if path.startswith('/'): r = '/' else: r = '' p = [] w = path.split('/') for d in w: if not d or d == '.': continue if d == '..': try: p.pop() continue except: break p.append(d) return r + '/'.join(p) def abspath(path, cwd, last_dir=None, debug=0, debug_out=sys.stderr): """ Return an absolute path, resolving via cwd or last_dir if needed. this gets called a lot, so we try to avoid calling realpath. """ rpath = resolve(path, cwd, last_dir, debug, debug_out) if rpath: path = rpath + elif len(path) > 0 and path[0] == '/': + return None if (path.find('/') < 0 or path.find('./') > 0 or path.endswith('/..')): path = cleanpath(path) return path def sort_unique(list, cmp=None, key=None, reverse=False): list.sort(cmp, key, reverse) nl = [] le = None for e in list: if e == le: continue le = e nl.append(e) return nl def add_trims(x): return ['/' + x + '/', '/' + x, x + '/', x] class MetaFile: """class to parse meta files generated by bmake.""" conf = None dirdep_re = None host_target = None srctops = [] objroots = [] excludes = [] seen = {} obj_deps = [] src_deps = [] file_deps = [] def __init__(self, name, conf={}): """if name is set we will parse it now. conf can have the follwing keys: SRCTOPS list of tops of the src tree(s). CURDIR the src directory 'bmake' was run from. RELDIR the relative path from SRCTOP to CURDIR MACHINE the machine we built for. set to 'none' if we are not cross-building. More specifically if machine cannot be deduced from objdirs. TARGET_SPEC Sometimes MACHINE isn't enough. HOST_TARGET when we build for the pseudo machine 'host' the object tree uses HOST_TARGET rather than MACHINE. OBJROOTS a list of the common prefix for all obj dirs it might end in '/' or '-'. DPDEPS names an optional file to which per file dependencies will be appended. For example if 'some/path/foo.h' is read from SRCTOP then 'DPDEPS_some/path/foo.h +=' "RELDIR" is output. This can allow 'bmake' to learn all the dirs within the tree that depend on 'foo.h' EXCLUDES A list of paths to ignore. ccache(1) can otherwise be trouble. debug desired debug level debug_out open file to send debug output to (sys.stderr) """ self.name = name self.debug = getv(conf, 'debug', 0) self.debug_out = getv(conf, 'debug_out', sys.stderr) self.machine = getv(conf, 'MACHINE', '') self.machine_arch = getv(conf, 'MACHINE_ARCH', '') self.target_spec = getv(conf, 'TARGET_SPEC', '') self.curdir = getv(conf, 'CURDIR') self.reldir = getv(conf, 'RELDIR') self.dpdeps = getv(conf, 'DPDEPS') self.line = 0 if not self.conf: # some of the steps below we want to do only once self.conf = conf self.host_target = getv(conf, 'HOST_TARGET') for srctop in getv(conf, 'SRCTOPS', []): if srctop[-1] != '/': srctop += '/' if not srctop in self.srctops: self.srctops.append(srctop) _srctop = os.path.realpath(srctop) if _srctop[-1] != '/': _srctop += '/' if not _srctop in self.srctops: self.srctops.append(_srctop) trim_list = add_trims(self.machine) if self.machine == 'host': trim_list += add_trims(self.host_target) if self.target_spec: trim_list += add_trims(self.target_spec) for objroot in getv(conf, 'OBJROOTS', []): for e in trim_list: if objroot.endswith(e): # this is not what we want - fix it objroot = objroot[0:-len(e)] if objroot[-1] != '/': objroot += '/' if not objroot in self.objroots: self.objroots.append(objroot) _objroot = os.path.realpath(objroot) if objroot[-1] == '/': _objroot += '/' if not _objroot in self.objroots: self.objroots.append(_objroot) # we want the longest match self.srctops.sort(reverse=True) self.objroots.sort(reverse=True) self.excludes = getv(conf, 'EXCLUDES', []) if self.debug: print("host_target=", self.host_target, file=self.debug_out) print("srctops=", self.srctops, file=self.debug_out) print("objroots=", self.objroots, file=self.debug_out) print("excludes=", self.excludes, file=self.debug_out) self.dirdep_re = re.compile(r'([^/]+)/(.+)') if self.dpdeps and not self.reldir: if self.debug: print("need reldir:", end=' ', file=self.debug_out) if self.curdir: srctop = self.find_top(self.curdir, self.srctops) if srctop: self.reldir = self.curdir.replace(srctop,'') if self.debug: print(self.reldir, file=self.debug_out) if not self.reldir: self.dpdeps = None # we cannot do it? self.cwd = os.getcwd() # make sure this is initialized self.last_dir = self.cwd if name: self.try_parse() def reset(self): """reset state if we are being passed meta files from multiple directories.""" self.seen = {} self.obj_deps = [] self.src_deps = [] self.file_deps = [] def dirdeps(self, sep='\n'): """return DIRDEPS""" return sep.strip() + sep.join(self.obj_deps) def src_dirdeps(self, sep='\n'): """return SRC_DIRDEPS""" return sep.strip() + sep.join(self.src_deps) def file_depends(self, out=None): """Append DPDEPS_${file} += ${RELDIR} for each file we saw, to the output file.""" if not self.reldir: return None for f in sort_unique(self.file_deps): print('DPDEPS_%s += %s' % (f, self.reldir), file=out) # these entries provide for reverse DIRDEPS lookup for f in self.obj_deps: print('DEPDIRS_%s += %s' % (f, self.reldir), file=out) def seenit(self, dir): """rememer that we have seen dir.""" self.seen[dir] = 1 def add(self, list, data, clue=''): """add data to list if it isn't already there.""" if data not in list: list.append(data) if self.debug: print("%s: %sAdd: %s" % (self.name, clue, data), file=self.debug_out) def find_top(self, path, list): """the logical tree may be split across multiple trees""" for top in list: if path.startswith(top): if self.debug > 2: print("found in", top, file=self.debug_out) return top return None def find_obj(self, objroot, dir, path, input): """return path within objroot, taking care of .dirdep files""" ddep = None for ddepf in [path + '.dirdep', dir + '/.dirdep']: if not ddep and os.path.exists(ddepf): ddep = open(ddepf, 'r').readline().strip('# \n') if self.debug > 1: print("found %s: %s\n" % (ddepf, ddep), file=self.debug_out) if ddep.endswith(self.machine): ddep = ddep[0:-(1+len(self.machine))] elif self.target_spec and ddep.endswith(self.target_spec): ddep = ddep[0:-(1+len(self.target_spec))] if not ddep: # no .dirdeps, so remember that we've seen the raw input self.seenit(input) self.seenit(dir) if self.machine == 'none': if dir.startswith(objroot): return dir.replace(objroot,'') return None m = self.dirdep_re.match(dir.replace(objroot,'')) if m: ddep = m.group(2) dmachine = m.group(1) if dmachine != self.machine: if not (self.machine == 'host' and dmachine == self.host_target): if self.debug > 2: print("adding .%s to %s" % (dmachine, ddep), file=self.debug_out) ddep += '.' + dmachine return ddep def try_parse(self, name=None, file=None): """give file and line number causing exception""" try: self.parse(name, file) except: # give a useful clue print('{}:{}: '.format(self.name, self.line), end=' ', file=sys.stderr) raise def parse(self, name=None, file=None): """A meta file looks like: # Meta data file "path" CMD "command-line" CWD "cwd" TARGET "target" -- command output -- -- filemon acquired metadata -- # buildmon version 3 V 3 C "pid" "cwd" E "pid" "path" F "pid" "child" R "pid" "path" W "pid" "path" X "pid" "status" D "pid" "path" L "pid" "src" "target" M "pid" "old" "new" S "pid" "path" # Bye bye We go to some effort to avoid processing a dependency more than once. Of the above record types only C,E,F,L,R,V and W are of interest. """ version = 0 # unknown if name: self.name = name; if file: f = file cwd = self.last_dir = self.cwd else: f = open(self.name, 'r') skip = True pid_cwd = {} pid_last_dir = {} last_pid = 0 self.line = 0 if self.curdir: self.seenit(self.curdir) # we ignore this interesting = 'CEFLRV' for line in f: self.line += 1 # ignore anything we don't care about if not line[0] in interesting: continue if self.debug > 2: print("input:", line, end=' ', file=self.debug_out) w = line.split() if skip: if w[0] == 'V': skip = False version = int(w[1]) """ if version < 4: # we cannot ignore 'W' records # as they may be 'rw' interesting += 'W' """ elif w[0] == 'CWD': self.cwd = cwd = self.last_dir = w[1] self.seenit(cwd) # ignore this if self.debug: print("%s: CWD=%s" % (self.name, cwd), file=self.debug_out) continue pid = int(w[1]) if pid != last_pid: if last_pid: pid_last_dir[last_pid] = self.last_dir cwd = getv(pid_cwd, pid, self.cwd) self.last_dir = getv(pid_last_dir, pid, self.cwd) last_pid = pid # process operations if w[0] == 'F': npid = int(w[2]) pid_cwd[npid] = cwd pid_last_dir[npid] = cwd last_pid = npid continue elif w[0] == 'C': cwd = abspath(w[2], cwd, None, self.debug, self.debug_out) + if not cwd: + cwd = w[2] + if self.debug > 1: + print("missing cwd=", cwd, file=self.debug_out) if cwd.endswith('/.'): cwd = cwd[0:-2] self.last_dir = pid_last_dir[pid] = cwd pid_cwd[pid] = cwd if self.debug > 1: print("cwd=", cwd, file=self.debug_out) continue if w[2] in self.seen: if self.debug > 2: print("seen:", w[2], file=self.debug_out) continue # file operations if w[0] in 'ML': # these are special, tread src as read and # target as write - self.parse_path(w[1].strip("'"), cwd, 'R', w) - self.parse_path(w[2].strip("'"), cwd, 'W', w) + self.parse_path(w[2].strip("'"), cwd, 'R', w) + self.parse_path(w[3].strip("'"), cwd, 'W', w) continue elif w[0] in 'ERWS': path = w[2] self.parse_path(path, cwd, w[0], w) if not file: f.close() def is_src(self, base, dir, rdir): """is base in srctop""" for dir in [dir,rdir]: if not dir: continue path = '/'.join([dir,base]) srctop = self.find_top(path, self.srctops) if srctop: if self.dpdeps: self.add(self.file_deps, path.replace(srctop,''), 'file') self.add(self.src_deps, dir.replace(srctop,''), 'src') self.seenit(dir) return True return False def parse_path(self, path, cwd, op=None, w=[]): """look at a path for the op specified""" if not op: op = w[0] # we are never interested in .dirdep files as dependencies if path.endswith('.dirdep'): return for p in self.excludes: if p and path.startswith(p): if self.debug > 2: print("exclude:", p, path, file=self.debug_out) return # we don't want to resolve the last component if it is # a symlink path = resolve(path, cwd, self.last_dir, self.debug, self.debug_out) if not path: return dir,base = os.path.split(path) if dir in self.seen: if self.debug > 2: print("seen:", dir, file=self.debug_out) return # we can have a path in an objdir which is a link # to the src dir, we may need to add dependencies for each rdir = dir dir = abspath(dir, cwd, self.last_dir, self.debug, self.debug_out) rdir = os.path.realpath(dir) if rdir == dir: rdir = None # now put path back together path = '/'.join([dir,base]) if self.debug > 1: print("raw=%s rdir=%s dir=%s path=%s" % (w[2], rdir, dir, path), file=self.debug_out) if op in 'RWS': if path in [self.last_dir, cwd, self.cwd, self.curdir]: if self.debug > 1: print("skipping:", path, file=self.debug_out) return if os.path.isdir(path): if op in 'RW': self.last_dir = path; if self.debug > 1: print("ldir=", self.last_dir, file=self.debug_out) return - if op in 'ERW': + if op in 'ER': # finally, we get down to it if dir == self.cwd or dir == self.curdir: return if self.is_src(base, dir, rdir): self.seenit(w[2]) if not rdir: return objroot = None for dir in [dir,rdir]: if not dir: continue objroot = self.find_top(dir, self.objroots) if objroot: break if objroot: ddep = self.find_obj(objroot, dir, path, w[2]) if ddep: self.add(self.obj_deps, ddep, 'obj') if self.dpdeps and objroot.endswith('/stage/'): sp = '/'.join(path.replace(objroot,'').split('/')[1:]) self.add(self.file_deps, sp, 'file') else: # don't waste time looking again self.seenit(w[2]) self.seenit(dir) def main(argv, klass=MetaFile, xopts='', xoptf=None): """Simple driver for class MetaFile. Usage: script [options] [key=value ...] "meta" ... Options and key=value pairs contribute to the dictionary passed to MetaFile. -S "SRCTOP" add "SRCTOP" to the "SRCTOPS" list. -C "CURDIR" -O "OBJROOT" add "OBJROOT" to the "OBJROOTS" list. -m "MACHINE" -a "MACHINE_ARCH" -H "HOST_TARGET" -D "DPDEPS" -d bumps debug level """ import getopt # import Psyco if we can # it can speed things up quite a bit have_psyco = 0 try: import psyco psyco.full() have_psyco = 1 except: pass conf = { 'SRCTOPS': [], 'OBJROOTS': [], 'EXCLUDES': [], } try: machine = os.environ['MACHINE'] if machine: conf['MACHINE'] = machine machine_arch = os.environ['MACHINE_ARCH'] if machine_arch: conf['MACHINE_ARCH'] = machine_arch srctop = os.environ['SB_SRC'] if srctop: conf['SRCTOPS'].append(srctop) objroot = os.environ['SB_OBJROOT'] if objroot: conf['OBJROOTS'].append(objroot) except: pass debug = 0 output = True opts, args = getopt.getopt(argv[1:], 'a:dS:C:O:R:m:D:H:qT:X:' + xopts) for o, a in opts: if o == '-a': conf['MACHINE_ARCH'] = a elif o == '-d': debug += 1 elif o == '-q': output = False elif o == '-H': conf['HOST_TARGET'] = a elif o == '-S': if a not in conf['SRCTOPS']: conf['SRCTOPS'].append(a) elif o == '-C': conf['CURDIR'] = a elif o == '-O': if a not in conf['OBJROOTS']: conf['OBJROOTS'].append(a) elif o == '-R': conf['RELDIR'] = a elif o == '-D': conf['DPDEPS'] = a elif o == '-m': conf['MACHINE'] = a elif o == '-T': conf['TARGET_SPEC'] = a elif o == '-X': if a not in conf['EXCLUDES']: conf['EXCLUDES'].append(a) elif xoptf: xoptf(o, a, conf) conf['debug'] = debug # get any var=val assignments eaten = [] for a in args: if a.find('=') > 0: k,v = a.split('=') if k in ['SRCTOP','OBJROOT','SRCTOPS','OBJROOTS']: if k == 'SRCTOP': k = 'SRCTOPS' elif k == 'OBJROOT': k = 'OBJROOTS' if v not in conf[k]: conf[k].append(v) else: conf[k] = v eaten.append(a) continue break for a in eaten: args.remove(a) debug_out = getv(conf, 'debug_out', sys.stderr) if debug: print("config:", file=debug_out) print("psyco=", have_psyco, file=debug_out) for k,v in list(conf.items()): print("%s=%s" % (k,v), file=debug_out) m = None for a in args: if a.endswith('.meta'): if not os.path.exists(a): continue m = klass(a, conf) elif a.startswith('@'): # there can actually multiple files per line for line in open(a[1:]): for f in line.strip().split(): if not os.path.exists(f): continue m = klass(f, conf) if output and m: print(m.dirdeps()) print(m.src_dirdeps('\nsrc:')) dpdeps = getv(conf, 'DPDEPS') if dpdeps: m.file_depends(open(dpdeps, 'wb')) return m if __name__ == '__main__': try: main(sys.argv) except: # yes, this goes to stdout print("ERROR: ", sys.exc_info()[1]) raise Index: vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/var.c =================================================================== --- vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/var.c (revision 361953) +++ vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist/var.c (revision 361954) @@ -1,4357 +1,4367 @@ -/* $NetBSD: var.c,v 1.223 2020/04/25 18:20:57 christos Exp $ */ +/* $NetBSD: var.c,v 1.224 2020/06/05 19:20:46 sjg Exp $ */ /* * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks * All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed by the University of * California, Berkeley and its contributors. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE -static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.223 2020/04/25 18:20:57 christos Exp $"; +static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.224 2020/06/05 19:20:46 sjg Exp $"; #else #include #ifndef lint #if 0 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)var.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94"; #else -__RCSID("$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.223 2020/04/25 18:20:57 christos Exp $"); +__RCSID("$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.224 2020/06/05 19:20:46 sjg Exp $"); #endif #endif /* not lint */ #endif /*- * var.c -- * Variable-handling functions * * Interface: * Var_Set Set the value of a variable in the given * context. The variable is created if it doesn't * yet exist. The value and variable name need not * be preserved. * * Var_Append Append more characters to an existing variable * in the given context. The variable needn't * exist already -- it will be created if it doesn't. * A space is placed between the old value and the * new one. * * Var_Exists See if a variable exists. * * Var_Value Return the value of a variable in a context or * NULL if the variable is undefined. * * Var_Subst Substitute named variable, or all variables if * NULL in a string using * the given context as the top-most one. If the * third argument is non-zero, Parse_Error is * called if any variables are undefined. * * Var_Parse Parse a variable expansion from a string and * return the result and the number of characters * consumed. * * Var_Delete Delete a variable in a context. * * Var_Init Initialize this module. * * Debugging: * Var_Dump Print out all variables defined in the given * context. * * XXX: There's a lot of duplication in these functions. */ #include #ifndef NO_REGEX #include #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include "make.h" #include "buf.h" #include "dir.h" #include "job.h" #include "metachar.h" extern int makelevel; /* * This lets us tell if we have replaced the original environ * (which we cannot free). */ char **savedEnv = NULL; /* * This is a harmless return value for Var_Parse that can be used by Var_Subst * to determine if there was an error in parsing -- easier than returning * a flag, as things outside this module don't give a hoot. */ char var_Error[] = ""; /* * Similar to var_Error, but returned when the 'VARF_UNDEFERR' flag for * Var_Parse is not set. Why not just use a constant? Well, gcc likes * to condense identical string instances... */ static char varNoError[] = ""; /* * Traditionally we consume $$ during := like any other expansion. * Other make's do not. * This knob allows controlling the behavior. * FALSE for old behavior. * TRUE for new compatible. */ #define SAVE_DOLLARS ".MAKE.SAVE_DOLLARS" static Boolean save_dollars = FALSE; /* * Internally, variables are contained in four different contexts. * 1) the environment. They may not be changed. If an environment * variable is appended-to, the result is placed in the global * context. * 2) the global context. Variables set in the Makefile are located in * the global context. It is the penultimate context searched when * substituting. * 3) the command-line context. All variables set on the command line * are placed in this context. They are UNALTERABLE once placed here. * 4) the local context. Each target has associated with it a context * list. On this list are located the structures describing such * local variables as $(@) and $(*) * The four contexts are searched in the reverse order from which they are * listed. */ GNode *VAR_INTERNAL; /* variables from make itself */ GNode *VAR_GLOBAL; /* variables from the makefile */ GNode *VAR_CMD; /* variables defined on the command-line */ #define FIND_CMD 0x1 /* look in VAR_CMD when searching */ #define FIND_GLOBAL 0x2 /* look in VAR_GLOBAL as well */ #define FIND_ENV 0x4 /* look in the environment also */ typedef struct Var { char *name; /* the variable's name */ Buffer val; /* its value */ int flags; /* miscellaneous status flags */ #define VAR_IN_USE 1 /* Variable's value currently being used. * Used to avoid recursion */ #define VAR_FROM_ENV 2 /* Variable comes from the environment */ #define VAR_JUNK 4 /* Variable is a junk variable that * should be destroyed when done with * it. Used by Var_Parse for undefined, * modified variables */ #define VAR_KEEP 8 /* Variable is VAR_JUNK, but we found * a use for it in some modifier and * the value is therefore valid */ #define VAR_EXPORTED 16 /* Variable is exported */ #define VAR_REEXPORT 32 /* Indicate if var needs re-export. * This would be true if it contains $'s */ #define VAR_FROM_CMD 64 /* Variable came from command line */ } Var; /* * Exporting vars is expensive so skip it if we can */ #define VAR_EXPORTED_NONE 0 #define VAR_EXPORTED_YES 1 #define VAR_EXPORTED_ALL 2 static int var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_NONE; /* * We pass this to Var_Export when doing the initial export * or after updating an exported var. */ #define VAR_EXPORT_PARENT 1 /* * We pass this to Var_Export1 to tell it to leave the value alone. */ #define VAR_EXPORT_LITERAL 2 /* Var*Pattern flags */ #define VAR_SUB_GLOBAL 0x01 /* Apply substitution globally */ #define VAR_SUB_ONE 0x02 /* Apply substitution to one word */ #define VAR_SUB_MATCHED 0x04 /* There was a match */ #define VAR_MATCH_START 0x08 /* Match at start of word */ #define VAR_MATCH_END 0x10 /* Match at end of word */ #define VAR_NOSUBST 0x20 /* don't expand vars in VarGetPattern */ /* Var_Set flags */ #define VAR_NO_EXPORT 0x01 /* do not export */ typedef struct { /* * The following fields are set by Var_Parse() when it * encounters modifiers that need to keep state for use by * subsequent modifiers within the same variable expansion. */ Byte varSpace; /* Word separator in expansions */ Boolean oneBigWord; /* TRUE if we will treat the variable as a * single big word, even if it contains * embedded spaces (as opposed to the * usual behaviour of treating it as * several space-separated words). */ } Var_Parse_State; /* struct passed as 'void *' to VarSubstitute() for ":S/lhs/rhs/", * to VarSYSVMatch() for ":lhs=rhs". */ typedef struct { const char *lhs; /* String to match */ int leftLen; /* Length of string */ const char *rhs; /* Replacement string (w/ &'s removed) */ int rightLen; /* Length of replacement */ int flags; } VarPattern; /* struct passed as 'void *' to VarLoopExpand() for ":@tvar@str@" */ typedef struct { GNode *ctxt; /* variable context */ char *tvar; /* name of temp var */ int tvarLen; char *str; /* string to expand */ int strLen; int errnum; /* errnum for not defined */ } VarLoop_t; #ifndef NO_REGEX /* struct passed as 'void *' to VarRESubstitute() for ":C///" */ typedef struct { regex_t re; int nsub; regmatch_t *matches; char *replace; int flags; } VarREPattern; #endif /* struct passed to VarSelectWords() for ":[start..end]" */ typedef struct { int start; /* first word to select */ int end; /* last word to select */ } VarSelectWords_t; static Var *VarFind(const char *, GNode *, int); static void VarAdd(const char *, const char *, GNode *); static Boolean VarHead(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static Boolean VarTail(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static Boolean VarSuffix(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static Boolean VarRoot(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static Boolean VarMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); #ifdef SYSVVARSUB static Boolean VarSYSVMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); #endif static Boolean VarNoMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); #ifndef NO_REGEX static void VarREError(int, regex_t *, const char *); static Boolean VarRESubstitute(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); #endif static Boolean VarSubstitute(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static Boolean VarLoopExpand(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static char *VarGetPattern(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, int, const char **, int, int *, int *, VarPattern *); static char *VarQuote(char *, Boolean); static char *VarHash(char *); static char *VarModify(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, const char *, Boolean (*)(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *), void *); static char *VarOrder(const char *, const char); static char *VarUniq(const char *); static int VarWordCompare(const void *, const void *); static void VarPrintVar(void *); #define BROPEN '{' #define BRCLOSE '}' #define PROPEN '(' #define PRCLOSE ')' /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarFind -- * Find the given variable in the given context and any other contexts * indicated. * * Input: * name name to find * ctxt context in which to find it * flags FIND_GLOBAL set means to look in the * VAR_GLOBAL context as well. FIND_CMD set means * to look in the VAR_CMD context also. FIND_ENV * set means to look in the environment * * Results: * A pointer to the structure describing the desired variable or * NULL if the variable does not exist. * * Side Effects: * None *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Var * VarFind(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, int flags) { Hash_Entry *var; Var *v; /* * If the variable name begins with a '.', it could very well be one of * the local ones. We check the name against all the local variables * and substitute the short version in for 'name' if it matches one of * them. */ if (*name == '.' && isupper((unsigned char) name[1])) switch (name[1]) { case 'A': if (!strcmp(name, ".ALLSRC")) name = ALLSRC; if (!strcmp(name, ".ARCHIVE")) name = ARCHIVE; break; case 'I': if (!strcmp(name, ".IMPSRC")) name = IMPSRC; break; case 'M': if (!strcmp(name, ".MEMBER")) name = MEMBER; break; case 'O': if (!strcmp(name, ".OODATE")) name = OODATE; break; case 'P': if (!strcmp(name, ".PREFIX")) name = PREFIX; break; case 'T': if (!strcmp(name, ".TARGET")) name = TARGET; break; } #ifdef notyet /* for compatibility with gmake */ if (name[0] == '^' && name[1] == '\0') name = ALLSRC; #endif /* * First look for the variable in the given context. If it's not there, * look for it in VAR_CMD, VAR_GLOBAL and the environment, in that order, * depending on the FIND_* flags in 'flags' */ var = Hash_FindEntry(&ctxt->context, name); if ((var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_CMD) && (ctxt != VAR_CMD)) { var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_CMD->context, name); } if (!checkEnvFirst && (var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_GLOBAL) && (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL)) { var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, name); if ((var == NULL) && (ctxt != VAR_INTERNAL)) { /* VAR_INTERNAL is subordinate to VAR_GLOBAL */ var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_INTERNAL->context, name); } } if ((var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_ENV)) { char *env; if ((env = getenv(name)) != NULL) { int len; v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var)); v->name = bmake_strdup(name); len = strlen(env); Buf_Init(&v->val, len + 1); Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, len, env); v->flags = VAR_FROM_ENV; return (v); } else if (checkEnvFirst && (flags & FIND_GLOBAL) && (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL)) { var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, name); if ((var == NULL) && (ctxt != VAR_INTERNAL)) { var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_INTERNAL->context, name); } if (var == NULL) { return NULL; } else { return ((Var *)Hash_GetValue(var)); } } else { return NULL; } } else if (var == NULL) { return NULL; } else { return ((Var *)Hash_GetValue(var)); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarFreeEnv -- * If the variable is an environment variable, free it * * Input: * v the variable * destroy true if the value buffer should be destroyed. * * Results: * 1 if it is an environment variable 0 ow. * * Side Effects: * The variable is free'ed if it is an environent variable. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarFreeEnv(Var *v, Boolean destroy) { if ((v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) == 0) return FALSE; free(v->name); Buf_Destroy(&v->val, destroy); free(v); return TRUE; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarAdd -- * Add a new variable of name name and value val to the given context * * Input: * name name of variable to add * val value to set it to * ctxt context in which to set it * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * The new variable is placed at the front of the given context * The name and val arguments are duplicated so they may * safely be freed. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void VarAdd(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt) { Var *v; int len; Hash_Entry *h; v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var)); len = val ? strlen(val) : 0; Buf_Init(&v->val, len+1); Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, len, val); v->flags = 0; h = Hash_CreateEntry(&ctxt->context, name, NULL); Hash_SetValue(h, v); v->name = h->name; if (DEBUG(VAR) && (ctxt->flags & INTERNAL) == 0) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name, val); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Delete -- * Remove a variable from a context. * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * The Var structure is removed and freed. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Var_Delete(const char *name, GNode *ctxt) { Hash_Entry *ln; char *cp; if (strchr(name, '$')) { cp = Var_Subst(NULL, name, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); } else { cp = (char *)name; } ln = Hash_FindEntry(&ctxt->context, cp); if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s:delete %s%s\n", ctxt->name, cp, ln ? "" : " (not found)"); } if (cp != name) { free(cp); } if (ln != NULL) { Var *v; v = (Var *)Hash_GetValue(ln); if ((v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) { unsetenv(v->name); } if (strcmp(MAKE_EXPORTED, v->name) == 0) { var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_NONE; } if (v->name != ln->name) free(v->name); Hash_DeleteEntry(&ctxt->context, ln); Buf_Destroy(&v->val, TRUE); free(v); } } /* * Export a var. * We ignore make internal variables (those which start with '.') * Also we jump through some hoops to avoid calling setenv * more than necessary since it can leak. * We only manipulate flags of vars if 'parent' is set. */ static int Var_Export1(const char *name, int flags) { char tmp[BUFSIZ]; Var *v; char *val = NULL; int n; int parent = (flags & VAR_EXPORT_PARENT); if (*name == '.') return 0; /* skip internals */ if (!name[1]) { /* * A single char. * If it is one of the vars that should only appear in * local context, skip it, else we can get Var_Subst * into a loop. */ switch (name[0]) { case '@': case '%': case '*': case '!': return 0; } } v = VarFind(name, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); if (v == NULL) { return 0; } if (!parent && (v->flags & (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT)) == VAR_EXPORTED) { return 0; /* nothing to do */ } val = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL); if ((flags & VAR_EXPORT_LITERAL) == 0 && strchr(val, '$')) { if (parent) { /* * Flag this as something we need to re-export. * No point actually exporting it now though, * the child can do it at the last minute. */ v->flags |= (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT); return 1; } if (v->flags & VAR_IN_USE) { /* * We recursed while exporting in a child. * This isn't going to end well, just skip it. */ return 0; } n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${%s}", name); if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) { val = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); setenv(name, val, 1); free(val); } } else { if (parent) { v->flags &= ~VAR_REEXPORT; /* once will do */ } if (parent || !(v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) { setenv(name, val, 1); } } /* * This is so Var_Set knows to call Var_Export again... */ if (parent) { v->flags |= VAR_EXPORTED; } return 1; } /* * This gets called from our children. */ void Var_ExportVars(void) { char tmp[BUFSIZ]; Hash_Entry *var; Hash_Search state; Var *v; char *val; int n; /* * Several make's support this sort of mechanism for tracking * recursion - but each uses a different name. * We allow the makefiles to update MAKELEVEL and ensure * children see a correctly incremented value. */ snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%d", makelevel + 1); setenv(MAKE_LEVEL_ENV, tmp, 1); if (VAR_EXPORTED_NONE == var_exportedVars) return; if (VAR_EXPORTED_ALL == var_exportedVars) { /* * Ouch! This is crazy... */ for (var = Hash_EnumFirst(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, &state); var != NULL; var = Hash_EnumNext(&state)) { v = (Var *)Hash_GetValue(var); Var_Export1(v->name, 0); } return; } /* * We have a number of exported vars, */ n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":O:u}"); if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) { char **av; char *as; int ac; int i; val = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); if (*val) { av = brk_string(val, &ac, FALSE, &as); for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { Var_Export1(av[i], 0); } free(as); free(av); } free(val); } } /* * This is called when .export is seen or * .MAKE.EXPORTED is modified. * It is also called when any exported var is modified. */ void Var_Export(char *str, int isExport) { char *name; char *val; char **av; char *as; int flags; int ac; int i; if (isExport && (!str || !str[0])) { var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_ALL; /* use with caution! */ return; } flags = 0; if (strncmp(str, "-env", 4) == 0) { str += 4; } else if (strncmp(str, "-literal", 8) == 0) { str += 8; flags |= VAR_EXPORT_LITERAL; } else { flags |= VAR_EXPORT_PARENT; } val = Var_Subst(NULL, str, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); if (*val) { av = brk_string(val, &ac, FALSE, &as); for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { name = av[i]; if (!name[1]) { /* * A single char. * If it is one of the vars that should only appear in * local context, skip it, else we can get Var_Subst * into a loop. */ switch (name[0]) { case '@': case '%': case '*': case '!': continue; } } if (Var_Export1(name, flags)) { if (VAR_EXPORTED_ALL != var_exportedVars) var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_YES; if (isExport && (flags & VAR_EXPORT_PARENT)) { Var_Append(MAKE_EXPORTED, name, VAR_GLOBAL); } } } free(as); free(av); } free(val); } /* * This is called when .unexport[-env] is seen. */ extern char **environ; void Var_UnExport(char *str) { char tmp[BUFSIZ]; char *vlist; char *cp; Boolean unexport_env; int n; if (!str || !str[0]) { return; /* assert? */ } vlist = NULL; str += 8; unexport_env = (strncmp(str, "-env", 4) == 0); if (unexport_env) { char **newenv; cp = getenv(MAKE_LEVEL_ENV); /* we should preserve this */ if (environ == savedEnv) { /* we have been here before! */ newenv = bmake_realloc(environ, 2 * sizeof(char *)); } else { if (savedEnv) { free(savedEnv); savedEnv = NULL; } newenv = bmake_malloc(2 * sizeof(char *)); } if (!newenv) return; /* Note: we cannot safely free() the original environ. */ environ = savedEnv = newenv; newenv[0] = NULL; newenv[1] = NULL; if (cp && *cp) setenv(MAKE_LEVEL_ENV, cp, 1); } else { for (; *str != '\n' && isspace((unsigned char) *str); str++) continue; if (str[0] && str[0] != '\n') { vlist = str; } } if (!vlist) { /* Using .MAKE.EXPORTED */ n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":O:u}"); if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) { vlist = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); } } if (vlist) { Var *v; char **av; char *as; int ac; int i; av = brk_string(vlist, &ac, FALSE, &as); for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { v = VarFind(av[i], VAR_GLOBAL, 0); if (!v) continue; if (!unexport_env && (v->flags & (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT)) == VAR_EXPORTED) { unsetenv(v->name); } v->flags &= ~(VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT); /* * If we are unexporting a list, * remove each one from .MAKE.EXPORTED. * If we are removing them all, * just delete .MAKE.EXPORTED below. */ if (vlist == str) { n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":N%s}", v->name); if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) { cp = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); Var_Set(MAKE_EXPORTED, cp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); free(cp); } } } free(as); free(av); if (vlist != str) { Var_Delete(MAKE_EXPORTED, VAR_GLOBAL); free(vlist); } } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Set -- * Set the variable name to the value val in the given context. * * Input: * name name of variable to set * val value to give to the variable * ctxt context in which to set it * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * If the variable doesn't yet exist, a new record is created for it. * Else the old value is freed and the new one stuck in its place * * Notes: * The variable is searched for only in its context before being * created in that context. I.e. if the context is VAR_GLOBAL, * only VAR_GLOBAL->context is searched. Likewise if it is VAR_CMD, only * VAR_CMD->context is searched. This is done to avoid the literally * thousands of unnecessary strcmp's that used to be done to * set, say, $(@) or $(<). * If the context is VAR_GLOBAL though, we check if the variable * was set in VAR_CMD from the command line and skip it if so. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Var_Set(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt, int flags) { Var *v; char *expanded_name = NULL; /* * We only look for a variable in the given context since anything set * here will override anything in a lower context, so there's not much * point in searching them all just to save a bit of memory... */ if (strchr(name, '$') != NULL) { expanded_name = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, VARF_WANTRES); if (expanded_name[0] == 0) { if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Var_Set(\"%s\", \"%s\", ...) " "name expands to empty string - ignored\n", name, val); } free(expanded_name); return; } name = expanded_name; } if (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL) { v = VarFind(name, VAR_CMD, 0); if (v != NULL) { if ((v->flags & VAR_FROM_CMD)) { if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s ignored!\n", ctxt->name, name, val); } goto out; } VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE); } } v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0); if (v == NULL) { if (ctxt == VAR_CMD && (flags & VAR_NO_EXPORT) == 0) { /* * This var would normally prevent the same name being added * to VAR_GLOBAL, so delete it from there if needed. * Otherwise -V name may show the wrong value. */ Var_Delete(name, VAR_GLOBAL); } VarAdd(name, val, ctxt); } else { Buf_Empty(&v->val); if (val) Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, strlen(val), val); if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name, val); } if ((v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) { Var_Export1(name, VAR_EXPORT_PARENT); } } /* * Any variables given on the command line are automatically exported * to the environment (as per POSIX standard) */ if (ctxt == VAR_CMD && (flags & VAR_NO_EXPORT) == 0) { if (v == NULL) { /* we just added it */ v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0); } if (v != NULL) v->flags |= VAR_FROM_CMD; /* * If requested, don't export these in the environment * individually. We still put them in MAKEOVERRIDES so * that the command-line settings continue to override * Makefile settings. */ if (varNoExportEnv != TRUE) setenv(name, val ? val : "", 1); Var_Append(MAKEOVERRIDES, name, VAR_GLOBAL); } if (*name == '.') { if (strcmp(name, SAVE_DOLLARS) == 0) save_dollars = s2Boolean(val, save_dollars); } out: free(expanded_name); if (v != NULL) VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Append -- * The variable of the given name has the given value appended to it in * the given context. * * Input: * name name of variable to modify * val String to append to it * ctxt Context in which this should occur * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * If the variable doesn't exist, it is created. Else the strings * are concatenated (with a space in between). * * Notes: * Only if the variable is being sought in the global context is the * environment searched. * XXX: Knows its calling circumstances in that if called with ctxt * an actual target, it will only search that context since only * a local variable could be being appended to. This is actually * a big win and must be tolerated. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Var_Append(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt) { Var *v; Hash_Entry *h; char *expanded_name = NULL; if (strchr(name, '$') != NULL) { expanded_name = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, VARF_WANTRES); if (expanded_name[0] == 0) { if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Var_Append(\"%s\", \"%s\", ...) " "name expands to empty string - ignored\n", name, val); } free(expanded_name); return; } name = expanded_name; } v = VarFind(name, ctxt, (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL) ? (FIND_CMD|FIND_ENV) : 0); if (v == NULL) { Var_Set(name, val, ctxt, 0); } else if (ctxt == VAR_CMD || !(v->flags & VAR_FROM_CMD)) { Buf_AddByte(&v->val, ' '); Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, strlen(val), val); if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name, Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)); } if (v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) { /* * If the original variable came from the environment, we * have to install it in the global context (we could place * it in the environment, but then we should provide a way to * export other variables...) */ v->flags &= ~VAR_FROM_ENV; h = Hash_CreateEntry(&ctxt->context, name, NULL); Hash_SetValue(h, v); } } free(expanded_name); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Exists -- * See if the given variable exists. * * Input: * name Variable to find * ctxt Context in which to start search * * Results: * TRUE if it does, FALSE if it doesn't * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Boolean Var_Exists(const char *name, GNode *ctxt) { Var *v; char *cp; if ((cp = strchr(name, '$')) != NULL) { cp = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, VARF_WANTRES); } v = VarFind(cp ? cp : name, ctxt, FIND_CMD|FIND_GLOBAL|FIND_ENV); free(cp); if (v == NULL) { return(FALSE); } else { (void)VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE); } return(TRUE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Value -- * Return the value of the named variable in the given context * * Input: * name name to find * ctxt context in which to search for it * * Results: * The value if the variable exists, NULL if it doesn't * * Side Effects: * None *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ char * Var_Value(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, char **frp) { Var *v; v = VarFind(name, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD); *frp = NULL; if (v != NULL) { char *p = (Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)); if (VarFreeEnv(v, FALSE)) *frp = p; return p; } else { return NULL; } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarHead -- * Remove the tail of the given word and place the result in the given * buffer. * * Input: * word Word to trim * addSpace True if need to add a space to the buffer * before sticking in the head * buf Buffer in which to store it * * Results: * TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be * added to the buffer before the next word). * * Side Effects: * The trimmed word is added to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarHead(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED) { char *slash; slash = strrchr(word, '/'); if (slash != NULL) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } *slash = '\0'; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); *slash = '/'; return (TRUE); } else { /* * If no directory part, give . (q.v. the POSIX standard) */ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); Buf_AddByte(buf, '.'); } return TRUE; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarTail -- * Remove the head of the given word and place the result in the given * buffer. * * Input: * word Word to trim * addSpace True if need to add a space to the buffer * before adding the tail * buf Buffer in which to store it * * Results: * TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be * added to the buffer before the next word). * * Side Effects: * The trimmed word is added to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarTail(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED) { char *slash; if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } slash = strrchr(word, '/'); if (slash != NULL) { *slash++ = '\0'; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(slash), slash); slash[-1] = '/'; } else { Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); } return TRUE; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarSuffix -- * Place the suffix of the given word in the given buffer. * * Input: * word Word to trim * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space before placing the * suffix in the buffer * buf Buffer in which to store it * * Results: * TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be * added to the buffer before the next word). * * Side Effects: * The suffix from the word is placed in the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarSuffix(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED) { char *dot; dot = strrchr(word, '.'); if (dot != NULL) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } *dot++ = '\0'; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(dot), dot); dot[-1] = '.'; addSpace = TRUE; } return addSpace; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarRoot -- * Remove the suffix of the given word and place the result in the * buffer. * * Input: * word Word to trim * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer * before placing the root in it * buf Buffer in which to store it * * Results: * TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be * added to the buffer before the next word). * * Side Effects: * The trimmed word is added to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarRoot(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED) { char *dot; if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } dot = strrchr(word, '.'); if (dot != NULL) { *dot = '\0'; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); *dot = '.'; } else { Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); } return TRUE; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarMatch -- * Place the word in the buffer if it matches the given pattern. * Callback function for VarModify to implement the :M modifier. * * Input: * word Word to examine * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer * before adding the word, if it matches * buf Buffer in which to store it * pattern Pattern the word must match * * Results: * TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next * word. * * Side Effects: * The word may be copied to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarMatch(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *pattern) { if (DEBUG(VAR)) fprintf(debug_file, "VarMatch [%s] [%s]\n", word, (char *)pattern); if (Str_Match(word, (char *)pattern)) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); } return(addSpace); } #ifdef SYSVVARSUB /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarSYSVMatch -- * Place the word in the buffer if it matches the given pattern. * Callback function for VarModify to implement the System V % * modifiers. * * Input: * word Word to examine * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer * before adding the word, if it matches * buf Buffer in which to store it * patp Pattern the word must match * * Results: * TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next * word. * * Side Effects: * The word may be copied to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarSYSVMatch(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *patp) { size_t len; char *ptr; Boolean hasPercent; VarPattern *pat = (VarPattern *)patp; char *varexp; if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); addSpace = TRUE; if ((ptr = Str_SYSVMatch(word, pat->lhs, &len, &hasPercent)) != NULL) { varexp = Var_Subst(NULL, pat->rhs, ctx, VARF_WANTRES); Str_SYSVSubst(buf, varexp, ptr, len, hasPercent); free(varexp); } else { Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); } return(addSpace); } #endif /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarNoMatch -- * Place the word in the buffer if it doesn't match the given pattern. * Callback function for VarModify to implement the :N modifier. * * Input: * word Word to examine * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer * before adding the word, if it matches * buf Buffer in which to store it * pattern Pattern the word must match * * Results: * TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next * word. * * Side Effects: * The word may be copied to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarNoMatch(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *pattern) { if (!Str_Match(word, (char *)pattern)) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); } return(addSpace); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarSubstitute -- * Perform a string-substitution on the given word, placing the * result in the passed buffer. * * Input: * word Word to modify * addSpace True if space should be added before * other characters * buf Buffer for result * patternp Pattern for substitution * * Results: * TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarSubstitute(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *patternp) { int wordLen; /* Length of word */ char *cp; /* General pointer */ VarPattern *pattern = (VarPattern *)patternp; wordLen = strlen(word); if ((pattern->flags & (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) != (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) { /* * Still substituting -- break it down into simple anchored cases * and if none of them fits, perform the general substitution case. */ if ((pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_START) && (strncmp(word, pattern->lhs, pattern->leftLen) == 0)) { /* * Anchored at start and beginning of word matches pattern */ if ((pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) && (wordLen == pattern->leftLen)) { /* * Also anchored at end and matches to the end (word * is same length as pattern) add space and rhs only * if rhs is non-null. */ if (pattern->rightLen != 0) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs); } pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED; } else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) { /* * Doesn't match to end -- copy word wholesale */ goto nosub; } else { /* * Matches at start but need to copy in trailing characters */ if ((pattern->rightLen + wordLen - pattern->leftLen) != 0){ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; } Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs); Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen - pattern->leftLen, (word + pattern->leftLen)); pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED; } } else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_START) { /* * Had to match at start of word and didn't -- copy whole word. */ goto nosub; } else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) { /* * Anchored at end, Find only place match could occur (leftLen * characters from the end of the word) and see if it does. Note * that because the $ will be left at the end of the lhs, we have * to use strncmp. */ cp = word + (wordLen - pattern->leftLen); if ((cp >= word) && (strncmp(cp, pattern->lhs, pattern->leftLen) == 0)) { /* * Match found. If we will place characters in the buffer, * add a space before hand as indicated by addSpace, then * stuff in the initial, unmatched part of the word followed * by the right-hand-side. */ if (((cp - word) + pattern->rightLen) != 0) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; } Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp - word, word); Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs); pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED; } else { /* * Had to match at end and didn't. Copy entire word. */ goto nosub; } } else { /* * Pattern is unanchored: search for the pattern in the word using * String_FindSubstring, copying unmatched portions and the * right-hand-side for each match found, handling non-global * substitutions correctly, etc. When the loop is done, any * remaining part of the word (word and wordLen are adjusted * accordingly through the loop) is copied straight into the * buffer. * addSpace is set FALSE as soon as a space is added to the * buffer. */ Boolean done; int origSize; done = FALSE; origSize = Buf_Size(buf); while (!done) { cp = Str_FindSubstring(word, pattern->lhs); if (cp != NULL) { if (addSpace && (((cp - word) + pattern->rightLen) != 0)){ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); addSpace = FALSE; } Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp-word, word); Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs); wordLen -= (cp - word) + pattern->leftLen; word = cp + pattern->leftLen; if (wordLen == 0) { done = TRUE; } if ((pattern->flags & VAR_SUB_GLOBAL) == 0) { done = TRUE; } pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED; } else { done = TRUE; } } if (wordLen != 0) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen, word); } /* * If added characters to the buffer, need to add a space * before we add any more. If we didn't add any, just return * the previous value of addSpace. */ return ((Buf_Size(buf) != origSize) || addSpace); } return (addSpace); } nosub: if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen, word); return(TRUE); } #ifndef NO_REGEX /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarREError -- * Print the error caused by a regcomp or regexec call. * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * An error gets printed. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void VarREError(int reerr, regex_t *pat, const char *str) { char *errbuf; int errlen; errlen = regerror(reerr, pat, 0, 0); errbuf = bmake_malloc(errlen); regerror(reerr, pat, errbuf, errlen); Error("%s: %s", str, errbuf); free(errbuf); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarRESubstitute -- * Perform a regex substitution on the given word, placing the * result in the passed buffer. * * Results: * TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarRESubstitute(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *patternp) { VarREPattern *pat; int xrv; char *wp; char *rp; int added; int flags = 0; #define MAYBE_ADD_SPACE() \ if (addSpace && !added) \ Buf_AddByte(buf, ' '); \ added = 1 added = 0; wp = word; pat = patternp; if ((pat->flags & (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) == (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) xrv = REG_NOMATCH; else { tryagain: xrv = regexec(&pat->re, wp, pat->nsub, pat->matches, flags); } switch (xrv) { case 0: pat->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED; if (pat->matches[0].rm_so > 0) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddBytes(buf, pat->matches[0].rm_so, wp); } for (rp = pat->replace; *rp; rp++) { if ((*rp == '\\') && ((rp[1] == '&') || (rp[1] == '\\'))) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddByte(buf,rp[1]); rp++; } else if ((*rp == '&') || ((*rp == '\\') && isdigit((unsigned char)rp[1]))) { int n; const char *subbuf; int sublen; char errstr[3]; if (*rp == '&') { n = 0; errstr[0] = '&'; errstr[1] = '\0'; } else { n = rp[1] - '0'; errstr[0] = '\\'; errstr[1] = rp[1]; errstr[2] = '\0'; rp++; } if (n > pat->nsub) { Error("No subexpression %s", &errstr[0]); subbuf = ""; sublen = 0; } else if ((pat->matches[n].rm_so == -1) && (pat->matches[n].rm_eo == -1)) { Error("No match for subexpression %s", &errstr[0]); subbuf = ""; sublen = 0; } else { subbuf = wp + pat->matches[n].rm_so; sublen = pat->matches[n].rm_eo - pat->matches[n].rm_so; } if (sublen > 0) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddBytes(buf, sublen, subbuf); } } else { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddByte(buf, *rp); } } wp += pat->matches[0].rm_eo; if (pat->flags & VAR_SUB_GLOBAL) { flags |= REG_NOTBOL; if (pat->matches[0].rm_so == 0 && pat->matches[0].rm_eo == 0) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddByte(buf, *wp); wp++; } if (*wp) goto tryagain; } if (*wp) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(wp), wp); } break; default: VarREError(xrv, &pat->re, "Unexpected regex error"); /* fall through */ case REG_NOMATCH: if (*wp) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddBytes(buf,strlen(wp),wp); } break; } return(addSpace||added); } #endif /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarLoopExpand -- * Implements the :@@@ modifier of ODE make. * We set the temp variable named in pattern.lhs to word and expand * pattern.rhs storing the result in the passed buffer. * * Input: * word Word to modify * addSpace True if space should be added before * other characters * buf Buffer for result * pattern Datafor substitution * * Results: * TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarLoopExpand(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *loopp) { VarLoop_t *loop = (VarLoop_t *)loopp; char *s; int slen; if (word && *word) { Var_Set(loop->tvar, word, loop->ctxt, VAR_NO_EXPORT); s = Var_Subst(NULL, loop->str, loop->ctxt, loop->errnum | VARF_WANTRES); if (s != NULL && *s != '\0') { if (addSpace && *s != '\n') Buf_AddByte(buf, ' '); Buf_AddBytes(buf, (slen = strlen(s)), s); addSpace = (slen > 0 && s[slen - 1] != '\n'); } free(s); } return addSpace; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarSelectWords -- * Implements the :[start..end] modifier. * This is a special case of VarModify since we want to be able * to scan the list backwards if start > end. * * Input: * str String whose words should be trimmed * seldata words to select * * Results: * A string of all the words selected. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarSelectWords(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, const char *str, VarSelectWords_t *seldata) { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for the new string */ Boolean addSpace; /* TRUE if need to add a space to the * buffer before adding the trimmed * word */ char **av; /* word list */ char *as; /* word list memory */ int ac, i; int start, end, step; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); addSpace = FALSE; if (vpstate->oneBigWord) { /* fake what brk_string() would do if there were only one word */ ac = 1; av = bmake_malloc((ac + 1) * sizeof(char *)); as = bmake_strdup(str); av[0] = as; av[1] = NULL; } else { av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as); } /* * Now sanitize seldata. * If seldata->start or seldata->end are negative, convert them to * the positive equivalents (-1 gets converted to argc, -2 gets * converted to (argc-1), etc.). */ if (seldata->start < 0) seldata->start = ac + seldata->start + 1; if (seldata->end < 0) seldata->end = ac + seldata->end + 1; /* * We avoid scanning more of the list than we need to. */ if (seldata->start > seldata->end) { start = MIN(ac, seldata->start) - 1; end = MAX(0, seldata->end - 1); step = -1; } else { start = MAX(0, seldata->start - 1); end = MIN(ac, seldata->end); step = 1; } for (i = start; (step < 0 && i >= end) || (step > 0 && i < end); i += step) { if (av[i] && *av[i]) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(&buf, vpstate->varSpace); } Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]); addSpace = TRUE; } } free(as); free(av); return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } /*- * VarRealpath -- * Replace each word with the result of realpath() * if successful. */ static Boolean VarRealpath(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *patternp MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED) { struct stat st; char rbuf[MAXPATHLEN]; char *rp; if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; rp = cached_realpath(word, rbuf); if (rp && *rp == '/' && stat(rp, &st) == 0) word = rp; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); return(addSpace); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarModify -- * Modify each of the words of the passed string using the given * function. Used to implement all modifiers. * * Input: * str String whose words should be trimmed * modProc Function to use to modify them * datum Datum to pass it * * Results: * A string of all the words modified appropriately. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarModify(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, const char *str, Boolean (*modProc)(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *), void *datum) { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for the new string */ Boolean addSpace; /* TRUE if need to add a space to the * buffer before adding the trimmed * word */ char **av; /* word list */ char *as; /* word list memory */ int ac, i; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); addSpace = FALSE; if (vpstate->oneBigWord) { /* fake what brk_string() would do if there were only one word */ ac = 1; av = bmake_malloc((ac + 1) * sizeof(char *)); as = bmake_strdup(str); av[0] = as; av[1] = NULL; } else { av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as); } for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { addSpace = (*modProc)(ctx, vpstate, av[i], addSpace, &buf, datum); } free(as); free(av); return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } static int VarWordCompare(const void *a, const void *b) { int r = strcmp(*(const char * const *)a, *(const char * const *)b); return r; } +static int +VarWordCompareReverse(const void *a, const void *b) +{ + int r = strcmp(*(const char * const *)b, *(const char * const *)a); + return r; +} + /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarOrder -- * Order the words in the string. * * Input: * str String whose words should be sorted. * otype How to order: s - sort, x - random. * * Results: * A string containing the words ordered. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarOrder(const char *str, const char otype) { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for the new string */ char **av; /* word list [first word does not count] */ char *as; /* word list memory */ int ac, i; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as); if (ac > 0) switch (otype) { + case 'r': /* reverse sort alphabetically */ + qsort(av, ac, sizeof(char *), VarWordCompareReverse); + break; case 's': /* sort alphabetically */ qsort(av, ac, sizeof(char *), VarWordCompare); break; case 'x': /* randomize */ { int rndidx; char *t; /* * We will use [ac..2] range for mod factors. This will produce * random numbers in [(ac-1)..0] interval, and minimal * reasonable value for mod factor is 2 (the mod 1 will produce * 0 with probability 1). */ for (i = ac-1; i > 0; i--) { rndidx = random() % (i + 1); if (i != rndidx) { t = av[i]; av[i] = av[rndidx]; av[rndidx] = t; } } } } /* end of switch */ for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]); if (i != ac - 1) Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' '); } free(as); free(av); return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarUniq -- * Remove adjacent duplicate words. * * Input: * str String whose words should be sorted * * Results: * A string containing the resulting words. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarUniq(const char *str) { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for new string */ char **av; /* List of words to affect */ char *as; /* Word list memory */ int ac, i, j; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as); if (ac > 1) { for (j = 0, i = 1; i < ac; i++) if (strcmp(av[i], av[j]) != 0 && (++j != i)) av[j] = av[i]; ac = j + 1; } for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]); if (i != ac - 1) Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' '); } free(as); free(av); return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarRange -- * Return an integer sequence * * Input: * str String whose words provide default range * ac range length, if 0 use str words * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarRange(const char *str, int ac) { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for new string */ char tmp[32]; /* each element */ char **av; /* List of words to affect */ char *as; /* Word list memory */ int i, n; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); if (ac > 0) { as = NULL; av = NULL; } else { av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as); } for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%d", 1 + i); if (n >= (int)sizeof(tmp)) break; Buf_AddBytes(&buf, n, tmp); if (i != ac - 1) Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' '); } free(as); free(av); return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarGetPattern -- * Pass through the tstr looking for 1) escaped delimiters, * '$'s and backslashes (place the escaped character in * uninterpreted) and 2) unescaped $'s that aren't before * the delimiter (expand the variable substitution unless flags * has VAR_NOSUBST set). * Return the expanded string or NULL if the delimiter was missing * If pattern is specified, handle escaped ampersands, and replace * unescaped ampersands with the lhs of the pattern. * * Results: * A string of all the words modified appropriately. * If length is specified, return the string length of the buffer * If flags is specified and the last character of the pattern is a * $ set the VAR_MATCH_END bit of flags. * * Side Effects: * None. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarGetPattern(GNode *ctxt, Var_Parse_State *vpstate MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, int flags, const char **tstr, int delim, int *vflags, int *length, VarPattern *pattern) { const char *cp; char *rstr; Buffer buf; int junk; int errnum = flags & VARF_UNDEFERR; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); if (length == NULL) length = &junk; #define IS_A_MATCH(cp, delim) \ ((cp[0] == '\\') && ((cp[1] == delim) || \ (cp[1] == '\\') || (cp[1] == '$') || (pattern && (cp[1] == '&')))) /* * Skim through until the matching delimiter is found; * pick up variable substitutions on the way. Also allow * backslashes to quote the delimiter, $, and \, but don't * touch other backslashes. */ for (cp = *tstr; *cp && (*cp != delim); cp++) { if (IS_A_MATCH(cp, delim)) { Buf_AddByte(&buf, cp[1]); cp++; } else if (*cp == '$') { if (cp[1] == delim) { if (vflags == NULL) Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp); else /* * Unescaped $ at end of pattern => anchor * pattern at end. */ *vflags |= VAR_MATCH_END; } else { if (vflags == NULL || (*vflags & VAR_NOSUBST) == 0) { char *cp2; int len; void *freeIt; /* * If unescaped dollar sign not before the * delimiter, assume it's a variable * substitution and recurse. */ cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, errnum | VARF_WANTRES, &len, &freeIt); Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2); free(freeIt); cp += len - 1; } else { const char *cp2 = &cp[1]; if (*cp2 == PROPEN || *cp2 == BROPEN) { /* * Find the end of this variable reference * and suck it in without further ado. * It will be interperated later. */ int have = *cp2; int want = (*cp2 == PROPEN) ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE; int depth = 1; for (++cp2; *cp2 != '\0' && depth > 0; ++cp2) { if (cp2[-1] != '\\') { if (*cp2 == have) ++depth; if (*cp2 == want) --depth; } } Buf_AddBytes(&buf, cp2 - cp, cp); cp = --cp2; } else Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp); } } } else if (pattern && *cp == '&') Buf_AddBytes(&buf, pattern->leftLen, pattern->lhs); else Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp); } if (*cp != delim) { *tstr = cp; *length = 0; return NULL; } *tstr = ++cp; *length = Buf_Size(&buf); rstr = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); if (DEBUG(VAR)) fprintf(debug_file, "Modifier pattern: \"%s\"\n", rstr); return rstr; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarQuote -- * Quote shell meta-characters and space characters in the string * if quoteDollar is set, also quote and double any '$' characters. * * Results: * The quoted string * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarQuote(char *str, Boolean quoteDollar) { Buffer buf; const char *newline; size_t nlen; if ((newline = Shell_GetNewline()) == NULL) newline = "\\\n"; nlen = strlen(newline); Buf_Init(&buf, 0); for (; *str != '\0'; str++) { if (*str == '\n') { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, nlen, newline); continue; } if (isspace((unsigned char)*str) || ismeta((unsigned char)*str)) Buf_AddByte(&buf, '\\'); Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str); if (quoteDollar && *str == '$') Buf_AddBytes(&buf, 2, "\\$"); } str = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); if (DEBUG(VAR)) fprintf(debug_file, "QuoteMeta: [%s]\n", str); return str; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarHash -- * Hash the string using the MurmurHash3 algorithm. * Output is computed using 32bit Little Endian arithmetic. * * Input: * str String to modify * * Results: * Hash value of str, encoded as 8 hex digits. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarHash(char *str) { static const char hexdigits[16] = "0123456789abcdef"; Buffer buf; size_t len, len2; unsigned char *ustr = (unsigned char *)str; unsigned int h, k, c1, c2; h = 0x971e137bU; c1 = 0x95543787U; c2 = 0x2ad7eb25U; len2 = strlen(str); for (len = len2; len; ) { k = 0; switch (len) { default: k = (ustr[3] << 24) | (ustr[2] << 16) | (ustr[1] << 8) | ustr[0]; len -= 4; ustr += 4; break; case 3: k |= (ustr[2] << 16); /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 2: k |= (ustr[1] << 8); /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 1: k |= ustr[0]; len = 0; } c1 = c1 * 5 + 0x7b7d159cU; c2 = c2 * 5 + 0x6bce6396U; k *= c1; k = (k << 11) ^ (k >> 21); k *= c2; h = (h << 13) ^ (h >> 19); h = h * 5 + 0x52dce729U; h ^= k; } h ^= len2; h *= 0x85ebca6b; h ^= h >> 13; h *= 0xc2b2ae35; h ^= h >> 16; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); for (len = 0; len < 8; ++len) { Buf_AddByte(&buf, hexdigits[h & 15]); h >>= 4; } return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } static char * VarStrftime(const char *fmt, int zulu, time_t utc) { char buf[BUFSIZ]; if (!utc) time(&utc); if (!*fmt) fmt = "%c"; strftime(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, zulu ? gmtime(&utc) : localtime(&utc)); buf[sizeof(buf) - 1] = '\0'; return bmake_strdup(buf); } /* * Now we need to apply any modifiers the user wants applied. * These are: * :M words which match the given . * is of the standard file * wildcarding form. * :N words which do not match the given . * :S[1gW] * Substitute for in the value * :C[1gW] * Substitute for regex in the value * :H Substitute the head of each word * :T Substitute the tail of each word * :E Substitute the extension (minus '.') of * each word * :R Substitute the root of each word * (pathname minus the suffix). * :O ("Order") Alphabeticaly sort words in variable. * :Ox ("intermiX") Randomize words in variable. * :u ("uniq") Remove adjacent duplicate words. * :tu Converts the variable contents to uppercase. * :tl Converts the variable contents to lowercase. * :ts[c] Sets varSpace - the char used to * separate words to 'c'. If 'c' is * omitted then no separation is used. * :tW Treat the variable contents as a single * word, even if it contains spaces. * (Mnemonic: one big 'W'ord.) * :tw Treat the variable contents as multiple * space-separated words. * (Mnemonic: many small 'w'ords.) * :[index] Select a single word from the value. * :[start..end] Select multiple words from the value. * :[*] or :[0] Select the entire value, as a single * word. Equivalent to :tW. * :[@] Select the entire value, as multiple * words. Undoes the effect of :[*]. * Equivalent to :tw. * :[#] Returns the number of words in the value. * * :?: * If the variable evaluates to true, return * true value, else return the second value. * :lhs=rhs Like :S, but the rhs goes to the end of * the invocation. * :sh Treat the current value as a command * to be run, new value is its output. * The following added so we can handle ODE makefiles. * :@@@ * Assign a temporary local variable * to the current value of each word in turn * and replace each word with the result of * evaluating * :D Use as value if variable defined * :U Use as value if variable undefined * :L Use the name of the variable as the value. * :P Use the path of the node that has the same * name as the variable as the value. This * basically includes an implied :L so that * the common method of refering to the path * of your dependent 'x' in a rule is to use * the form '${x:P}'. * :!! Run cmd much the same as :sh run's the * current value of the variable. * The ::= modifiers, actually assign a value to the variable. * Their main purpose is in supporting modifiers of .for loop * iterators and other obscure uses. They always expand to * nothing. In a target rule that would otherwise expand to an * empty line they can be preceded with @: to keep make happy. * Eg. * * foo: .USE * .for i in ${.TARGET} ${.TARGET:R}.gz * @: ${t::=$i} * @echo blah ${t:T} * .endfor * * ::= Assigns as the new value of variable. * ::?= Assigns as value of variable if * it was not already set. * ::+= Appends to variable. * ::!= Assigns output of as the new value of * variable. */ /* we now have some modifiers with long names */ #define STRMOD_MATCH(s, want, n) \ (strncmp(s, want, n) == 0 && (s[n] == endc || s[n] == ':')) #define STRMOD_MATCHX(s, want, n) \ (strncmp(s, want, n) == 0 && (s[n] == endc || s[n] == ':' || s[n] == '=')) #define CHARMOD_MATCH(c) (c == endc || c == ':') static char * ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr, int startc, int endc, Var *v, GNode *ctxt, int flags, int *lengthPtr, void **freePtr) { const char *start; const char *cp; /* Secondary pointer into str (place marker * for tstr) */ char *newStr; /* New value to return */ char *ep; char termc; /* Character which terminated scan */ int cnt; /* Used to count brace pairs when variable in * in parens or braces */ char delim; int modifier; /* that we are processing */ Var_Parse_State parsestate; /* Flags passed to helper functions */ time_t utc; /* for VarStrftime */ delim = '\0'; parsestate.oneBigWord = FALSE; parsestate.varSpace = ' '; /* word separator */ start = cp = tstr; while (*tstr && *tstr != endc) { if (*tstr == '$') { /* * We may have some complex modifiers in a variable. */ void *freeIt; char *rval; int rlen; int c; rval = Var_Parse(tstr, ctxt, flags, &rlen, &freeIt); /* * If we have not parsed up to endc or ':', * we are not interested. */ if (rval != NULL && *rval && (c = tstr[rlen]) != '\0' && c != ':' && c != endc) { free(freeIt); goto apply_mods; } if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Got '%s' from '%.*s'%.*s\n", rval, rlen, tstr, rlen, tstr + rlen); } tstr += rlen; if (rval != NULL && *rval) { int used; nstr = ApplyModifiers(nstr, rval, 0, 0, v, ctxt, flags, &used, freePtr); if (nstr == var_Error || (nstr == varNoError && (flags & VARF_UNDEFERR) == 0) || strlen(rval) != (size_t) used) { free(freeIt); goto out; /* error already reported */ } } free(freeIt); if (*tstr == ':') tstr++; else if (!*tstr && endc) { Error("Unclosed variable specification after complex modifier (expecting '%c') for %s", endc, v->name); goto out; } continue; } apply_mods: if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Applying[%s] :%c to \"%s\"\n", v->name, *tstr, nstr); } newStr = var_Error; switch ((modifier = *tstr)) { case ':': { if (tstr[1] == '=' || (tstr[2] == '=' && (tstr[1] == '!' || tstr[1] == '+' || tstr[1] == '?'))) { /* * "::=", "::!=", "::+=", or "::?=" */ GNode *v_ctxt; /* context where v belongs */ const char *emsg; char *sv_name; VarPattern pattern; int how; int vflags; if (v->name[0] == 0) goto bad_modifier; v_ctxt = ctxt; sv_name = NULL; ++tstr; if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) { /* * We need to bmake_strdup() it incase * VarGetPattern() recurses. */ sv_name = v->name; v->name = bmake_strdup(v->name); } else if (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL) { Var *gv = VarFind(v->name, ctxt, 0); if (gv == NULL) v_ctxt = VAR_GLOBAL; else VarFreeEnv(gv, TRUE); } switch ((how = *tstr)) { case '+': case '?': case '!': cp = &tstr[2]; break; default: cp = ++tstr; break; } delim = startc == PROPEN ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE; pattern.flags = 0; vflags = (flags & VARF_WANTRES) ? 0 : VAR_NOSUBST; pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, &vflags, &pattern.rightLen, NULL); if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) { /* restore original name */ free(v->name); v->name = sv_name; } if (pattern.rhs == NULL) goto cleanup; termc = *--cp; delim = '\0'; if (flags & VARF_WANTRES) { switch (how) { case '+': Var_Append(v->name, pattern.rhs, v_ctxt); break; case '!': newStr = Cmd_Exec(pattern.rhs, &emsg); if (emsg) Error(emsg, nstr); else Var_Set(v->name, newStr, v_ctxt, 0); free(newStr); break; case '?': if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) == 0) break; /* FALLTHROUGH */ default: Var_Set(v->name, pattern.rhs, v_ctxt, 0); break; } } free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs)); newStr = varNoError; break; } goto default_case; /* "::" */ } case '@': { VarLoop_t loop; int vflags = VAR_NOSUBST; cp = ++tstr; delim = '@'; if ((loop.tvar = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, &vflags, &loop.tvarLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; if ((loop.str = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, &vflags, &loop.strLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; termc = *cp; delim = '\0'; loop.errnum = flags & VARF_UNDEFERR; loop.ctxt = ctxt; newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarLoopExpand, &loop); Var_Delete(loop.tvar, ctxt); free(loop.tvar); free(loop.str); break; } case '_': /* remember current value */ cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */ if (STRMOD_MATCHX(tstr, "_", 1)) { if (tstr[1] == '=') { char *np; int n; cp++; n = strcspn(cp, ":)}"); np = bmake_strndup(cp, n+1); np[n] = '\0'; cp = tstr + 2 + n; Var_Set(np, nstr, ctxt, 0); free(np); } else { Var_Set("_", nstr, ctxt, 0); } newStr = nstr; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'D': case 'U': { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for patterns */ int nflags; if (flags & VARF_WANTRES) { int wantres; if (*tstr == 'U') wantres = ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0); else wantres = ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) == 0); nflags = flags & ~VARF_WANTRES; if (wantres) nflags |= VARF_WANTRES; } else nflags = flags; /* * Pass through tstr looking for 1) escaped delimiters, * '$'s and backslashes (place the escaped character in * uninterpreted) and 2) unescaped $'s that aren't before * the delimiter (expand the variable substitution). * The result is left in the Buffer buf. */ Buf_Init(&buf, 0); for (cp = tstr + 1; *cp != endc && *cp != ':' && *cp != '\0'; cp++) { if ((*cp == '\\') && ((cp[1] == ':') || (cp[1] == '$') || (cp[1] == endc) || (cp[1] == '\\'))) { Buf_AddByte(&buf, cp[1]); cp++; } else if (*cp == '$') { /* * If unescaped dollar sign, assume it's a * variable substitution and recurse. */ char *cp2; int len; void *freeIt; cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, nflags, &len, &freeIt); Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2); free(freeIt); cp += len - 1; } else { Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp); } } termc = *cp; if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0) v->flags |= VAR_KEEP; if (nflags & VARF_WANTRES) { newStr = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } else { newStr = nstr; Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE); } break; } case 'L': { if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0) v->flags |= VAR_KEEP; newStr = bmake_strdup(v->name); cp = ++tstr; termc = *tstr; break; } case 'P': { GNode *gn; if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0) v->flags |= VAR_KEEP; gn = Targ_FindNode(v->name, TARG_NOCREATE); if (gn == NULL || gn->type & OP_NOPATH) { newStr = NULL; } else if (gn->path) { newStr = bmake_strdup(gn->path); } else { newStr = Dir_FindFile(v->name, Suff_FindPath(gn)); } if (!newStr) { newStr = bmake_strdup(v->name); } cp = ++tstr; termc = *tstr; break; } case '!': { const char *emsg; VarPattern pattern; pattern.flags = 0; delim = '!'; emsg = NULL; cp = ++tstr; if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, NULL, &pattern.rightLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; if (flags & VARF_WANTRES) newStr = Cmd_Exec(pattern.rhs, &emsg); else newStr = varNoError; free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs)); if (emsg) Error(emsg, nstr); termc = *cp; delim = '\0'; if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) { v->flags |= VAR_KEEP; } break; } case '[': { /* * Look for the closing ']', recursively * expanding any embedded variables. * * estr is a pointer to the expanded result, * which we must free(). */ char *estr; cp = tstr+1; /* point to char after '[' */ delim = ']'; /* look for closing ']' */ estr = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, NULL, NULL, NULL); if (estr == NULL) goto cleanup; /* report missing ']' */ /* now cp points just after the closing ']' */ delim = '\0'; if (cp[0] != ':' && cp[0] != endc) { /* Found junk after ']' */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } if (estr[0] == '\0') { /* Found empty square brackets in ":[]". */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } else if (estr[0] == '#' && estr[1] == '\0') { /* Found ":[#]" */ /* * We will need enough space for the decimal * representation of an int. We calculate the * space needed for the octal representation, * and add enough slop to cope with a '-' sign * (which should never be needed) and a '\0' * string terminator. */ int newStrSize = (sizeof(int) * CHAR_BIT + 2) / 3 + 2; newStr = bmake_malloc(newStrSize); if (parsestate.oneBigWord) { strncpy(newStr, "1", newStrSize); } else { /* XXX: brk_string() is a rather expensive * way of counting words. */ char **av; char *as; int ac; av = brk_string(nstr, &ac, FALSE, &as); snprintf(newStr, newStrSize, "%d", ac); free(as); free(av); } termc = *cp; free(estr); break; } else if (estr[0] == '*' && estr[1] == '\0') { /* Found ":[*]" */ parsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE; newStr = nstr; termc = *cp; free(estr); break; } else if (estr[0] == '@' && estr[1] == '\0') { /* Found ":[@]" */ parsestate.oneBigWord = FALSE; newStr = nstr; termc = *cp; free(estr); break; } else { /* * We expect estr to contain a single * integer for :[N], or two integers * separated by ".." for :[start..end]. */ VarSelectWords_t seldata = { 0, 0 }; seldata.start = strtol(estr, &ep, 0); if (ep == estr) { /* Found junk instead of a number */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } else if (ep[0] == '\0') { /* Found only one integer in :[N] */ seldata.end = seldata.start; } else if (ep[0] == '.' && ep[1] == '.' && ep[2] != '\0') { /* Expecting another integer after ".." */ ep += 2; seldata.end = strtol(ep, &ep, 0); if (ep[0] != '\0') { /* Found junk after ".." */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } } else { /* Found junk instead of ".." */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } /* * Now seldata is properly filled in, * but we still have to check for 0 as * a special case. */ if (seldata.start == 0 && seldata.end == 0) { /* ":[0]" or perhaps ":[0..0]" */ parsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE; newStr = nstr; termc = *cp; free(estr); break; } else if (seldata.start == 0 || seldata.end == 0) { /* ":[0..N]" or ":[N..0]" */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } /* * Normal case: select the words * described by seldata. */ newStr = VarSelectWords(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, &seldata); termc = *cp; free(estr); break; } } case 'g': cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */ if (STRMOD_MATCHX(tstr, "gmtime", 6)) { if (tstr[6] == '=') { utc = strtoul(&tstr[7], &ep, 10); cp = ep; } else { utc = 0; cp = tstr + 6; } newStr = VarStrftime(nstr, 1, utc); termc = *cp; } else { goto default_case; } break; case 'h': cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */ if (STRMOD_MATCH(tstr, "hash", 4)) { newStr = VarHash(nstr); cp = tstr + 4; termc = *cp; } else { goto default_case; } break; case 'l': cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */ if (STRMOD_MATCHX(tstr, "localtime", 9)) { if (tstr[9] == '=') { utc = strtoul(&tstr[10], &ep, 10); cp = ep; } else { utc = 0; cp = tstr + 9; } newStr = VarStrftime(nstr, 0, utc); termc = *cp; } else { goto default_case; } break; case 't': { cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */ if (tstr[1] != endc && tstr[1] != ':') { if (tstr[1] == 's') { /* * Use the char (if any) at tstr[2] * as the word separator. */ VarPattern pattern; if (tstr[2] != endc && (tstr[3] == endc || tstr[3] == ':')) { /* ":ts" or * ":ts:" */ parsestate.varSpace = tstr[2]; cp = tstr + 3; } else if (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') { /* ":ts" or ":ts:" */ parsestate.varSpace = 0; /* no separator */ cp = tstr + 2; } else if (tstr[2] == '\\') { const char *xp = &tstr[3]; int base = 8; /* assume octal */ switch (tstr[3]) { case 'n': parsestate.varSpace = '\n'; cp = tstr + 4; break; case 't': parsestate.varSpace = '\t'; cp = tstr + 4; break; case 'x': base = 16; xp++; goto get_numeric; case '0': base = 0; goto get_numeric; default: if (isdigit((unsigned char)tstr[3])) { get_numeric: parsestate.varSpace = strtoul(xp, &ep, base); if (*ep != ':' && *ep != endc) goto bad_modifier; cp = ep; } else { /* * ":ts". */ goto bad_modifier; } break; } } else { /* * Found ":ts". */ goto bad_modifier; } termc = *cp; /* * We cannot be certain that VarModify * will be used - even if there is a * subsequent modifier, so do a no-op * VarSubstitute now to for str to be * re-expanded without the spaces. */ pattern.flags = VAR_SUB_ONE; pattern.lhs = pattern.rhs = "\032"; pattern.leftLen = pattern.rightLen = 1; newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarSubstitute, &pattern); } else if (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') { /* * Check for two-character options: * ":tu", ":tl" */ if (tstr[1] == 'A') { /* absolute path */ newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarRealpath, NULL); cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; } else if (tstr[1] == 'u') { char *dp = bmake_strdup(nstr); for (newStr = dp; *dp; dp++) *dp = toupper((unsigned char)*dp); cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; } else if (tstr[1] == 'l') { char *dp = bmake_strdup(nstr); for (newStr = dp; *dp; dp++) *dp = tolower((unsigned char)*dp); cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; } else if (tstr[1] == 'W' || tstr[1] == 'w') { parsestate.oneBigWord = (tstr[1] == 'W'); newStr = nstr; cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; } else { /* Found ":t:" or * ":t". */ goto bad_modifier; } } else { /* * Found ":t". */ goto bad_modifier; } } else { /* * Found ":t" or ":t:". */ goto bad_modifier; } break; } case 'N': case 'M': { char *pattern; const char *endpat; /* points just after end of pattern */ char *cp2; Boolean copy; /* pattern should be, or has been, copied */ Boolean needSubst; int nest; copy = FALSE; needSubst = FALSE; nest = 1; /* * In the loop below, ignore ':' unless we are at * (or back to) the original brace level. * XXX This will likely not work right if $() and ${} * are intermixed. */ for (cp = tstr + 1; *cp != '\0' && !(*cp == ':' && nest == 1); cp++) { if (*cp == '\\' && (cp[1] == ':' || cp[1] == endc || cp[1] == startc)) { if (!needSubst) { copy = TRUE; } cp++; continue; } if (*cp == '$') { needSubst = TRUE; } if (*cp == '(' || *cp == '{') ++nest; if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') { --nest; if (nest == 0) break; } } termc = *cp; endpat = cp; if (copy) { /* * Need to compress the \:'s out of the pattern, so * allocate enough room to hold the uncompressed * pattern (note that cp started at tstr+1, so * cp - tstr takes the null byte into account) and * compress the pattern into the space. */ pattern = bmake_malloc(cp - tstr); for (cp2 = pattern, cp = tstr + 1; cp < endpat; cp++, cp2++) { if ((*cp == '\\') && (cp+1 < endpat) && (cp[1] == ':' || cp[1] == endc)) { cp++; } *cp2 = *cp; } *cp2 = '\0'; endpat = cp2; } else { /* * Either Var_Subst or VarModify will need a * nul-terminated string soon, so construct one now. */ pattern = bmake_strndup(tstr+1, endpat - (tstr + 1)); } if (needSubst) { /* * pattern contains embedded '$', so use Var_Subst to * expand it. */ cp2 = pattern; pattern = Var_Subst(NULL, cp2, ctxt, flags | VARF_WANTRES); free(cp2); } if (DEBUG(VAR)) fprintf(debug_file, "Pattern[%s] for [%s] is [%s]\n", v->name, nstr, pattern); if (*tstr == 'M') { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarMatch, pattern); } else { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarNoMatch, pattern); } free(pattern); break; } case 'S': { VarPattern pattern; Var_Parse_State tmpparsestate; pattern.flags = 0; tmpparsestate = parsestate; delim = tstr[1]; tstr += 2; /* * If pattern begins with '^', it is anchored to the * start of the word -- skip over it and flag pattern. */ if (*tstr == '^') { pattern.flags |= VAR_MATCH_START; tstr += 1; } cp = tstr; if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, &pattern.flags, &pattern.leftLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, NULL, &pattern.rightLen, &pattern)) == NULL) goto cleanup; /* * Check for global substitution. If 'g' after the final * delimiter, substitution is global and is marked that * way. */ for (;; cp++) { switch (*cp) { case 'g': pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_GLOBAL; continue; case '1': pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_ONE; continue; case 'W': tmpparsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE; continue; } break; } termc = *cp; newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &tmpparsestate, nstr, VarSubstitute, &pattern); /* * Free the two strings. */ free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs)); free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs)); delim = '\0'; break; } case '?': { VarPattern pattern; Boolean value; int cond_rc; int lhs_flags, rhs_flags; /* find ':', and then substitute accordingly */ if (flags & VARF_WANTRES) { cond_rc = Cond_EvalExpression(NULL, v->name, &value, 0, FALSE); if (cond_rc == COND_INVALID) { lhs_flags = rhs_flags = VAR_NOSUBST; } else if (value) { lhs_flags = 0; rhs_flags = VAR_NOSUBST; } else { lhs_flags = VAR_NOSUBST; rhs_flags = 0; } } else { /* we are just consuming and discarding */ cond_rc = value = 0; lhs_flags = rhs_flags = VAR_NOSUBST; } pattern.flags = 0; cp = ++tstr; delim = ':'; if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, &lhs_flags, &pattern.leftLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; /* BROPEN or PROPEN */ delim = endc; if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, &rhs_flags, &pattern.rightLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; termc = *--cp; delim = '\0'; if (cond_rc == COND_INVALID) { Error("Bad conditional expression `%s' in %s?%s:%s", v->name, v->name, pattern.lhs, pattern.rhs); goto cleanup; } if (value) { newStr = UNCONST(pattern.lhs); free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs)); } else { newStr = UNCONST(pattern.rhs); free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs)); } if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) { v->flags |= VAR_KEEP; } break; } #ifndef NO_REGEX case 'C': { VarREPattern pattern; char *re; int error; Var_Parse_State tmpparsestate; pattern.flags = 0; tmpparsestate = parsestate; delim = tstr[1]; tstr += 2; cp = tstr; if ((re = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, NULL, NULL, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; if ((pattern.replace = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, NULL, NULL, NULL)) == NULL){ free(re); goto cleanup; } for (;; cp++) { switch (*cp) { case 'g': pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_GLOBAL; continue; case '1': pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_ONE; continue; case 'W': tmpparsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE; continue; } break; } termc = *cp; error = regcomp(&pattern.re, re, REG_EXTENDED); free(re); if (error) { *lengthPtr = cp - start + 1; VarREError(error, &pattern.re, "RE substitution error"); free(pattern.replace); goto cleanup; } pattern.nsub = pattern.re.re_nsub + 1; if (pattern.nsub < 1) pattern.nsub = 1; if (pattern.nsub > 10) pattern.nsub = 10; pattern.matches = bmake_malloc(pattern.nsub * sizeof(regmatch_t)); newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &tmpparsestate, nstr, VarRESubstitute, &pattern); regfree(&pattern.re); free(pattern.replace); free(pattern.matches); delim = '\0'; break; } #endif case 'q': case 'Q': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarQuote(nstr, modifier == 'q'); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'T': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarTail, NULL); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'H': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarHead, NULL); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'E': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarSuffix, NULL); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'R': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarRoot, NULL); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'r': cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */ if (STRMOD_MATCHX(tstr, "range", 5)) { int n; if (tstr[5] == '=') { n = strtoul(&tstr[6], &ep, 10); cp = ep; } else { n = 0; cp = tstr + 5; } newStr = VarRange(nstr, n); termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'O': { char otype; cp = tstr + 1; /* skip to the rest in any case */ if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { otype = 's'; termc = *cp; - } else if ( (tstr[1] == 'x') && + } else if ( (tstr[1] == 'r' || tstr[1] == 'x') && (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') ) { otype = tstr[1]; cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; } else { goto bad_modifier; } newStr = VarOrder(nstr, otype); break; } case 'u': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarUniq(nstr); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; #ifdef SUNSHCMD case 's': if (tstr[1] == 'h' && (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':')) { const char *emsg; if (flags & VARF_WANTRES) { newStr = Cmd_Exec(nstr, &emsg); if (emsg) Error(emsg, nstr); } else newStr = varNoError; cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; #endif default: default_case: { #ifdef SYSVVARSUB /* * This can either be a bogus modifier or a System-V * substitution command. */ VarPattern pattern; Boolean eqFound; pattern.flags = 0; eqFound = FALSE; /* * First we make a pass through the string trying * to verify it is a SYSV-make-style translation: * it must be: =) */ cp = tstr; cnt = 1; while (*cp != '\0' && cnt) { if (*cp == '=') { eqFound = TRUE; /* continue looking for endc */ } else if (*cp == endc) cnt--; else if (*cp == startc) cnt++; if (cnt) cp++; } if (*cp == endc && eqFound) { /* * Now we break this sucker into the lhs and * rhs. We must null terminate them of course. */ delim='='; cp = tstr; if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, &pattern.flags, &pattern.leftLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; delim = endc; if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, NULL, &pattern.rightLen, &pattern)) == NULL) goto cleanup; /* * SYSV modifications happen through the whole * string. Note the pattern is anchored at the end. */ termc = *--cp; delim = '\0'; if (pattern.leftLen == 0 && *nstr == '\0') { newStr = nstr; /* special case */ } else { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarSYSVMatch, &pattern); } free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs)); free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs)); } else #endif { Error("Unknown modifier '%c'", *tstr); for (cp = tstr+1; *cp != ':' && *cp != endc && *cp != '\0'; cp++) continue; termc = *cp; newStr = var_Error; } } } if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Result[%s] of :%c is \"%s\"\n", v->name, modifier, newStr); } if (newStr != nstr) { if (*freePtr) { free(nstr); *freePtr = NULL; } nstr = newStr; if (nstr != var_Error && nstr != varNoError) { *freePtr = nstr; } } if (termc == '\0' && endc != '\0') { Error("Unclosed variable specification (expecting '%c') for \"%s\" (value \"%s\") modifier %c", endc, v->name, nstr, modifier); } else if (termc == ':') { cp++; } tstr = cp; } out: *lengthPtr = tstr - start; return (nstr); bad_modifier: /* "{(" */ Error("Bad modifier `:%.*s' for %s", (int)strcspn(tstr, ":)}"), tstr, v->name); cleanup: *lengthPtr = cp - start; if (delim != '\0') Error("Unclosed substitution for %s (%c missing)", v->name, delim); free(*freePtr); *freePtr = NULL; return (var_Error); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Parse -- * Given the start of a variable invocation, extract the variable * name and find its value, then modify it according to the * specification. * * Input: * str The string to parse * ctxt The context for the variable * flags VARF_UNDEFERR if undefineds are an error * VARF_WANTRES if we actually want the result * VARF_ASSIGN if we are in a := assignment * lengthPtr OUT: The length of the specification * freePtr OUT: Non-NULL if caller should free *freePtr * * Results: * The (possibly-modified) value of the variable or var_Error if the * specification is invalid. The length of the specification is * placed in *lengthPtr (for invalid specifications, this is just * 2...?). * If *freePtr is non-NULL then it's a pointer that the caller * should pass to free() to free memory used by the result. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* coverity[+alloc : arg-*4] */ char * Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, int flags, int *lengthPtr, void **freePtr) { const char *tstr; /* Pointer into str */ Var *v; /* Variable in invocation */ Boolean haveModifier;/* TRUE if have modifiers for the variable */ char endc; /* Ending character when variable in parens * or braces */ char startc; /* Starting character when variable in parens * or braces */ int vlen; /* Length of variable name */ const char *start; /* Points to original start of str */ char *nstr; /* New string, used during expansion */ Boolean dynamic; /* TRUE if the variable is local and we're * expanding it in a non-local context. This * is done to support dynamic sources. The * result is just the invocation, unaltered */ const char *extramodifiers; /* extra modifiers to apply first */ char name[2]; *freePtr = NULL; extramodifiers = NULL; dynamic = FALSE; start = str; startc = str[1]; if (startc != PROPEN && startc != BROPEN) { /* * If it's not bounded by braces of some sort, life is much simpler. * We just need to check for the first character and return the * value if it exists. */ /* Error out some really stupid names */ if (startc == '\0' || strchr(")}:$", startc)) { *lengthPtr = 1; return var_Error; } name[0] = startc; name[1] = '\0'; v = VarFind(name, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD); if (v == NULL) { *lengthPtr = 2; if ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL)) { /* * If substituting a local variable in a non-local context, * assume it's for dynamic source stuff. We have to handle * this specially and return the longhand for the variable * with the dollar sign escaped so it makes it back to the * caller. Only four of the local variables are treated * specially as they are the only four that will be set * when dynamic sources are expanded. */ switch (str[1]) { case '@': return UNCONST("$(.TARGET)"); case '%': return UNCONST("$(.MEMBER)"); case '*': return UNCONST("$(.PREFIX)"); case '!': return UNCONST("$(.ARCHIVE)"); } } /* * Error */ return (flags & VARF_UNDEFERR) ? var_Error : varNoError; } else { haveModifier = FALSE; tstr = &str[1]; endc = str[1]; } } else { Buffer buf; /* Holds the variable name */ int depth = 1; endc = startc == PROPEN ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); /* * Skip to the end character or a colon, whichever comes first. */ for (tstr = str + 2; *tstr != '\0'; tstr++) { /* * Track depth so we can spot parse errors. */ if (*tstr == startc) { depth++; } if (*tstr == endc) { if (--depth == 0) break; } if (depth == 1 && *tstr == ':') { break; } /* * A variable inside a variable, expand */ if (*tstr == '$') { int rlen; void *freeIt; char *rval = Var_Parse(tstr, ctxt, flags, &rlen, &freeIt); if (rval != NULL) { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(rval), rval); } free(freeIt); tstr += rlen - 1; } else Buf_AddByte(&buf, *tstr); } if (*tstr == ':') { haveModifier = TRUE; } else if (*tstr == endc) { haveModifier = FALSE; } else { /* * If we never did find the end character, return NULL * right now, setting the length to be the distance to * the end of the string, since that's what make does. */ *lengthPtr = tstr - str; Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE); return (var_Error); } str = Buf_GetAll(&buf, &vlen); /* * At this point, str points into newly allocated memory from * buf, containing only the name of the variable. * * start and tstr point into the const string that was pointed * to by the original value of the str parameter. start points * to the '$' at the beginning of the string, while tstr points * to the char just after the end of the variable name -- this * will be '\0', ':', PRCLOSE, or BRCLOSE. */ v = VarFind(str, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD); /* * Check also for bogus D and F forms of local variables since we're * in a local context and the name is the right length. */ if ((v == NULL) && (ctxt != VAR_CMD) && (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL) && (vlen == 2) && (str[1] == 'F' || str[1] == 'D') && strchr("@%?*!<>", str[0]) != NULL) { /* * Well, it's local -- go look for it. */ name[0] = *str; name[1] = '\0'; v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0); if (v != NULL) { if (str[1] == 'D') { extramodifiers = "H:"; } else { /* F */ extramodifiers = "T:"; } } } if (v == NULL) { if (((vlen == 1) || (((vlen == 2) && (str[1] == 'F' || str[1] == 'D')))) && ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL))) { /* * If substituting a local variable in a non-local context, * assume it's for dynamic source stuff. We have to handle * this specially and return the longhand for the variable * with the dollar sign escaped so it makes it back to the * caller. Only four of the local variables are treated * specially as they are the only four that will be set * when dynamic sources are expanded. */ switch (*str) { case '@': case '%': case '*': case '!': dynamic = TRUE; break; } } else if ((vlen > 2) && (*str == '.') && isupper((unsigned char) str[1]) && ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL))) { int len; len = vlen - 1; if ((strncmp(str, ".TARGET", len) == 0) || (strncmp(str, ".ARCHIVE", len) == 0) || (strncmp(str, ".PREFIX", len) == 0) || (strncmp(str, ".MEMBER", len) == 0)) { dynamic = TRUE; } } if (!haveModifier) { /* * No modifiers -- have specification length so we can return * now. */ *lengthPtr = tstr - start + 1; if (dynamic) { char *pstr = bmake_strndup(start, *lengthPtr); *freePtr = pstr; Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE); return(pstr); } else { Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE); return (flags & VARF_UNDEFERR) ? var_Error : varNoError; } } else { /* * Still need to get to the end of the variable specification, * so kludge up a Var structure for the modifications */ v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var)); v->name = UNCONST(str); Buf_Init(&v->val, 1); v->flags = VAR_JUNK; Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } } else Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE); } if (v->flags & VAR_IN_USE) { Fatal("Variable %s is recursive.", v->name); /*NOTREACHED*/ } else { v->flags |= VAR_IN_USE; } /* * Before doing any modification, we have to make sure the value * has been fully expanded. If it looks like recursion might be * necessary (there's a dollar sign somewhere in the variable's value) * we just call Var_Subst to do any other substitutions that are * necessary. Note that the value returned by Var_Subst will have * been dynamically-allocated, so it will need freeing when we * return. */ nstr = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL); if (strchr(nstr, '$') != NULL) { nstr = Var_Subst(NULL, nstr, ctxt, flags); *freePtr = nstr; } v->flags &= ~VAR_IN_USE; if ((nstr != NULL) && (haveModifier || extramodifiers != NULL)) { void *extraFree; int used; extraFree = NULL; if (extramodifiers != NULL) { nstr = ApplyModifiers(nstr, extramodifiers, '(', ')', v, ctxt, flags, &used, &extraFree); } if (haveModifier) { /* Skip initial colon. */ tstr++; nstr = ApplyModifiers(nstr, tstr, startc, endc, v, ctxt, flags, &used, freePtr); tstr += used; free(extraFree); } else { *freePtr = extraFree; } } if (*tstr) { *lengthPtr = tstr - start + 1; } else { *lengthPtr = tstr - start; } if (v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) { Boolean destroy = FALSE; if (nstr != Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)) { destroy = TRUE; } else { /* * Returning the value unmodified, so tell the caller to free * the thing. */ *freePtr = nstr; } VarFreeEnv(v, destroy); } else if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) { /* * Perform any free'ing needed and set *freePtr to NULL so the caller * doesn't try to free a static pointer. * If VAR_KEEP is also set then we want to keep str as is. */ if (!(v->flags & VAR_KEEP)) { if (*freePtr) { free(nstr); *freePtr = NULL; } if (dynamic) { nstr = bmake_strndup(start, *lengthPtr); *freePtr = nstr; } else { nstr = (flags & VARF_UNDEFERR) ? var_Error : varNoError; } } if (nstr != Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)) Buf_Destroy(&v->val, TRUE); free(v->name); free(v); } return (nstr); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Subst -- * Substitute for all variables in the given string in the given context * If flags & VARF_UNDEFERR, Parse_Error will be called when an undefined * variable is encountered. * * Input: * var Named variable || NULL for all * str the string which to substitute * ctxt the context wherein to find variables * flags VARF_UNDEFERR if undefineds are an error * VARF_WANTRES if we actually want the result * VARF_ASSIGN if we are in a := assignment * * Results: * The resulting string. * * Side Effects: * None. The old string must be freed by the caller *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ char * Var_Subst(const char *var, const char *str, GNode *ctxt, int flags) { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for forming things */ char *val; /* Value to substitute for a variable */ int length; /* Length of the variable invocation */ Boolean trailingBslash; /* variable ends in \ */ void *freeIt = NULL; /* Set if it should be freed */ static Boolean errorReported; /* Set true if an error has already * been reported to prevent a plethora * of messages when recursing */ Buf_Init(&buf, 0); errorReported = FALSE; trailingBslash = FALSE; while (*str) { if (*str == '\n' && trailingBslash) Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' '); if (var == NULL && (*str == '$') && (str[1] == '$')) { /* * A dollar sign may be escaped either with another dollar sign. * In such a case, we skip over the escape character and store the * dollar sign into the buffer directly. */ if (save_dollars && (flags & VARF_ASSIGN)) Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str); str++; Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str); str++; } else if (*str != '$') { /* * Skip as many characters as possible -- either to the end of * the string or to the next dollar sign (variable invocation). */ const char *cp; for (cp = str++; *str != '$' && *str != '\0'; str++) continue; Buf_AddBytes(&buf, str - cp, cp); } else { if (var != NULL) { int expand; for (;;) { if (str[1] == '\0') { /* A trailing $ is kind of a special case */ Buf_AddByte(&buf, str[0]); str++; expand = FALSE; } else if (str[1] != PROPEN && str[1] != BROPEN) { if (str[1] != *var || strlen(var) > 1) { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, 2, str); str += 2; expand = FALSE; } else expand = TRUE; break; } else { const char *p; /* * Scan up to the end of the variable name. */ for (p = &str[2]; *p && *p != ':' && *p != PRCLOSE && *p != BRCLOSE; p++) if (*p == '$') break; /* * A variable inside the variable. We cannot expand * the external variable yet, so we try again with * the nested one */ if (*p == '$') { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, p - str, str); str = p; continue; } if (strncmp(var, str + 2, p - str - 2) != 0 || var[p - str - 2] != '\0') { /* * Not the variable we want to expand, scan * until the next variable */ for (;*p != '$' && *p != '\0'; p++) continue; Buf_AddBytes(&buf, p - str, str); str = p; expand = FALSE; } else expand = TRUE; break; } } if (!expand) continue; } val = Var_Parse(str, ctxt, flags, &length, &freeIt); /* * When we come down here, val should either point to the * value of this variable, suitably modified, or be NULL. * Length should be the total length of the potential * variable invocation (from $ to end character...) */ if (val == var_Error || val == varNoError) { /* * If performing old-time variable substitution, skip over * the variable and continue with the substitution. Otherwise, * store the dollar sign and advance str so we continue with * the string... */ if (oldVars) { str += length; } else if ((flags & VARF_UNDEFERR) || val == var_Error) { /* * If variable is undefined, complain and skip the * variable. The complaint will stop us from doing anything * when the file is parsed. */ if (!errorReported) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Undefined variable \"%.*s\"",length,str); } str += length; errorReported = TRUE; } else { Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str); str += 1; } } else { /* * We've now got a variable structure to store in. But first, * advance the string pointer. */ str += length; /* * Copy all the characters from the variable value straight * into the new string. */ length = strlen(val); Buf_AddBytes(&buf, length, val); trailingBslash = length > 0 && val[length - 1] == '\\'; } free(freeIt); freeIt = NULL; } } return Buf_DestroyCompact(&buf); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_GetTail -- * Return the tail from each of a list of words. Used to set the * System V local variables. * * Input: * file Filename to modify * * Results: * The resulting string. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ #if 0 char * Var_GetTail(char *file) { return(VarModify(file, VarTail, NULL)); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_GetHead -- * Find the leading components of a (list of) filename(s). * XXX: VarHead does not replace foo by ., as (sun) System V make * does. * * Input: * file Filename to manipulate * * Results: * The leading components. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ char * Var_GetHead(char *file) { return(VarModify(file, VarHead, NULL)); } #endif /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Init -- * Initialize the module * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * The VAR_CMD and VAR_GLOBAL contexts are created *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Var_Init(void) { VAR_INTERNAL = Targ_NewGN("Internal"); VAR_GLOBAL = Targ_NewGN("Global"); VAR_CMD = Targ_NewGN("Command"); } void Var_End(void) { } /****************** PRINT DEBUGGING INFO *****************/ static void VarPrintVar(void *vp) { Var *v = (Var *)vp; fprintf(debug_file, "%-16s = %s\n", v->name, Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Dump -- * print all variables in a context *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Var_Dump(GNode *ctxt) { Hash_Search search; Hash_Entry *h; for (h = Hash_EnumFirst(&ctxt->context, &search); h != NULL; h = Hash_EnumNext(&search)) { VarPrintVar(Hash_GetValue(h)); } }